0:00:04 There’s over 500,000 small businesses in B.C. and no two are alike. 0:00:05 I’m a carpenter. 0:00:06 I’m a graphic designer. 0:00:09 I sell dog socks online. 0:00:12 That’s why B.C.A.A. created one size doesn’t fit all insurance. 0:00:15 It’s customizable, based on your unique needs. 0:00:19 So whether you manage rental properties or paint pet portraits, 0:00:23 you can protect your small business with B.C.’s most trusted insurance brand. 0:00:29 Visit bcaa.com/smallbusiness and use promo code radio to receive $50 off. 0:00:31 Conditions apply. 0:00:33 Welcome to the PropG Pods Office Hours. 0:00:35 This is the part of the show where we answer questions about business, 0:00:38 big tech, entrepreneurship, and whatever else is on your mind. 0:00:39 Hey, PropG. 0:00:40 Hey, Scott and team. 0:00:41 Hey, Scott. 0:00:41 Hi, PropG. 0:00:42 Hey, PropG. 0:00:42 Hey, PropG. 0:00:45 Hi, Professor G. 0:00:48 Today, we’re kicking off a special two-part series. 0:00:48 I did not know that. 0:00:52 I guess we’re in part one today, answering your questions about all things. 0:00:54 Marketing, I just got insecure. 0:00:57 We’ll answer your questions surrounding common marketing misconceptions, 0:01:01 the power of community-driven marketing, and what their future holds for the industry. 0:01:04 So with that, first question. 0:01:05 Good day. 0:01:09 This is Nick from Sheffield, Massachusetts. 0:01:10 I have two questions. 0:01:17 The first is, what do you believe to be the greatest fallacy today in marketing, 0:01:22 i.e. the greatest misconception or misperception that you encounter? 0:01:28 And the second is, why is B2B marketing so dull? 0:01:33 Nick, why are you so sexy with that whispering voice? 0:01:36 Jesus, what are we exchanging like nuclear codes here? 0:01:42 Anyways, look, the sun has passed midday on the world of brand strategy. 0:01:48 I worry that and I have tried to dramatically alter my curriculum to talk about algorithms, 0:01:54 APIs, new platforms, supply chain, which I think is sort of the new gangster attribute 0:01:56 of a company, if you will. 0:01:58 If you think about all the companies that really add a lot of value, it’s usually about 0:02:03 a supply chain innovation, whether it’s Netflix going from DVD to streaming to now producing 0:02:06 stuff in Madrid and Seoul. 0:02:08 Amazon is obviously a supply chain story. 0:02:15 I think almost all massive, if you will, value accretions or supply chain. 0:02:16 What about NVIDIA Scott? 0:02:18 Well, that’s supply chain, too, bitch. 0:02:20 How did we print money or create shareholder value? 0:02:24 What was the algorithm for shareholder value from the underworld war two to the introduction 0:02:25 of Google? 0:02:26 Simple. 0:02:28 Manufacture a mediocre product. 0:02:32 And it doesn’t matter because we had just leveled our competition, specifically Germany 0:02:33 and Japan. 0:02:38 And so we could produce a mediocre product and then we would wrap it in these amazing 0:02:43 brand codes of American toughness or youth or sex appeal or European elegance or paternal 0:02:45 love or maternal love. 0:02:49 Let’s turn 20 cents of peanut butter paste into $2 of peanut butter. 0:02:50 Why? 0:02:51 Because choosy moms choose Jiff. 0:02:55 And if you want to show your neighbors that you love your kids more, then it’s worth it. 0:02:56 This is maternal love. 0:03:02 And these brand codes could be hammered away and cemented into our psyche using this extraordinarily 0:03:08 cheap medium called Broadcast Television, where all of America spent five hours a day 0:03:13 watching Y Tang, which the astronauts drank, was good for you, right? 0:03:15 All of these amazing associations. 0:03:17 We were better at imbuing than anyone in the world. 0:03:20 And that was the world of marketing and there were marketing departments everywhere. 0:03:27 And I worry now that the whole price promotion product, placing the four Ps in traditional 0:03:32 marketing is essentially training kids to go to work for Kraft or General Foods or Procter 0:03:35 and Gamble and be laid off two or three years later. 0:03:37 Because where has the majority of capital gone? 0:03:39 It’s gone back into the product. 0:03:40 Why? 0:03:45 Because digital technologies have unlocked an opportunity to 10 X products. 0:03:51 The idea, the ability to unlock product quality and find the better product using digital 0:03:55 technologies and these weapons of mass diligence called Google and TripAdvisor and all these 0:04:00 other platforms has essentially taken traditional marketing and kicked it in the nuts. 0:04:05 So I think you’re going to see a reallocation of capital going back to the original notion 0:04:11 around CEO’s job is to, or a manager’s job, is to allocate resources to the greatest return. 0:04:15 I think the greater return is pulling money out of marketing right now and I hate to say 0:04:21 it and putting it into supply chain or actual product innovation using new digital technologies. 0:04:23 But what about spending more money on Google? 0:04:24 Yeah, that happened. 0:04:26 I think that will likely slow down. 0:04:30 It’ll still be greater than the rest of the industry, but they have managed to bid up 0:04:32 their prices through monopoly abuse. 0:04:37 And I think people are figuring out that it’s no longer the deal it used to be. 0:04:39 It’s still a better deal than broadcast advertising. 0:04:40 What does that mean? 0:04:44 It means the CMO is like a second lieutenant in Vietnam and that is their lifespan is going 0:04:46 to be pretty short. 0:04:48 It’s going to be CSO, Chief Supply Chain Officer. 0:04:51 I think the CMO is kind of already dead. 0:04:52 They just don’t know it. 0:04:57 And I used to work with CMOs all through the 90s when I was running my first firm, Profit. 0:05:02 And effectively their job was to create this intangible kind of notion of these intangible 0:05:06 associations and also their job was to convince everyone that they were somehow the Yoda of 0:05:10 the brand and no one else was allowed to even talk about it, that the whole brand thing 0:05:15 was a Faberge egg and only certain people could use certain words around the brand. 0:05:18 And if you smudge the egg, it might be a career ending injury. 0:05:20 It’s also fucking arrogant. 0:05:22 What does that mean if you’re working in advertising? 0:05:23 Boy, am I going on here. 0:05:26 It means if you already have momentum and you’re doing well, you probably should stay 0:05:27 put. 0:05:32 I would argue if you’re under the age of 40 and you don’t see like you’re not skyrocketing 0:05:36 at your current agency, I would say thinking about, I would consider getting out of that 0:05:40 business and getting in on the client side to things that are more closer to the product, 0:05:41 if you will. 0:05:44 Anyways, I think that’s a great question. 0:05:48 I need to answer the biggest question and that is the misconception. 0:05:51 The biggest misconception in marketing is the following. 0:05:56 And that is the belief or the misconception that choice is a good thing. 0:05:58 It’s not. 0:05:59 Choices attacks on consumers. 0:06:00 Consumers don’t want more choice. 0:06:02 They want to be more confident in the choices presented. 0:06:07 What is the basis of the category of retail that added more shareholder value in retail 0:06:10 than any sector in history and that especially retail? 0:06:11 Why? 0:06:13 I don’t want every yoga pan available. 0:06:16 I don’t want to go on Amazon and see 300. 0:06:18 Some people do, obviously a lot do. 0:06:22 But what I really want is someone with much better taste than me in Vancouver to pick 0:06:24 the three best yoga pans. 0:06:27 Anyways, next question. 0:06:28 Hey, Scott. 0:06:33 I’m Phillip, a German-speaking podcaster currently doing an executive MBA. 0:06:37 This weekend we discussed in class that companies and universities should be communities. 0:06:41 Additionally, creators often refer to their audience as a community. 0:06:46 What are your thoughts on using communities as a marketing tool to create and retain customers 0:06:49 and turn them into ambassadors? 0:06:51 Keep up the good work and thank you for answering my question. 0:06:52 Oh, sure. 0:06:54 I mean, you know the answer to this, Phillip. 0:06:56 It’s powerful. 0:06:59 In my branch gadget class, I have a series of constructs. 0:07:02 You may not remember me, you may not remember the class, but you need to remember these 0:07:03 constructs. 0:07:05 I think I have about a dozen of them. 0:07:07 They’re essentially models to sort through the basics of marketing. 0:07:10 One of those models is called the clock model. 0:07:14 That is from 12 to 4 when the consumer enters or a stakeholder enters the franchise, that’s 0:07:22 pre-purchase marketing, advertising, PR, sampling, conventions, whatever it is, thought leadership 0:07:25 that raises awareness, creates hopefully intent to buy. 0:07:28 4 to 8, the bottom of the clock, is distribution. 0:07:33 I walk into a Lexus dealership and I think this is a nice experience and it makes me 0:07:34 feel better about the car. 0:07:38 The ultimate kind of 4 to 8 is Apple’s gangster decision to take $6 or $7 billion a year out 0:07:44 of advertising and put it into these 500 temples of the brand called their stores. 0:07:48 I think that may have been a more important move than the iPhone, although the iPhone 0:07:53 is the one that harvests all that brand equity, but these stores, think about where you used 0:07:58 to go to buy electronics, like a Verizon store with bad lighting and a guy named Roy. 0:08:02 It’s sort of where, I don’t know, it’s sort of, it was just awful, right? 0:08:06 Or, I mean, Best Buy does a good job, but it’s not really aspirational. 0:08:10 There was nothing aspirational in one of the largest categories in the world, technology. 0:08:13 And Apple came in and said, “Why don’t we make it feel like on our money store that’s 0:08:14 like the coolest?” 0:08:16 I’d like to live in an Apple store. 0:08:20 I think if they had a coffee shop, it would, everyone would just go, “Hang on, I think 0:08:24 they’d put Starbucks out of business if they started a coffee adjunct just called Apple 0:08:26 Up or Apple Calf. 0:08:27 Apple Calf. 0:08:28 I like that. 0:08:33 But C-A-F-F-E, oh, hashtag, trademark, Scott Galloway, anyway. 0:08:34 That’s the distribution. 0:08:35 That’s 4 to 8. 0:08:39 8 to 12 is post-purchase, loyalty programs, customer service, right? 0:08:44 You go into Nordstrom and if you’re a customer there and you bought something, they are just 0:08:46 going to take the return no matter what. 0:08:48 FedEx, once you ship the product, you can track it. 0:08:50 That was sort of the gangster move back in the ’90s. 0:08:53 I remember sending all my applications in for business school and freaking out because, 0:08:57 of course, I waited to the deadline and I could go on the FedEx site and they had invested 0:08:58 billions of dollars at that time. 0:09:04 So they could say, “I will assign by a woman named June Allison at the University of Pennsylvania 0:09:08 Wharton who will soon get about rejecting you.” 0:09:09 Thank you, Joan. 0:09:10 Come back, Scott. 0:09:11 Okay. 0:09:12 Community. 0:09:13 Post-purchase. 0:09:20 Groups. Affinity programs, loyalty, kind of empowering or illuminating or activating your 0:09:26 community is just huge and one of the reasons we try and do events and try and write back 0:09:30 and I try to be, it’s actually easy for me to be nice to people on the street is you want 0:09:33 a community of people who are your evangelists. 0:09:39 It’s just no, when you have a small company, what’s the most important thing? 0:09:42 The core team of amazing players that you give them much equity to and literally nail 0:09:43 them to the ground. 0:09:45 That’s number one. 0:09:47 But what you also need is those first few clients. 0:09:52 I was in the services business and I was said our first three clients have to be just fanatical 0:09:53 about us. 0:09:54 We have to over serve them. 0:09:55 I don’t care if we lose money. 0:09:56 I don’t care if you have to go on vacation with them. 0:09:58 I don’t care what it is. 0:09:59 They have to be evangelists. 0:10:04 So if you can create a community of evangelists or people who have sort of a goodwill towards 0:10:08 you and there’s ways to activate that, obviously it’s hugely important. 0:10:12 Something NYU does not do well, does not do well. 0:10:18 There’s not that same sense of camaraderie or community post-purchase, if you will. 0:10:23 So thinking about how to illuminate or really engage or activate this community and give 0:10:26 them opportunities to get together, one of the things we’re talking about for all of 0:10:30 our podcasts is doing a series of events or a tour next year. 0:10:34 Because when we meet people and you’re nice to them and they see you live, they just feel 0:10:35 more cemented. 0:10:36 They feel more engaged. 0:10:39 They feel more intimate with the brand. 0:10:41 So yeah, you know, I was going to agree with you. 0:10:43 The question is what is actionable here. 0:10:47 If you were to roll out or unfurl the brand clock in terms of resources, you want to have 0:10:48 a bias. 0:10:49 Now what’s that bias? 0:10:52 You want capital to be slanted downhill. 0:10:53 What do I mean by that? 0:10:58 You want to have a bias against pre-purchase, kind of a mediocre bias against distribution, 0:11:00 and you want to have a bias towards post-purchase. 0:11:01 Why? 0:11:03 Because pre-purchase is overinvested because it’s cool. 0:11:09 I used to go back to New York and advertise with Condonass because I wanted to have lunch 0:11:14 in the Condonass cafeteria with my friend David Carey because the people were hot and I got 0:11:19 to see Anna Winter and they would invite me to these cool parties and I felt cool. 0:11:22 And you get to hang out with good-looking people who wear black and invite you to cool parties 0:11:27 when you spend money on pre-purchase, mostly agency people and magazines and media companies. 0:11:28 Purchase is kind of fun. 0:11:31 That’s stores, expensive, but kind of fun. 0:11:33 Post-purchase is boring. 0:11:38 That’s slipping a pizza under the door to a bunch of MIS guys building CRM databases. 0:11:39 It’s not romantic. 0:11:40 It’s not sexy. 0:11:41 And guess what? 0:11:44 The inverse correlation holds here as it does with careers, the less sexy, the greater 0:11:45 the ROI. 0:11:50 So I want you to have a bias towards post-purchase loyalty programs, database marketing, CRM, 0:11:53 and also community, if you will. 0:11:55 Thanks for the question. 0:11:57 We have one quick break before our final question. 0:12:03 Stay with us. 0:12:04 Welcome back. 0:12:05 Question number three. 0:12:10 I’m a 40-year-old freelance film professional working behind the camera as a cinematographer. 0:12:17 I’ve managed to navigate the industry’s challenges in recent years, primarily by working on broadcast 0:12:22 and internet commercials, even as the industry as a whole, including film, TV, and reality 0:12:24 content, has scaled back. 0:12:29 With high-quality videos now achievable on consumer-grade cameras and personal phones, 0:12:33 do you think there still will be a need for professionally made commercial and marketing 0:12:37 campaigns from a branding perspective? 0:12:41 Or are we likely to see a decline in demand for my services? 0:12:46 Alternatively, could the growing need for video content across numerous mobile platforms 0:12:50 ensure ongoing demand for professional production? 0:12:55 Essentially, will my skills be needed in 10 or 20 years? 0:13:00 Anonymous, you’re at exactly the wrong age, or the tough age, because it’s not like you’re 0:13:01 25. 0:13:03 25, let’s say, get the hell out of dodge. 0:13:06 But if you’re 40, it means you’re probably pretty good at what you do. 0:13:11 You have some professional credibility, some awareness, some momentum, contacts, and that’s 0:13:16 tough around whether you should can that and go be a commercial real estate broker or something, 0:13:20 not suggesting you do that or do something else. 0:13:23 If you’ve done well, I would say, “All right, what are we going to do if we want to stay 0:13:24 in this industry?” 0:13:29 The term I would use, or the statement I always make, is that AI is not going to take 0:13:33 your job, someone who understands AI is going to take your job, and that is, you need to 0:13:37 become a warrior around where there’ll be growth in the industry, and that is getting 0:13:41 80% of the production value for 20% of the price. 0:13:45 So I’m a small firm that wants to put together promotional videos or thought leadership or 0:13:50 video assets, and I’m not going to hire an agency who’s going to show up and storyboard 0:13:53 it and do all this cool shit and take me out to dinner and charge me a quarter of a million 0:13:56 dollars before I even see a reel. 0:14:01 I think those days are gone unless you’re a super high-end, high-budget production luxury 0:14:02 brand or automobile company. 0:14:06 I just think that’s going away, but I’m a guy who understands the newest technologies 0:14:12 and can string together what I’ll call the old Navy of video production. 0:14:13 What do I mean by that? 0:14:19 I can give you 80% of the gap for 50, not even 50, 20, 10% of the price. 0:14:24 So I think you’ve got to become a ninja warrior in terms of these new tools that take costs 0:14:28 out and figure out a way to use, I don’t know if it’s Firefly, I forget what the other 0:14:32 visual one is that everyone’s talking about, but you have got to get very good at AI and 0:14:36 be able to spin up assets at a fraction of the cost. 0:14:40 You have got to go back to school, if you will, get really fast out with these technologies 0:14:42 with one objective. 0:14:48 How do I produce something of 80% of the quality that I have produced in the past for 20% of 0:14:49 the price? 0:14:50 That should be your goal. 0:14:54 What technologies, what skills do I need to garner such that I could do that? 0:14:59 It is not easy, it is not easy and there will always be signs of hope to hold on to the 0:15:01 old days, but make that transition. 0:15:02 You’re still a young man. 0:15:07 Anyways, you want to be the old Navy, if you will, of cinematography. 0:15:09 Thanks for the question. 0:15:10 That’s all for this episode. 0:15:14 If you’d like to submit a question, please email a voice recording to OfficeHours@propertymedia.com. 0:15:18 Again, that’s OfficeHours@propertymedia.com. 0:15:30 This episode was produced by Caroline Shagren. 0:15:36 Jennifer Sanchez is our associate producer and Drew Burroughs is our technical director. 0:15:39 Thank you for listening to the PropG Pod from the Vox Media Podcast Network. 0:15:44 We will catch you on Saturday for No Mercenial Malice, as read by George Hahn, and please 0:15:49 follow our PropG Markets Pod, wherever you get your pods for new episodes every Monday 0:15:50 and Thursday.
Today, we’re kicking off a special two-part series answering your questions about all things marketing.
Scott puts on his professor hat and answers your questions surrounding common marketing misconceptions, the power of community-driven marketing, and what the future holds for the industry.
0:00:02 (upbeat music) 0:00:07 – Welcome to Raging Moderates, I’m Scott Galloway. 0:00:09 – And I’m Jessica Tarlev. 0:00:10 – Where are you, Jessica? 0:00:13 – I’m at home in New York, not very glamorous, but you. 0:00:14 – Really? 0:00:17 – You’ve had the weekend of the century, right? 0:00:19 – Yeah, so just so you know when I ask you a question, 0:00:21 what I’m really saying is I want you to ask me. 0:00:23 – Yeah, I get it. 0:00:24 Didn’t I do it well enough? 0:00:25 – Yeah, that was perfect. 0:00:27 – It was like two seconds on me, and then right to you. 0:00:28 Okay, good. 0:00:29 – That’s right, very good. 0:00:33 I was in Scotland this weekend in Aberdeen 0:00:35 for my 50th birthday, 0:00:40 and I am now in Keptantib, and it is beautiful here. 0:00:44 So I’m about two glasses of Domain Odd Inn. 0:00:48 So, anyway, I spent, you know, that’s called a weekday. 0:00:51 But yeah, I had an absolutely wonderful weekend 0:00:52 with a bunch of actually, a bunch of people 0:00:53 I think you might know. 0:00:55 And we’ve got a lot to talk about today, 0:00:59 but first and foremost, our first two episodes, Jessica, 0:01:03 had, are going to, did about 100,000 downloads 0:01:06 in 24 hours, which means they’ll probably do about 0:01:09 200,000 over the next 30 days. 0:01:13 And I believe that means more people in our first week 0:01:15 are listening to Raid Dream Moderates 0:01:18 and are viewing 80% of cable news programming. 0:01:22 So we’re stars, Jessica, we’re stars. 0:01:23 – Mostly you. 0:01:24 I’m just here for the ride. 0:01:26 – Yeah, that’s it. 0:01:27 – Did, am I doing this right? 0:01:30 Was that how I was supposed to get it back to you? 0:01:31 No, it’s really exciting. 0:01:34 And also just kind of understanding the viewership 0:01:38 or listenership versus TV is fascinating for me. 0:01:40 So excited all around. 0:01:43 And I’m glad that the listeners have found 0:01:44 that what we’re talking about is resonating with them. 0:01:48 I have seen some comments that were no moderates, 0:01:50 but a moderate can be someone that votes 0:01:52 for the Democrats, by the way. 0:01:55 But we’ll prove it to them over time. 0:01:56 – Today we’re gonna talk about 0:01:58 the second assassination attempt on Donald Trump. 0:02:00 The aftermath following the presidential debate 0:02:04 and whether Tim Walls is benefiting the Democratic ticket. 0:02:07 So all right, we’re under two months away from election 0:02:08 and things are getting more intense. 0:02:11 The Secret Service is investigating another attempt 0:02:13 to assassination on former President Trump 0:02:16 at his international golf club in Florida. 0:02:17 The gunman, three to 500 yards away, 0:02:22 had an AK-47 style rifle, a GoPro and backpacks 0:02:25 when law enforcement intervened. 0:02:27 I know so little about this, Jessica, 0:02:29 ’cause I’ve been eating haggis 0:02:30 and drinking anything within reach. 0:02:32 Can you kind of break down what happened here 0:02:34 and what you know about it? 0:02:36 – Well, you’re behind most people, 0:02:38 but we don’t know a ton yet. 0:02:42 So it’s not that bad that you’re just joining us on this one. 0:02:44 We’re going to find more in the coming days about it. 0:02:48 And there’ll be another Secret Service investigation into it. 0:02:51 No idea how this guy was even able to get, 0:02:54 I think it was like three or 400 yards away 0:02:56 from the former president. 0:02:59 He has a checkered past convicted felon 0:03:02 who’s still allowed to get guns mentally unstable 0:03:05 so we could have the whole gun reform conversation about that. 0:03:08 His voting history is, 0:03:12 I didn’t know there were people like this that existed. 0:03:14 He voted for Trump in 2016 and 2019. 0:03:16 He was really into Tulsi Gavard, 0:03:18 which to me is also kind of like being into Trump, 0:03:23 but then he wanted Biden to win, which worked out. 0:03:27 And then he wanted a Vivek Ramaswamy and Nikki Haley ticket 0:03:32 for 2024, which if you followed the level of vitriol 0:03:34 that the two of them spewed at one another, 0:03:38 you would know that that is maybe slightly more plausible 0:03:42 than a Donald Trump Kamala Harris ticket, but not much. 0:03:45 And the guy was just truly out of his mind. 0:03:50 We don’t know yet what quote unquote inspired him. 0:03:54 The New York Times interviewed him in 2023 0:03:55 and discovered that he was a nut. 0:03:58 He was trying to go and serve in Ukraine, 0:04:01 actually fighting with the Ukrainians. 0:04:02 He’s all over the place. 0:04:04 I’m glad that the former president is safe. 0:04:08 And I think it’s pretty clear that he needs some beefing up 0:04:10 of his detail, which President Biden 0:04:12 said something about that this morning. 0:04:15 And hopefully Congress will just pass something quickly 0:04:17 to give him extra money for protection 0:04:22 because it feels like this is heading towards being a trend. 0:04:25 – What do you think of Elon’s now deleted tweet? 0:04:27 He said, and no one is even trying 0:04:30 to assassinate Biden Kamala. 0:04:33 And he put this out to his 170 million people on X. 0:04:35 Now, what are your thoughts when a guy like that 0:04:38 with so much reach says something like that? 0:04:40 Is it Democrats overreacting and being indignant 0:04:43 as we often are about everything? 0:04:45 Or is it irresponsible? 0:04:46 Or is the answer just yes? 0:04:49 – Yeah, I think it’s yes. 0:04:52 And I actually found his tweet last week 0:04:54 when Taylor Swift endorsed Trump 0:04:56 and he said, okay, I’ll impregnate you 0:04:59 or something like that to be even nuttier 0:05:02 and more offensive than this. 0:05:05 Him saying, why is no one trying to assassinate Biden 0:05:08 /Kamala feels just on brand for someone 0:05:11 who has a level of genius within him 0:05:14 that I’ll never be able to fully grasp even 0:05:18 and has become so terminally online 0:05:22 that he’s incapable of having normal human interaction. 0:05:25 And it fits in nicely with where I think 0:05:29 a certain faction of the Republican party is right now. 0:05:31 And you notice it in the way that JD Vance 0:05:33 has been talking or Donald Trump at the debate 0:05:36 where he just started yelling things that he saw online 0:05:40 or that he saw on TV, which a policy does not make 0:05:43 or a true statement does not make. 0:05:46 But Elon Musk, I think there’s no better encapsulation 0:05:49 of what he has turned Twitter into than that comment. 0:05:53 And when he took it down and justified it, I guess, 0:05:55 by saying, oh, I guess things that you say in private 0:05:58 that are a joke aren’t actually that funny out in the wild. 0:06:01 Like, who was laughing at that in private? 0:06:05 – Yeah, I didn’t, I’m of two minds. 0:06:10 And that is, I think people should be able to say 0:06:11 what they want. 0:06:14 I find that people get very sensitive around, 0:06:16 I don’t know, jumpy around the stuff 0:06:18 when I don’t think people are gonna, 0:06:20 oh, shit, I don’t know, there’s a lot of crazies around there. 0:06:24 But something I’ve thought about is that, 0:06:26 and I think it was my dad said this to me. 0:06:28 He said, have you become more measured 0:06:31 as your audience and followership has grown? 0:06:32 Have you become more measured? 0:06:35 And I said, no, I try to stay as authentic 0:06:36 and as provocative and he’s like, 0:06:38 you should become more measured. 0:06:39 And I said, well, why do you say that? 0:06:41 And he goes, because when you have more reach, 0:06:42 you need to be more thoughtful 0:06:44 about the ramifications of your reach. 0:06:46 And that kind of– – Spider-man, right? 0:06:48 – Right, that just struck me. 0:06:50 And I thought, well, maybe he’s right. 0:06:53 Maybe I should be a little bit more measured or thoughtful. 0:06:56 And not that that’s actually– 0:06:57 – What happened to that? 0:07:00 – Yeah, we’ll see, it’s coming, it’s coming. 0:07:03 – I’m curious, do you think, is there any evidence 0:07:05 the last assassination attempt? 0:07:07 Trump had amazing political instincts. 0:07:10 And that image of him pumping his fist in the air 0:07:12 with blood on his face and the American flag above him, 0:07:16 I believe that will likely be the image of the decade. 0:07:20 I just thought that was, I mean, that was incredible. 0:07:22 And I do think he registered a bit of a bump. 0:07:25 Do you think he’s gonna get a bump from this? 0:07:28 – No, I don’t. 0:07:31 I think that what helped in terms of the bump 0:07:33 with the first assassination attempt is, 0:07:35 first of all, the person got a shot off, 0:07:36 which is not what happened here. 0:07:38 Basically, they took down a guy 0:07:42 who was waiting for Trump a couple holes away. 0:07:46 But someone was unfortunately murdered at that rally 0:07:49 and Trump was bloodied from it hitting his ear. 0:07:51 And then it went into the RNC. 0:07:55 And I think the timing of that worked together, 0:07:59 essentially, to create this martyrdom mood, 0:08:02 which I was feeling firsthand being in Milwaukee. 0:08:04 There was an invincibility about Trump 0:08:06 and the party that happened there. 0:08:09 This feels like an important point of discussion 0:08:11 and something that we need to think about 0:08:15 and how rotten our politics is. 0:08:19 Even if this wasn’t necessarily politics motivated, 0:08:21 but how dangerous it is for politicians, 0:08:23 which is something that we’re seeing across the board. 0:08:27 But I don’t expect Trump will be redeemed 0:08:31 from a bad debate performance by a bump from this guy. 0:08:35 – We’ll be right back. 0:08:42 Support for Prop G comes from Fetch Pet Insurance. 0:08:44 I love doing ads for Fetch. 0:08:45 I am a huge dog person. 0:08:47 I think you’ll notice both Leia and Gangster, 0:08:50 my great-tang, and my Puerto Rican rescue ham. 0:08:53 We think he’s a dog, and by the way, Leia, 0:08:54 Leia’s big and scary-looking. 0:08:57 You can go up and literally poke Leia in the eye 0:08:58 or take her food from her, 0:09:00 and she’s not gonna do anything, 0:09:03 except maybe rear up her hind quarters against you, 0:09:06 whereas the little one will snap your finger off, 0:09:07 the little cute one. 0:09:08 Anyways, pet parents know better than anyone 0:09:11 how much joy and whimsy an animal can bring to a family, 0:09:12 but they also know that it’s only a matter of time 0:09:15 before the unexpected happens, 0:09:16 and the unexpected is also, unfortunately, 0:09:17 usually expensive. 0:09:19 So unless you happen to have thousands of dollars 0:09:21 lying around to drop at the vet, 0:09:23 you might want to try Fetch Pet Insurance. 0:09:26 Fetch is the most comprehensive pet insurance covering, 0:09:28 but other providers charge extra for or don’t cover at all. 0:09:31 Fetch even covers acupuncture. 0:09:32 Get that, acupuncture for dogs. 0:09:35 Fetch covers up to 90% of unexpected vet bills, 0:09:37 and with Fetch, you can use any vet in the U.S. or Canada. 0:09:39 Fetch covers more. 0:09:41 More protection, more savings, more love. 0:09:43 With Fetch, more is more. 0:09:46 Get your free quote today at fetchpet.com/propg. 0:09:49 That’s fetchpet.com/propg. 0:09:51 Fetchpet.com/propg. 0:09:56 Support for the show comes from Monarch. 0:09:58 Managing your money in today’s world 0:09:59 can get complicated fast, 0:10:00 keeping track of your credit cards, 0:10:02 investment accounts, and more. 0:10:04 That’s a lot of tabs to keep open on your browser, 0:10:08 not to mention if you’re combining finances with a partner. 0:10:09 Good problems to have, 0:10:11 but you might want to simplify for that. 0:10:13 You could try Monarch. 0:10:15 The all-in-one personal finance app with Monarch 0:10:17 can get a comprehensive view of all your accounts, 0:10:20 investments, transactions, and more. 0:10:21 You can create custom budgets, 0:10:23 track progress towards financial goals, 0:10:25 and collaborate with your partner, plus. 0:10:26 Monarch can help you make smart money moves 0:10:28 to get you closer to your goals. 0:10:30 With Monarch, you can easily share your accounts 0:10:32 with your partner or even your financial advisor. 0:10:35 You can log into one place, get a comprehensive view, 0:10:37 adjust what you need, and get on with your life. 0:10:40 Run your finances, don’t let your finances run you. 0:10:42 Right now, listeners of the show 0:10:43 will get an extended 30-day free trial 0:10:47 when you go to monarchmoney.com/propg. 0:10:51 That’s M-O-N-A-R-C-H-M-O-N-E-Y, 0:10:55 dot com slash propg for your extended 30-day free trial. 0:11:01 Okay, moving on, let’s talk about the debate. 0:11:03 67 million people tuned in, 0:11:06 15 million more than the Biden-Trump debate back in June. 0:11:07 Pundits are calling it a loss for Trump 0:11:09 and saying Harris baited him 0:11:10 while avoiding going deep into policy, 0:11:13 but ultimately, it’s the voters whose opinion matters. 0:11:16 It’s been somewhere between two thirds and 70% thought 0:11:18 that Harris won the debate, 0:11:21 15 million more than Biden-Trump debates back in June. 0:11:23 Still, plenty of voters didn’t watch it. 0:11:26 The polling data I’ve seen says the following. 0:11:29 She won, and it kind of doesn’t matter. 0:11:30 What are your thoughts? 0:11:35 Agreed, she won, the kind of on the more rosy side of it. 0:11:42 She needed to prove that she was capable of this job, 0:11:44 that she could look presidential 0:11:46 and that she could open herself up 0:11:48 to the public more than she had. 0:11:50 And I might have frankly underestimated 0:11:54 how much that was bugging people who were unsure 0:11:56 or even were going to vote for her, 0:11:58 but wanted her to do a bit more work 0:12:00 in terms of earning that vote. 0:12:01 And it was interesting, 0:12:03 I was listening to the Daily this morning 0:12:05 and they had undecided voters on, 0:12:06 they’ve been, it’s actually really cool. 0:12:08 They have like a long-term tracking study 0:12:11 with these voters following them through everything, 0:12:14 people through Biden being the candidate, 0:12:16 not being the candidate in Trump assassination, 0:12:17 the debate, et cetera. 0:12:18 And there was one woman who they interviewed, 0:12:22 she’s in her 40s, has two daughters. 0:12:26 And she said, I’m still not exactly sure what I’m going to do. 0:12:28 I was leaning towards writing someone in, 0:12:30 but now that I saw the debate, 0:12:31 I feel like I can make more of a choice, 0:12:33 which she didn’t say it was gonna be Kamala Harris, 0:12:36 but that was implied from what she was saying 0:12:39 and her concerns about Donald Trump. 0:12:42 There is that snap reaction polling 0:12:44 that showed that for the undecideds, 0:12:47 her favorability went up pretty substantially 0:12:48 in the double digits, 0:12:50 but there were a slew of polls that came out 0:12:52 over the weekend. 0:12:56 I won’t bore everyone with like 40 minutes on polls, 0:12:59 but what has been really important to see is 0:13:02 she’s crossing the 50% threshold in a couple of them. 0:13:05 And these were all grade A or grade B pollsters, 0:13:07 so not pieces of trash 0:13:09 that people like to run around amplifying. 0:13:11 She’s gaining like an ABC/Ipsos poll, 0:13:14 she’s gaining with Black voters, Latino voters, 0:13:18 and Gen Z voters, critical components of a win. 0:13:20 She’s not quite at Biden’s numbers from 2020, 0:13:21 but inching that way. 0:13:25 And then I don’t know if the Ann Selzer poll from Iowa 0:13:28 permeated the Haggis bubble in Aberdeen. 0:13:30 – Haggis bubble, that’s good. 0:13:33 – Yeah, you can keep that. – You’re learning, that’s good. 0:13:34 – But it was a really big deal. 0:13:36 So Ann Selzer is known to be 0:13:39 one of the most accurate pollsters in the country. 0:13:41 She had Biden down 18 to Trump 0:13:44 when he had Trump won by eight in 2020. 0:13:46 And she just released a survey showing 0:13:47 that Kamala is only down four. 0:13:49 Now, do I think she’s winning Iowa? 0:13:52 Absolutely not, but it’s a really important bellwether 0:13:55 for how white Midwestern voters 0:13:57 are feeling about Kamala Harris. 0:14:00 And that then bodes well for Wisconsin and Michigan as well. 0:14:01 And maybe a little bit of Pennsylvania, 0:14:05 but that seems like it’s going to be the real difficult piece 0:14:09 of this puzzle for the Harris campaign. 0:14:11 – So Trump would never admit defeat, 0:14:13 but we’ve seen some of his most loyal supporters, 0:14:17 including your Fox News colleague, Neil Cavuto, 0:14:21 RFK Jr. and Frank Lund, 0:14:24 saying that the debate likely cost him the election. 0:14:26 How do you, do you think? 0:14:28 I thought it was something like that. 0:14:30 I would have thought, and I guess it’s not his brand, 0:14:33 but you’re, I mean, you’re an expert in messaging and data. 0:14:35 I would have thought that he should have said, 0:14:36 I had a bad night. 0:14:37 She was great, congratulations. 0:14:39 Check out our policies. 0:14:40 I’ll be a better president. 0:14:41 She’s a better debater. 0:14:42 I’ll be a better president. 0:14:44 Instead, he went into the spin room, 0:14:47 which I thought was almost a little bit desperate 0:14:51 and is trying to recast it as, no, just ignore everything. 0:14:52 I won. 0:14:53 How do you think he’s handled the debate? 0:14:54 – Right, like, I hope you blacked out 0:14:56 for the last 97 minutes. 0:14:59 And here I am to tell you about, they’re eating the cats. 0:15:01 They’re eating the dogs. 0:15:03 I now sing that whole thing in TikTok form, 0:15:04 which I don’t have on my phone, 0:15:07 but you can actually go on TikTok on your computer 0:15:10 without inviting it into your life. 0:15:15 You know, Donald Trump, his ego and his need for attention 0:15:16 just kicked into high gear. 0:15:18 And that’s why he went into the spin room 0:15:20 and kind of watching who the Republicans had 0:15:22 versus who the Democrats had. 0:15:23 You know, we had the best in class. 0:15:26 Gavin Newsom out there, Josh Shapiro out there. 0:15:30 But I do think that there is a case to be made 0:15:32 for Donald Trump not hurting himself that badly 0:15:35 in the debate for people who were looking 0:15:37 for a clear vision from Kamala Harris 0:15:40 and actually answering the explicit question. 0:15:42 And we talked about that a little with the, 0:15:43 you know, the first question was, 0:15:45 are you better off today than you were four years ago? 0:15:48 And she didn’t answer that on immigration. 0:15:50 Now, I really, I agree with the answer 0:15:52 that the bipartisan border bill 0:15:53 would make a huge difference. 0:15:56 Lots of conservative Republicans even agree with that. 0:16:00 But like, Secretary Mayorkas is on with Azra Klein 0:16:01 on his latest podcast. 0:16:03 And Azra Klein is really struggling 0:16:05 to get that answer to the question. 0:16:08 Why did you do nothing for three years? 0:16:11 And for people who are going to vote on immigration 0:16:13 or that’s going to be in their top three, 0:16:15 they want at least some sort of answer. 0:16:18 If you want to say, well, we needed more cheap labor, 0:16:20 I accept that. 0:16:24 Or we thought it wasn’t going to get this overwhelming. 0:16:25 I accept that. 0:16:25 It’s a tricky period. 0:16:28 You’re in COVID, everyone’s being held. 0:16:30 Then suddenly the floodgates open. 0:16:31 We were overwhelmed. 0:16:33 We made X, Y, and Z mistakes. 0:16:35 This is what we’re doing to fix it. 0:16:36 And so if you were someone looking 0:16:37 for that kind of specificity, 0:16:39 and like Brett Stevens, for instance, 0:16:40 is someone looking for that, 0:16:44 I hope he’s going to end up voting for her in the end. 0:16:48 But she didn’t satisfy that itch for a lot of people. 0:16:50 And that’s why I think a second debate or town halls 0:16:54 where I think she would really shine would help her case. 0:16:59 – So Trump is now saying it’s not going to debate her again. 0:17:01 Do you think that’s the smart move? 0:17:03 – I think that they could both. 0:17:06 It’s weird, I’m a Pollyanna about many things in life. 0:17:10 And I know that winning is the ultimate goal for everyone. 0:17:12 But I do think that people, 0:17:14 the American public deserves the best person for the job. 0:17:17 And the best person for the job should be the person 0:17:19 who can show up in a bunch of different forums, 0:17:22 explain themselves, connect with people, 0:17:25 have policies that satisfy the widest swath of voters. 0:17:28 And so I think that he should, 0:17:31 for people who are on the fence and saw him behave 0:17:32 like a petulant toddler, 0:17:34 he could do a lot better. 0:17:36 And I think he could also interact with her better. 0:17:39 There’s a clip floating around on Twitter, 0:17:41 or X, whatever I’m supposed to call it, 0:17:43 from 2016 when he was debating Hillary, 0:17:46 and not only is his cognitive decline 0:17:48 on full display up until now, 0:17:51 but he’s really kind of nice to her. 0:17:53 – It’s been defective for a long time, many years, 0:17:56 but the politicians haven’t done anything about it. 0:18:00 Now, an all fair is to Secretary Clinton, yes. 0:18:01 Is that okay? 0:18:04 Good, I want you to be very happy. 0:18:05 It’s very important to me. 0:18:07 But an all fairness to Secretary Clinton. 0:18:09 – He says, I want you to be happy. 0:18:10 I want you to be very happy. 0:18:12 And it made me think back to the night that he won, 0:18:14 which surprised him more than anyone. 0:18:16 Remember, he told her, you come out and you say, 0:18:19 whatever you want, whenever is good for you. 0:18:21 There’s no need for you to make a speech right now 0:18:24 at three o’clock in the morning or whenever it got called. 0:18:28 And he seemed much more humane in that version 0:18:32 versus what we saw or continue to see right now in 2024. 0:18:34 So I think he could help himself. 0:18:37 And I think Kamala would continue to build 0:18:40 on this goodwill that’s beginning to burn for her. 0:18:43 – Your point is a good one that if you’re gonna try 0:18:46 and present or you think that you’re presenting 0:18:47 to the people that you’re the person 0:18:49 that should be presented to carry the flag 0:18:52 in almost any context or the most important contexts, 0:18:53 I should say around the world, 0:18:56 that you should be subject to all sorts of formats. 0:18:59 That one of the reasons we’ve had such exceptional people 0:19:01 as presidents of the nation 0:19:03 is we battle test this shit out of him. 0:19:05 Fred Smith was not gonna be present. 0:19:09 Rudy Giuliani, Herman Cain were all at one point 0:19:11 leading in the polls. 0:19:13 And as soon as they kind of got on stage 0:19:15 and people started battle testing– 0:19:17 – Ted Cruz won Iowa. 0:19:18 – Ted Cruz won Iowa, right. 0:19:20 As soon as we started power washing them 0:19:23 and they went into combat, they just fell away. 0:19:26 And that process does produce really impressive people. 0:19:29 But what you said about as your lead up 0:19:31 that Trump should do another debate, 0:19:33 I would bet that a lot of people 0:19:34 who are Trump supporters are saying, 0:19:37 “Are we talking about Trump or Kamala?” 0:19:41 Because she has not opened herself to a lot of formats. 0:19:42 – I think that’s totally fair. 0:19:46 She did a local ABC Philly interview. 0:19:48 I think he came out on Friday. 0:19:49 But she definitely has to. 0:19:53 And I think Trump had wanted a Fox debate 0:19:55 after the moderators who he said 0:19:56 we’re in the tank for her, 0:19:59 which I do not see that bias existing. 0:20:01 But he says he wants, 0:20:03 it can’t be Brett Bear and Martha McCallum. 0:20:05 Now he wants Sean Hannity and Lauren Grum and Jesse Waters 0:20:06 to do it. 0:20:08 So obviously that’s a non-starter. 0:20:10 But I think that Kamala should just come out and say, 0:20:12 if he’s not gonna debate on Fox, 0:20:15 I’m gonna sit down with Brett Bear and myself. 0:20:18 And Brett will give her a fair interview. 0:20:20 One of the worst interviews that has ever existed 0:20:22 for Donald Trump was actually with Brett 0:20:24 when he read off all the horrible things that people– 0:20:26 – All the secretaries, all the people 0:20:27 who no longer wanna work with him. 0:20:28 – Exactly. 0:20:31 – That Ford is 44 secretaries are supporting him. 0:20:34 – Yeah, it’s very slim pickings over there. 0:20:36 But she should do it. 0:20:37 And it’s a little selfish. 0:20:40 I would love it if she came on the network that I work for. 0:20:42 But it’s also where the persuadable voters are. 0:20:43 And I think that, you know, 0:20:45 Mayor Pete has really proven that out 0:20:48 as being a good strategy for Democrats to show up. 0:20:51 Gavin Newsom as well, Mark Kelly’s been coming on. 0:20:54 I think it’s really good for a public 0:20:57 that might not feel thrilled about their choices 0:21:00 to see you showing up and doing the difficult things. 0:21:02 – Yeah, look, if you wanna be part of the resistance, 0:21:03 you have to get behind enemy lines. 0:21:06 But the people you referenced, Mayor Pete 0:21:07 or Secretary Buttigieg– 0:21:10 – I should say Secretary Pete or I should say Buttigieg. 0:21:13 It’s just so Mayor Pete is so good. 0:21:17 – Well, yeah, but him and Governor Newsom, 0:21:20 they, I believe in my view, they’re better 0:21:22 facing the opposing party than when they’re on their own party 0:21:26 because they are so outstanding at sort of very, 0:21:29 I think when Governor Newsom goes on friendly TV, 0:21:32 I think it’s a handsome vanilla mooring guy. 0:21:34 When he debates Governor DeSantis, 0:21:36 I think he tore him limb from limb and he’s really good. 0:21:38 I think the same is true of Secretary Pete. 0:21:40 Vice President Harris hasn’t demonstrated 0:21:41 that ability to go mind enemy lines. 0:21:44 And I think the people probably advising her 0:21:47 aren’t sure it’s a good idea because I think, 0:21:50 Brett Baird would be fair, 0:21:53 but quite frankly, he’s just gonna put to her 0:21:55 a level of questioning that I’m not sure, 0:21:57 we don’t know if she’d be good at this. 0:21:59 We both believe she should do it. 0:22:01 I’m not sure it’s the right thing to do 0:22:03 from a winning standpoint. 0:22:07 Trump is terrible when he gets in front of an opposing party. 0:22:08 He starts calling them nasty 0:22:11 or starts insulting that network. 0:22:14 I saw what I thought was just a cringe-worthy interview. 0:22:15 I love Dana Bash. 0:22:17 I think she’s very measured. 0:22:19 And I think she’s great at what she does. 0:22:23 And she interviewed Senator Vance. 0:22:25 And talking about this, well, first off, 0:22:28 just in case you’re one of the 2% of people 0:22:31 that haven’t heard it, let’s play the clip from Trump 0:22:34 about locking up Fluffy and Zoe 0:22:36 because they are under threat from Haitian immigrants. 0:22:37 Let’s play that. 0:22:39 – Look at what’s happening to the towns 0:22:41 all over the United States. 0:22:42 And a lot of towns don’t wanna talk. 0:22:44 It’s not gonna be Aurora or Springfield. 0:22:46 A lot of towns don’t wanna talk about it 0:22:48 because they’re so embarrassed by it. 0:22:51 In Springfield, they’re eating the dogs, 0:22:53 the people that came in, they’re eating the cats, 0:22:58 they’re eating the pets of the people that live there. 0:23:02 And this is what’s happening in our country. 0:23:03 And it’s a shame. 0:23:05 – So Senator Vance came on and Dana Bash 0:23:08 immediately said, look, this is causing problems 0:23:13 in Springfield, Ohio, that this is creating 0:23:14 a lot of unnecessary attention. 0:23:16 It’s bad for our economy. 0:23:20 It’s creating a spectacle of Springfield. 0:23:21 We’re worried it’s gonna be bad 0:23:24 in terms of our ability to actually solve the problem. 0:23:26 Can you please stop? 0:23:29 And she said, why are you spreading baseless claims? 0:23:32 And he said, well, when my constituents call me 0:23:35 with a concern, I have a responsibility. 0:23:38 And she kept pressing him and he went on 0:23:40 very much on the offensive and said, 0:23:42 that’s outrageous if you would accuse me 0:23:44 of inciting problems. 0:23:46 He went into the outrage misdirect 0:23:49 and I couldn’t figure out if it was bad for CNN 0:23:52 and Dana or bad for Senator Vance. 0:23:56 But I feel as if Senator Vance and Linda Yacarino 0:23:58 literally have the worst jobs in the world. 0:24:00 That they’re the circus clown falling around, 0:24:03 scooping up the shit of an elephant. 0:24:07 They’re like, okay, you go defend this ridiculousness. 0:24:11 And he has to pretend that this is actually going on 0:24:12 and it was a reasonable thing to say. 0:24:14 I don’t, is this a giant? 0:24:17 Should the Harris campaign continue to press 0:24:19 on the ridiculousness of that statement 0:24:20 or should they move on? 0:24:23 I’m almost getting a little sick of talking about it. 0:24:26 – Again, and I think I said this last week, 0:24:29 we’re not really the target audience anymore for this. 0:24:31 We can evaluate these things. 0:24:33 And I think our opinions are worth something 0:24:36 and hopefully our many listeners agree with that. 0:24:40 But if you need to get out to sometimes low information 0:24:42 undecided voters, 0:24:44 I think you do need to keep talking about these things. 0:24:46 But the way that you do it is important. 0:24:50 Like dunking on JD Vance, like he’s been dunked on a lot 0:24:51 and it’s working, right? 0:24:54 His approval rating is the lowest of anyone, 0:24:56 you know, certainly of his ticket. 0:24:59 Like he’s a point lower even than Trump, 0:25:01 which is astounding. 0:25:02 And Walls is in positive territory 0:25:05 and Kamala is just barely in positive territory, 0:25:06 but she is now. 0:25:08 But I think that what you need to focus on 0:25:10 is the fact that he admitted 0:25:12 that sometimes you have to create stories. 0:25:14 So he owned up to faking it. 0:25:16 And then tie that into the fact 0:25:18 that Trump was talking later 0:25:20 and talking about his deportation force, 0:25:22 that he’s going to go to Springfield. 0:25:24 And these are legal immigrants 0:25:25 that he said that he’s going to round up 0:25:27 and send to Venezuela, 0:25:30 which is not Haiti last time I checked. 0:25:32 – It’s close. 0:25:33 It’s close. 0:25:35 – Close but no cigar on that one. 0:25:39 And I think that when you contextualize it 0:25:42 in terms of how inhumane these people are 0:25:47 in the way they talk about people of immigrants, 0:25:49 people of color as well, 0:25:50 that that’s something that can be resonant 0:25:52 to folks who are on the fence. 0:25:54 Now from the GOP side, 0:25:57 that thinks that our cities are overrun 0:25:59 and the country is going to hell in a handbasket 0:26:01 because of immigration 0:26:03 and isn’t really separating legal 0:26:05 versus illegal immigration. 0:26:07 You know, they’re looking at the fact 0:26:08 that the Harris campaign, 0:26:09 and I referenced before, you know, 0:26:12 my orcas being on and talking about 0:26:13 what’s gone on on the border for a while, 0:26:15 that the Democrats don’t seem to really have 0:26:19 a cogent answer for what the solution is going to be. 0:26:22 So for people who do live in places 0:26:24 where for instance rec centers 0:26:26 that are for low income kids 0:26:29 are being taken over as migrant shelters 0:26:31 or have classrooms that are being flooded 0:26:33 with people that don’t necessarily speak the language 0:26:35 or ERs or all of these very real problems 0:26:38 they’re having as a result of the migrant crisis. 0:26:40 The fact that JD Vance and Donald Trump 0:26:42 are even talking about it at all 0:26:43 versus saying like, oh, you know, 0:26:46 we have a fancy bipartisan bill. 0:26:48 Like a bill is not a solution to people, 0:26:49 especially when they know that the bill 0:26:51 isn’t going to be passed. 0:26:55 And now there’s another survey out in FT survey 0:26:57 that showed Kamala Harris really closing the gap 0:26:58 on the economy. 0:27:00 She was even up a point or two 0:27:01 that people get that she cares about 0:27:03 average Americans, middle class Americans. 0:27:04 He’s for the wealthy. 0:27:06 But if you look at it on the immigration issue, 0:27:08 he’s still up like 14 points on that. 0:27:10 And so whatever she’s messaging on it 0:27:13 isn’t resonating in a way 0:27:15 that I think is going to move the needle in that direction. 0:27:18 And for Nikki Haley voters who are the top, 0:27:20 you know, up for grabs and top priority, 0:27:23 they also said immigration was their top issue 0:27:24 in the primary. 0:27:27 And the campaign hasn’t been that responsive to it. 0:27:30 – Senator Kelly said something 0:27:32 I thought that was pretty, pretty interesting. 0:27:36 He said that Republicans aren’t sincere 0:27:40 about immigration and Democrats don’t understand it. 0:27:43 And what I take more of a, 0:27:45 my sense is money always wins. 0:27:47 And that if you want to look at something, 0:27:51 when I serve on a board and the CEO is behaving strangely 0:27:54 or we can’t figure out why store managers 0:27:56 aren’t collecting email or whatever, 0:27:58 let’s go to the compensation. 0:28:00 Let’s just go to the money, money always wins. 0:28:01 It’s around incentives. 0:28:03 And I believe our lack of an immigration policy 0:28:06 over the last 40 years has primarily been 0:28:08 because, and people don’t talk about this, 0:28:10 people talk a lot about the morality of immigration 0:28:12 and how it’s part of our DNA 0:28:13 in that it’s good for America. 0:28:17 And 20% of the NASDAQ by market capitalization 0:28:22 is from first generation Indian Americans who immigrated here. 0:28:26 So there’s a ton of like spiritual and chest beating 0:28:30 and flag waving notions of immigration. 0:28:31 I think the most beneficial 0:28:32 or one of the most beneficial things 0:28:34 about immigration is a subset of it. 0:28:37 And that is illegal immigration. 0:28:39 And if you think about undocumented workers, 0:28:41 they come across the border, 0:28:43 they pay social security taxes, 0:28:44 but they usually don’t stick around 0:28:46 to collect social security benefits. 0:28:49 They are the most profitable immigrants in history, 0:28:51 specifically undocumented workers 0:28:53 and all this bullshit about, 0:28:56 and you’ll find examples of this of them being criminals, 0:29:00 they actually commit crimes at a lower rate than citizens. 0:29:04 And I think we’ve figured out this flexible workforce 0:29:08 that comes in, picks grapes, takes care of grandma 0:29:12 at a lower cost, lower tax, lower taxation 0:29:14 or lower strain on our social services, 0:29:17 in that we haven’t wanted to fix this problem 0:29:19 because we make a shit ton of money from illegal 0:29:21 or undocumented workers 0:29:22 and we’re willing to pay the price 0:29:23 of some of the externalities. 0:29:25 Now the point, you know, the question is, 0:29:28 at some point does it become so out of control 0:29:29 that it’s no longer worth it? 0:29:31 And I think a lot of people have decided 0:29:33 that we’ve gotten to that point. 0:29:34 Any thoughts? 0:29:36 – No, I totally agree. 0:29:38 My dad was a winemaker in Oregon. 0:29:40 So, you know, dealing with the seasonal workers 0:29:43 was something that was built into conversations 0:29:45 that we were, you know, having around the dinner table 0:29:48 and how also incredible these people were 0:29:51 and what kind of bastions of the community they were. 0:29:53 And I thought a lot about, 0:29:55 do you remember there was a proposal 0:29:58 that came out of the California State Assembly 0:30:01 a few weeks ago about giving loans 0:30:04 to undocumented people to buy a home. 0:30:08 And it became this lightning rod thing, 0:30:11 you know, Newsom was basically like, I’m gonna veto this. 0:30:13 No matter what, the politics are terrible. 0:30:16 Nancy Pelosi was asked about it when she was on Bill Maher. 0:30:21 But I was frustrated that it didn’t get into the conversation 0:30:24 that, A, these were people who were paying taxes, 0:30:25 like you said, as most of them are, 0:30:27 and then they don’t necessarily hang around 0:30:28 to claim it on the backside of it, 0:30:30 but that they were people who had to qualify 0:30:33 by our federal mortgage rate standards. 0:30:36 Like these just weren’t people streaming across the border 0:30:40 where we said, oh, here’s $150,000, go have fun. 0:30:41 You know, these are people who were established 0:30:43 in the community had earned enough 0:30:46 to be able to qualify for a mortgage 0:30:48 to get on the property ladder. 0:30:50 And I think that that’s somewhere 0:30:52 that Democrats can really lean into those conversations, 0:30:54 not necessarily in an election year 0:30:56 where it’s going to be distorted. 0:31:00 And I haven’t gone into the fine tuning of the policy, 0:31:04 I was just surprised to hear how it was being spoken about 0:31:07 without all of the real information behind it 0:31:08 or at least coming to light 0:31:12 to make it a more fair and balanced conversation. 0:31:14 But those are the types of immigration conundrums 0:31:18 that I feel like the American public is ready to deal with. 0:31:20 But when you have border crossings, 0:31:23 the way that it has been kind of before Biden’s executive order, 0:31:25 which I guess is now a couple of months old 0:31:28 and cut it what, 55% or something like that. 0:31:30 You know, if you see these images of people streaming in 0:31:32 and equal pass somewhere 0:31:34 that can only hold 10,000, 15,000 people 0:31:37 is getting thousands a day of people coming there 0:31:39 that no one’s actually going to have 0:31:42 that real conversation about the seasonal workers, 0:31:44 the people who work in your homes 0:31:46 who oftentimes raise your children 0:31:48 and take care of your parents 0:31:51 when they’re dying with the level of empathy and care 0:31:55 that I can’t even fathom summoning from myself 0:31:59 as someone who loved my father deeply. 0:32:02 The people who cared for him, it was next level, 0:32:05 like angel level stuff. 0:32:08 And no one, I guess it’s Markely’s point, 0:32:12 you know, no one really wants to be real about this, 0:32:17 even if now the migrants are in Chicago and New York 0:32:21 and Baltimore at higher rates than they ever had been before. 0:32:24 – Also think, and I’m by no means an expert on this issue, 0:32:27 but I think it’s unhealthy. 0:32:29 I think we need to separate the border 0:32:32 from immigration policy because, I mean, 0:32:34 the majority of my understanding is about half 0:32:38 or more of undocumented workers are just overstayers. 0:32:41 They come here legally on a visa and they just stay. 0:32:43 And I think a disproportionate amount 0:32:46 of undocumented workers get here on a plane. 0:32:49 They fly over any wall that we’re planning on building. 0:32:54 And the other, I’ve always thought at the end of the day, 0:32:56 if we were serious about this, 0:32:58 it wouldn’t be that hard to fix. 0:33:01 And that is use some sort of biometric program 0:33:05 and any employer caught with an undocumented worker 0:33:06 pays a $25,000 fine. 0:33:12 And the moment you have on the demand side shrink up 0:33:13 where people are like, oh shit, 0:33:17 if I have five guys in my kitchen and if I get caught 0:33:21 and I can’t and someone comes in and scans their eyes 0:33:23 and says, this is an undocumented worker. 0:33:24 You did not check. 0:33:28 You did not call us five times 25,000, 125 grand. 0:33:33 In my opinion, the whole thing’s over. 0:33:37 – Yeah, but is that the result that you want? 0:33:40 I mean, do you want people who are busting their asses 0:33:43 working in the kitchens at the restaurants 0:33:46 that we all go and sit in to be thrown out? 0:33:48 – Oh, I want to be clear. 0:33:51 I think this is a boon in the American economy. 0:33:52 I’ll use a personal example. 0:33:57 I was renovating a house and I was trying to fix up a house, 0:34:00 didn’t have a lot of money 0:34:05 and had trouble finding people to do a certain job. 0:34:07 My general contractor said, come with me. 0:34:10 We went to this local 7-Eleven, 0:34:14 bunch of undocumented workers, I assume, rush the pickup. 0:34:17 He asked some questions in Spanish. 0:34:19 Six guys jumped in, went to the site, 0:34:20 went to the construction site. 0:34:23 These guys like, they worked around the clock, 0:34:25 around the clock. 0:34:28 They each had a specific skill. 0:34:29 I mean, Jesus Christ, 0:34:32 this is like the most unbelievable workforce 0:34:33 I have ever seen. 0:34:35 And I thought this is, 0:34:38 no wonder people are turning a blind eye to this 0:34:41 because this is just such a flexible, efficient workforce. 0:34:45 I absolutely think these folks do great work 0:34:47 and deserve more empathy. 0:34:49 What I’m saying is I just think it’s cynical, 0:34:53 all these calls for border protection. 0:34:55 – I take it back, you’re not a bad person. 0:35:00 – If for whatever reason, rationally or irrationally, 0:35:02 you wanted to stem the flow, 0:35:06 just punish the employer because once demand drives it, 0:35:08 but that’s never an option 0:35:10 because those are nice white Republicans 0:35:12 employing those people. 0:35:14 We don’t go to the source. 0:35:15 You’re never gonna, 0:35:17 if you can’t keep drugs out of prison, 0:35:21 the notion that you’re gonna keep talented resourceful people 0:35:24 out of opportunity and economic wellbeing 0:35:25 because there’s some fucking wall 0:35:27 or some sort of border control, 0:35:30 there’s no way you would have to, 0:35:32 it strikes me if we ever got serious 0:35:34 about quote unquote undocumented workers, 0:35:37 it would be a lot less complex than people think, 0:35:39 it would be going after the demand side 0:35:41 and just punishing the employers, 0:35:43 but no one wants to talk about that 0:35:45 ’cause those are good Americans. 0:35:48 Anyways, I don’t think we’re serious about this problem. 0:35:49 – Well, we’re definitely not 0:35:52 and we’re gonna lose elections because of it 0:35:53 or Democrats are. 0:35:55 I mean, it was one of I think the strongest arguments 0:35:58 for putting Mark Kelly on the ticket. 0:36:00 I mean, he has the best bio ever 0:36:05 and Gabby Giffords is otherworldly impressive and inspiring. 0:36:08 I mean, we would have lost, 0:36:09 potentially lost the Arizona Senate seat. 0:36:12 So I think Chuck Schumer lost his mind about that, 0:36:15 but having a Democrat that is conversant 0:36:18 in the mechanics of immigration, 0:36:19 like you say from the border, 0:36:22 but also what happens once they’re here 0:36:27 and what life looks like from a humane and kind perspective, 0:36:29 but also a realist perspective, 0:36:32 I think would have been of huge value. 0:36:36 And I know we’re gonna dip into talking about 0:36:39 whether walls has panned out to be the best choice 0:36:40 for all of that. 0:36:41 If you’re talking about immigration, 0:36:45 I’m picking Mark Kelly 10 times out of 10 over Tim Walls 0:36:48 in terms of talking about it. 0:36:49 – Well, he’s on the border 0:36:51 and he speaks eloquently on it. 0:36:53 Let’s use that. 0:36:55 So by the way, just as I was saying, it didn’t matter. 0:36:56 I’m now looking at some polls 0:36:58 that our producer Caroline pulled together. 0:37:01 And we have new Reuters episodes. 0:37:04 National polls shows Harris leading by five points, 47, 42. 0:37:09 The Economist poll shows Harris up by three, 49 to 46. 0:37:12 A CNN flash poll, a majority of debate watchers 0:37:13 say Harris outperforms Trump. 0:37:15 Yeah, we know that. 0:37:18 But it does look like, my understanding is 0:37:21 she has to solidly get more, 0:37:23 she has to be up by two or three points 0:37:25 to win the electoral college. 0:37:26 That accurate? 0:37:27 – Yeah, that’s right. 0:37:29 And I know you had Nate Silver on 0:37:33 and his probability forecast is a bit of an outlier now, 0:37:36 but he has some new numbers up about the odds 0:37:38 of many different things happening. 0:37:42 But what’s so sick to me about our system 0:37:43 is Republicans don’t even try 0:37:45 to win the popular vote anymore. 0:37:49 Like the idea of trying to win a majority of voters 0:37:50 is out the window. 0:37:52 And it’s just a game of chess, 0:37:55 figuring out what states you can cobble together for this. 0:37:57 And Kamala, yeah, in two points, 0:38:00 I would still be sweating going into election night 0:38:02 if she was three or four points. 0:38:03 People would feel a lot better 0:38:05 about her odds of winning the electoral college. 0:38:08 But I should say the Fox forecast came out 0:38:09 at the end of last week. 0:38:12 And two pivotal states, Georgia and North Carolina, 0:38:16 which were lean Republican, are now toss-ups. 0:38:18 And the Harris campaign is a very serious 0:38:20 about North Carolina. 0:38:23 I mean, they’ve shown a capacity to win Georgia before. 0:38:24 And I think Trump, you know, 0:38:26 whoever gave him his come to Jesus moment 0:38:28 about being nice to Brian Kemp, 0:38:30 you know, finally got through on that one. 0:38:34 But North Carolina would be a fascinating pickup 0:38:35 for Democrats. 0:38:36 – And that’s where money comes in. 0:38:39 They now have the money to sort of put in field offices 0:38:42 and go hard after states where they maybe only have 0:38:43 a one in five chance of winning, 0:38:45 but they have a one in five chance of winning. 0:38:49 It feels like this is where those hundreds of millions 0:38:51 that she’s out raising him right now 0:38:54 would be really powerful. 0:38:57 Stay with us. 0:39:05 I think one of the biggest problems in America 0:39:07 is that we have minority rule. 0:39:10 And that is, you know, 20% of our population 0:39:13 has 80% of the senators, whether you look at gun control. 0:39:17 I mean, there’s just, whether you look at the majority 0:39:19 of Americans favor bodily autonomy. 0:39:20 We really do have minority rule 0:39:22 on some of the most important issues. 0:39:25 And I would argue, I think a lot about marketing, 0:39:29 the three best marketers in the world by sector or groups. 0:39:31 First and foremost, the best marketers in history 0:39:33 were the tobacco guys. 0:39:35 When your product’s primary benefits 0:39:36 are death, disease, and disability, 0:39:38 and you’ve convinced people that it’s cool, 0:39:42 and you sell a product at 96 points a margin, unbelievable. 0:39:43 Actually, I’ll do four. 0:39:46 My industry is the only industry in the world 0:39:48 that can charge a six-figure price tag 0:39:51 at 97 points of gross profit margin, 0:39:53 and artificially creates scarcity, 0:39:55 becoming forces to cast system. 0:39:57 In some, we’re sort of mendacious fox 0:39:58 that wake up every morning and say, 0:40:00 how do I reduce my accountability 0:40:01 while increasing my compensation? 0:40:04 I know despite sitting on the GDP of Costa Rica, 0:40:06 I’m only gonna let in 1,500 people 0:40:08 ’cause it makes me feel good about myself. 0:40:10 We’re the best marketers in the world. 0:40:12 MIT, Stanford, Harvard are the best brands in the world. 0:40:14 It’s not Apple. 0:40:19 Number three would be the industrial financial complex. 0:40:22 Anyone on CNBC, hedge funds, mutual funds, 0:40:24 it’s all a total fucking grift. 0:40:28 If you took every single hedge fund, mutual fund, 401K, 0:40:30 everything you’re in, and you added it all up, 0:40:32 it’s exactly underperformed the S&P 0:40:33 by the amount of the fees. 0:40:36 We should all just put our money in low-cost index funds. 0:40:40 The entire financial industrial complex is a giant grift, 0:40:42 but they put some old guy in suspenders 0:40:44 and the Wall Street Journal on CNBC 0:40:45 and we’re under the impression 0:40:46 he actually understands which way the market 0:40:49 is gonna go, spoiler alert, he doesn’t. 0:40:51 And then my rounding it out, 0:40:53 the fourth best marketers in the world 0:40:54 are the Republican Party, 0:40:55 who as far as I can tell, 0:40:59 spends 70 or 80% of their energies 0:41:01 representing the top 1% in corporations 0:41:04 and yet every year get about 47% of the vote. 0:41:08 That is an incredible feat to convince these people 0:41:12 that yeah, we’re for you when really at the end of the day, 0:41:15 who they really represent our corporations 0:41:16 and the Uber wealthy. 0:41:18 Anyways, that’s my TED Talk around marketing. 0:41:19 Any thoughts, Jessica? 0:41:22 – I agree with it and my question would be, 0:41:24 do you think that the Republicans are really that good 0:41:28 or that the Dems are really that bad? 0:41:32 – Yes, I think that’s the correct question. 0:41:34 So just as we wrap up here, 0:41:37 let’s touch base on Walls being the VP pick. 0:41:38 We had Nate Silver on the property pod 0:41:40 as you referenced a few weeks ago 0:41:45 and he thinks that we should have picked Shapiro. 0:41:48 By the way, I was really hoping for Shapiro 0:41:50 and looking back now, 0:41:52 I actually think Walls was the right choice 0:41:55 because I think capturing younger men 0:41:59 around sort of this aspirational vision of masculinity 0:42:02 is serving them really well. 0:42:03 Republicans argue that Walls 0:42:06 has pushed a very progressive agenda in Minnesota, 0:42:08 whereas Democrats see him as someone 0:42:09 with strong Midwestern appeal 0:42:11 who connects with everyday voters. 0:42:12 What are your thoughts? 0:42:15 How would you evaluate Walls’ performance so far? 0:42:19 – So I’d bifurcate it into two buckets. 0:42:21 So one is the feels bucket 0:42:23 and then one is like the practicality bucket. 0:42:25 And on the feels, 0:42:28 I think that he’s been a fantastic partner for her. 0:42:30 And I don’t wanna make this about gender, 0:42:35 but I think that a female candidate for president, 0:42:37 especially one who has been shaky in the past 0:42:40 and has had a tough time with the press, 0:42:43 she wasn’t successful in the 2020 primary, 0:42:45 obviously to get the Democratic nomination. 0:42:47 I think it matters a hell of a lot 0:42:50 that she picked the person who she felt supported by, 0:42:52 who she connected with, 0:42:55 who’s as a couple, her and Doug connected 0:42:58 with Tim Walls and Gwen Walls. 0:43:00 And I think that she does better 0:43:02 when she feels good about herself. 0:43:03 And you saw that post-debate. 0:43:05 If you watched, she did a rally, 0:43:07 I think it was in North Carolina the day after. 0:43:10 And she was loose and fun. 0:43:12 And there was substance in it, 0:43:14 but there was a joy and not in the 0:43:15 we’re coconut pill joy way, 0:43:20 like a genuine joy in doing this job of campaigning 0:43:22 to be able to be commander in chief. 0:43:25 And I think that Tim Walls is a huge part of that. 0:43:27 In the practicality bucket, 0:43:29 I already referenced the fact that his favorability 0:43:32 of the four people that are vying for these jobs, 0:43:35 so Trump, Kamala, JD Vance and Tim Walls, 0:43:37 he has the highest favorability by far. 0:43:39 I mean, some polls even have it at 11. 0:43:41 I think one had it at 14. 0:43:44 And what Republicans are throwing at him. 0:43:46 Oh, did you hear that he was an assistant coach 0:43:48 and not a coach? 0:43:49 Like that stuff is not sticking. 0:43:52 I think the military conversation about, 0:43:55 whether he retired commander, major sergeant, 0:43:57 I think is the term or not, 0:43:59 that was resonant with some people, 0:44:01 especially in the veteran community, 0:44:03 but he has such a solid record 0:44:05 that isn’t necessarily progressive. 0:44:08 Like he runs the sixth best state in the country 0:44:10 to do business in. 0:44:12 That doesn’t seem like a socialist to me. 0:44:14 So you’re going to talk in point, I didn’t know that. 0:44:16 Oh, you, I leased it to you. 0:44:20 I just know the prince was born and raised there. 0:44:21 That is also important. 0:44:24 And I’m sure they will let him use the music for it. 0:44:28 But if you go back and look at his reelection in 2022, 0:44:30 that was after the summer of Black Lives Matter, 0:44:33 the riots, all of the issues would defund the police. 0:44:35 And he won by eight points. 0:44:38 He paced ahead of Biden’s margin 0:44:40 when he was in the state at 2020. 0:44:42 Originally, his congressional district. 0:44:44 Yeah, and like, I think that people just can’t believe 0:44:49 that the guy whose students staffed his first campaign, 0:44:53 taking on a serious right winger is a bad guy. 0:44:55 Now, Josh Shapiro, you know, 0:44:57 and I think we talked about this maybe in person 0:45:00 and not necessarily on any podcast venue. 0:45:02 Josh Shapiro was great at the DNC. 0:45:04 I expected to be brought to tears, right? 0:45:07 But by this Baruch Obama situation. 0:45:11 And I found him to be incredibly compelling. 0:45:12 Baruch Obama, you’re good. 0:45:13 That’s what we call him. 0:45:14 No, no, it wasn’t me. 0:45:17 The other Jews came up with that first. 0:45:22 But if this somehow comes down to Israel in some way, 0:45:24 Tim Walls wrote a master’s thesis 0:45:26 about being able to teach the Holocaust better 0:45:28 to make sure that we never actually go back 0:45:30 to a time where something like that is possible. 0:45:34 But if you hear it from a Jew, it often sounds better. 0:45:37 And Josh Shapiro has that and he’s tight 0:45:39 and he’s really good. 0:45:40 But at the end of the day, 0:45:42 it didn’t seem like he really wanted that job. 0:45:43 And you know what it’s like. 0:45:45 You’ve, you know, employed thousands of people. 0:45:48 If someone is not into the job that they have, 0:45:51 can they really do it at the level that you need 0:45:52 when the stakes are this high? 0:45:56 And Tim Walls wants that job so bad. 0:45:59 So what I’ve heard, I mean, this is all hearsay. 0:46:01 I don’t know. 0:46:03 I heard on the Friday before the pick, 0:46:07 he had it because quite frankly winning Pennsylvania 0:46:12 would probably, it makes the path to presidency 0:46:14 for her pretty like the landing lights would be on. 0:46:17 He’s very popular in Pennsylvania. 0:46:20 He would inoculate her around the kind of Israel issue. 0:46:25 And also I think he was just primed to be an attack dog 0:46:29 because, which is a VP is supposed to do 0:46:31 because he’s already filed suits against Trump 0:46:35 on election interference. 0:46:38 Yeah, so he was kind of ready to go. 0:46:40 I think it comes down to ego. 0:46:41 I think, I don’t think she wanted someone 0:46:42 who wanted her job. 0:46:43 He doesn’t want that job. 0:46:45 He wants to be president. 0:46:47 And I think she was very drawn to Walls. 0:46:49 And I also heard that a lot of people in the far left 0:46:53 were very uncomfortable with Shapiro on call then. 0:46:56 But let’s talk, what are your predictions 0:46:57 just as we wrap up here? 0:46:59 What are your predictions for the VP of debate 0:47:01 that’s supposed to take place? 0:47:03 I think it’s on October the 1st. 0:47:05 What do you think is going to happen? 0:47:08 I worry that they’re going to talk past each other, 0:47:10 which I think was a little bit of the problem 0:47:11 for people with the Harris-Crom to be. 0:47:13 He’s a great moderator, right? 0:47:13 Who’s moderating it? 0:47:14 Do we know? 0:47:16 Oh, I don’t, I should know. 0:47:20 I just hope my really strong suggestion 0:47:22 is that it’s that David Muir guy again, 0:47:24 except he does it without a shirt on. 0:47:26 Jesus Christ, that guy’s dreamy. 0:47:26 What’s that his name? 0:47:27 David Muir? 0:47:28 What’s his name? 0:47:30 Yes, I saw him at the DNC. 0:47:35 And I stopped and I watched as he watched by. 0:47:38 I said this on Pivot and I hate to recycle points, 0:47:39 but I do it a lot. 0:47:41 I think Brad Pitt and Tom Cruise 0:47:43 would have both been Academy Award winners 0:47:44 in their 20s and 30s. 0:47:47 Him, Tom for “Born on the Fourth of July,” 0:47:51 and Brad Pitt for this odd movie called “12 Monkeys” 0:47:55 with Bruce Willis where he played a mentally ill 0:47:58 as son of a rich kid who ends up starting a global pandemic. 0:47:59 They’re both outstanding actors, 0:48:01 but they’re so good looking 0:48:04 that it diminishes people’s perception of their acting skills. 0:48:06 I think that guy Muir, whatever his name is, 0:48:08 I think he’s just too hot to be taken seriously 0:48:09 as a moderator. 0:48:10 I think he’s so good looking. 0:48:12 Well, I agree with the good looking part, 0:48:13 but you don’t think he was taken seriously? 0:48:15 And Lindsay Davis also beautiful. 0:48:16 Well, I think he’s had, in a weird way, 0:48:18 I think he’s had to work harder. 0:48:20 I thought they did a really good job. 0:48:21 I’ll be curious, that debate– 0:48:24 Well, now they’re saying that they were fed the questions. 0:48:26 You know, there’s always some conspiracy theory. 0:48:27 And it’s like if they were fed the question, 0:48:28 she would have answered them. 0:48:31 Like, I don’t understand that we were drawing a line 0:48:32 between those things. 0:48:33 I agree with you. 0:48:35 That’s gonna be a food fight. 0:48:37 In the next one or two weeks, 0:48:39 any things you’re following 0:48:41 or thinking that are important in terms of this race, 0:48:44 it feels like her momentum continues. 0:48:45 What do you think in the next, 0:48:47 any thoughts about what’s coming up? 0:48:48 That’ll be a big pivotal point 0:48:50 other than the VP debate, 0:48:51 which I think will come and go. 0:48:52 And I think it’ll be entertainment. 0:48:54 I’m not sure it’s gonna have much of an impact. 0:48:58 I’m really focused on getting black men, 0:49:01 in particular, back into the coalition. 0:49:03 You know, the threat of losing them to the couch 0:49:05 or whatever one says. 0:49:08 And then I’m interested as well in the conversion 0:49:12 on these Republicans for Democrats now. 0:49:14 So the democracy voters, you know, 0:49:17 who Liz Cheney is talking about. 0:49:19 And the Harris-Wall’s campaign 0:49:22 is definitely doing a big push for them. 0:49:23 But that is a tricky cohort 0:49:26 because those are people who are maybe bad fellows 0:49:28 for a couple of election cycles, 0:49:30 but odds are, are going back. 0:49:32 So how do you get them for 2024? 0:49:35 And then how also do you make your tent big enough 0:49:38 to keep them around in the longer term? 0:49:39 What about you? 0:49:40 – I like it. 0:49:41 I like it. 0:49:42 That makes sense. 0:49:43 Okay, so that’s all for this episode. 0:49:45 Our producers are Caroline Shagran 0:49:46 and David Toledo. 0:49:48 Andrew Burroughs is our technical director. 0:49:51 You can find Raging Moderates on the Prop G-Pod 0:49:52 every Tuesday again. 0:49:55 You can find Raging Moderates on the Prop G-Pod 0:49:57 every Tuesday. 0:49:59 All right, Jess, we will see you next week. 0:50:01 Thanks everybody for tuning in. 0:50:04 (upbeat music)
Scott and Jessica discuss the second assassination attempt on former president Donald Trump, how each presidential candidate has shaped up following the debate, the latest polls, and whether Tim Walz is benefiting the Democratic ticket.
0:00:03 >> Support for ProfG comes from 8Sleep. 0:00:05 8Sleep is revolutionizing the way we sleep with 0:00:08 their innovative sleep technology known as the POD. 0:00:10 They’ve just launched the newest generation of the POD, 0:00:13 POD4 Ultra, which can cool down each side of the bed by 0:00:15 20 degrees Fahrenheit below room temperature, 0:00:18 keeping you and your partner cool during the hottest nights. 0:00:21 The best part, it’s easy to add to any bed. 0:00:24 Just add the POD to your current mattress like a fitted sheet. 0:00:27 Go to 8sleep.com/profg and use code 0:00:30 ProfG to get $350 off POD4 Ultra. 0:00:32 Currently shipped to the United States, 0:00:35 Canada, United Kingdom, Europe, and Australia. 0:00:41 >> This episode is brought to you by On Investing, 0:00:43 an original podcast from Charles Schwab. 0:00:45 Each week, hosts Liz Ann Saunders, 0:00:47 Schwab’s Chief Investment Strategist, 0:00:50 and Kathy Jones, Schwab’s Chief Fixed Income Strategist, 0:00:53 bring you fresh insights on what’s happening in the markets and why, 0:00:56 and what the implications might be for your portfolio. 0:00:59 Join Kathy and Liz Ann as they explore questions like, 0:01:02 how do you evaluate corporate bonds that look interesting, 0:01:04 and what sectors are on the move right now. 0:01:06 Download the latest episode and 0:01:10 subscribe at Schwab.com/oninvesting, 0:01:12 or wherever you get your podcast. 0:01:18 >> There’s over 500,000 small businesses in BC and no two are alike. 0:01:19 >> I’m a carpenter. 0:01:20 >> I’m a graphic designer. 0:01:22 >> I sell dog socks online. 0:01:26 >> That’s why BCAA created one size doesn’t fit all insurance. 0:01:29 It’s customizable based on your unique needs. 0:01:32 So whether you manage rental properties or paint pet portraits, 0:01:37 you can protect your small business with BC’s most trusted insurance brand. 0:01:42 Visit bcaa.com/smallbusiness and use promo code radio to receive $50 off. 0:01:43 Conditions apply. 0:01:45 >> Today’s number, 790. 0:01:47 That’s how many islands are in Scotland, 0:01:49 130 of which are inhabited. 0:01:53 Ed, in Scotland, if you buy a three-year-old whiskey, 0:01:55 you can call it Scotch. 0:01:56 Any younger than that? 0:01:58 It’s just bad parenting, Ed. 0:02:09 [MUSIC] 0:02:10 >> Ed, I’m in Scotland. 0:02:13 I’m in Scotland. 0:02:15 >> I couldn’t tell from the haunted house behind you. 0:02:18 You got to tell everyone where exactly you are in Scotland and 0:02:20 why you’re there and what the occasion is. 0:02:22 >> I’ll go in reverse order. 0:02:27 I’m turning 50 and the naked, I look 49 and 7/8. 0:02:31 I am here and 100 of my closest friends are showing up. 0:02:34 By the way, you were came in at 102, so you just missed the list. 0:02:36 >> Just missed it, just missed it. 0:02:38 >> You just missed the list. 0:02:44 I mean, I’m outside of Aberdeen at a place called the Five Arms and no joke. 0:02:47 I’ve got, we’ve taken over a hotel. 0:02:50 We’ve been planning this for two years and all my, 0:02:54 basically my entire life is flying in over the course of the next 24 hours. 0:02:58 This isn’t airing until Monday, so it’s almost sort of, 0:02:59 I don’t worry that I’m hexing it. 0:03:04 Anyways, I’m here celebrating a nice moment in life, Ed. 0:03:05 I never thought I’d get here. 0:03:09 I never thought I’d be here at this point, so I’m very, very happy to be here. 0:03:12 That’s probably the alcohol speaking, but I’m actually, 0:03:14 I am actually very happy to be here. 0:03:15 >> Any anxiety? 0:03:17 >> It’s funny you even asked that. 0:03:19 >> Better be fun, better be fun. 0:03:20 >> I’ve been thinking a lot about that. 0:03:22 I do have anxiety. 0:03:24 I’m already sort of just hoping it goes really well and 0:03:25 that everyone else has a nice time. 0:03:29 It’s really, when I was your age, Ed, I didn’t have enough anxiety. 0:03:31 I almost got kicked out of UCLA three times. 0:03:35 I was on academic probation and then if you get less than a 2.0 the next 0:03:38 semester or a quarter, you go subject to dismissal. 0:03:39 I was subject to dismissal. 0:03:42 I was on academic probation, I think four or five times. 0:03:44 I was subject to dismissal two or three times. 0:03:46 And I just wasn’t worried about it. 0:03:49 I just didn’t care, my God, I’ll just take an easy econ class and get a B and 0:03:51 everything will be fine. 0:03:54 And I should have been more worried about my life back then. 0:03:58 From the age of 30 to 40, I think I had exactly the right amount of anxiety. 0:04:03 And anxiety is a key attribute or trait for survival. 0:04:07 You’re supposed to be anxious about shit because there are things that can kill you. 0:04:11 And then from about the age of 40, 45 on, I’ve been too anxious. 0:04:15 I don’t, and unfortunately I get anxious the day after I drink alcohol. 0:04:18 So I’m pretty much anxious, kind of five, six days a week. 0:04:20 But yeah, now I worry about fucking everything. 0:04:24 I don’t worry about my kids, I worry about business. 0:04:25 I don’t worry that much about you guys. 0:04:26 >> I couldn’t tell. 0:04:28 >> Now I do, do you feel like you’re an anxious person? 0:04:33 >> Well, I think hosting is a very anxious thing because you’re inviting 0:04:36 a bunch of people, they’re taking time out of their day, 0:04:39 in this case their entire weekend, to come and celebrate you. 0:04:43 So you kind of, there’s all this pressure to get everyone to have a good time. 0:04:47 I’m a terrible host because I get anxious, I’m always checking in on people, 0:04:48 making sure they’re having a good time. 0:04:50 And then I think I become annoying. 0:04:54 I think the best hosts are the one who can do all the work, get anxious beforehand, 0:04:58 and then just totally let go, have a good time, let people do what they want to do. 0:05:02 Don’t be too controlling, those are the best hosts and I am not one of them. 0:05:04 >> Jesus Christ, don’t be so fucking mature. 0:05:06 Like when did this happen to you? 0:05:08 Seriously, no, that’s good advice. 0:05:12 I’m muslin, my answer for that is good beer and edibles. 0:05:14 >> Yeah, exactly, that’s a good idea. 0:05:16 >> I want to get through, I want to get everybody here. 0:05:18 I want Saturday night, I want the speeches to go well, 0:05:23 I want everyone to feel welcome and loved, and then I’m just going to let loose. 0:05:26 So I’m not going to drink because I get very emotional when I drink and 0:05:31 I’ll just be walking around sobbing all the time, which kind of brings the whole vibe down. 0:05:32 Yeah, I’m real happy to be here. 0:05:36 Anyways, enough of that shit, get to the news, get to the news, Ed, what’s going on? 0:05:38 >> Let’s start with our weekly review of Market Vitals. 0:05:45 [MUSIC] 0:05:49 >> The S&P 500 rose, the dollar was flat, Bitcoin climbed, and 0:05:54 the yield on 10-year treasuries hit a 52-week low, shifting to the headlines. 0:05:58 The consumer price index increased just 2.5% from a year earlier and 0:06:02 eased slightly from July, that is its lowest level in three years. 0:06:07 And in other economic news, median household income rose 4% in 2023 to 0:06:12 more than $80,000, that’s the first increase since 2019. 0:06:16 Oracle’s revenue came in higher than expected, rising 7% year over year. 0:06:21 Cloud services became the company’s largest business, with revenue up 21% 0:06:26 from a year earlier, and shares rose 15% to a record high. 0:06:29 Wall Street is limiting the amount of hours that young bankers can work. 0:06:34 JP Morgan announced it will cap hours for junior investment bankers at 80 hours a week. 0:06:36 Bank of America already had a cap in place, but 0:06:41 it has a new timekeeping tool that will more closely track the hours its junior 0:06:43 bankers work. 0:06:48 And finally, OpenAI is releasing a new AI model known internally as Strawberry, 0:06:53 which is trained to spend more time coming up with an answer before it responds to a prompt. 0:06:57 The new model will be able to solve multi-step math and coding problems. 0:06:58 Scott, your reactions? 0:07:01 Starting with the inflation and economic data. 0:07:06 >> So inflation, the consumer price index just 2.5% down from I think 2.8 or 0:07:11 2.9 last quarter, it’s almost at its target 2%. 0:07:13 And then household income rising 4%. 0:07:16 I mean, basically you have the Goldilocks economy. 0:07:22 Now, the psychological problem that happens is one, social media loves shitposting and 0:07:28 there’s a certain gravitas and intellectual vibe you get when you’re a pessimist. 0:07:31 But and people just love to shitpost our government. 0:07:34 And also people credit their own grit and 0:07:37 character for their household income increasing. 0:07:41 But when diapers go up in price or oil goes up or gas goes up in price, 0:07:43 they blame whoever’s in office. 0:07:48 But this is about as strong as economy as you could point to anywhere in the world. 0:07:51 The problem is, I would argue, is that we don’t distribute it equally. 0:07:56 Just as that technology philosopher said as William Gibson or 0:08:00 someone else said that the future is here, just not evenly distributed. 0:08:01 Prosperity is here. 0:08:06 An unbelievable economy is here, it’s just not evenly distributed. 0:08:11 And I think of, I think of what, I mean, 0:08:14 we’re writing a post on a mercenary malice about minimum wage. 0:08:20 And I believe that the one thing you could do most seamlessly to reduce 0:08:24 diabetes, high blood pressure, depression, suicide, 0:08:29 decreased divorce rates would be to raise minimum wage to 25 bucks an hour. 0:08:33 Instead of building a gigantic apparatus, which all these government programs are, 0:08:34 which tend to be somewhat inefficient. 0:08:39 Instead of a thick layer of unions, which are trying to protect workers whose 0:08:42 intentions are noble but are very inefficient and sometimes corrupt. 0:08:47 Just put more money in the pockets of Americans with a minimum wage of 25 bucks 0:08:49 during a period where employment is this strong. 0:08:53 Do you know what percentage of American households that make less than $75,000 a year? 0:08:59 >> I’m gonna guess 20%. 0:09:01 >> Get this, 50%. 0:09:04 Half of American households make less than $75,000 a year. 0:09:08 What would raising minimum wage of 25 bucks an hour do for them? 0:09:10 Anyways, a bit of a tangent. 0:09:15 But I’m very happy about CPI only dropping to 2.5%, what are your thoughts? 0:09:17 >> Yeah, just on that point. 0:09:20 So I mean, one thing we should point out is that that household income number 0:09:22 is inflation adjusted. 0:09:25 So it is somewhat meaningful. 0:09:31 There is one statistic that was in that same report that came from the Census Bureau. 0:09:36 And that was that the poverty rate in America fell. 0:09:40 But the number is quite staggering. 0:09:46 It fell from 11.5% to 11.1%. 0:09:51 So that means that there are 37 million people in America 0:09:54 who are still living in poverty. 0:09:57 And to your point, I think we spend a lot of time 0:10:01 analyzing a lot of technicalities in the markets. 0:10:03 And we should be doing that. 0:10:07 We think about the yield curve and interest rates and P/E ratios, et cetera, et cetera. 0:10:08 And there’s value to that. 0:10:15 But I think there is also value in keeping the big picture front of mind. 0:10:20 And the big picture is that one in 10 Americans cannot afford basic necessities to live. 0:10:25 So I would hope that it also reminds us that while, yes, we are doing pretty well 0:10:28 on a relative basis when we look at other countries. 0:10:32 If you look at just America from an absolute perspective, 0:10:34 we could certainly be doing a lot better in this country. 0:10:36 Oh, I 100% agree. 0:10:37 There’s, I mean, more stats. 0:10:41 One in five children in America live in a household that’s food insecure. 0:10:45 Whatever all the blessings are of the fruits of our riches, 0:10:51 we do, in my view, a pretty shit poor job of distributing and allocating resources, 0:10:55 despite the fact that we just have so much of it. 0:10:56 Now let’s talk about oracles earnings. 0:11:01 You kind of own this, Ed. 0:11:02 Talk about oracle. 0:11:05 Well, one segue that we could use here is that, you know, 0:11:09 you’re talking about wealth inequality, income inequality. 0:11:15 Larry Ellison, who is the founder of Oracle, added $14 billion to his net worth 0:11:17 in one day after these earnings. 0:11:20 He is now the fifth richest person in the world. 0:11:21 He is ahead of Bill Gates. 0:11:28 His net worth is, wait for it, $168 billion. 0:11:31 It’s just staggering. 0:11:33 We can get into a conversation about that, 0:11:35 but I think we’ve already covered the inequality part. 0:11:39 Let’s talk about the Oracle earnings themselves. 0:11:42 Earlier this year, I said I was bullish on Oracle. 0:11:45 My thesis here was that Oracle is kind of the fourth musketeer 0:11:47 when it comes to cloud computing. 0:11:51 The options are basically Amazon, Google, Microsoft or Oracle. 0:11:56 And my view was that Oracle is a really attractive company for AI companies, 0:11:59 especially AI startups, because Oracle is the only one 0:12:02 that isn’t actively developing its own LLM. 0:12:06 So if you’re an AI company and you want to compete with the likes of Microsoft, 0:12:11 who’s developing a co-pilot and working with Open AI and ChatGBT, 0:12:12 or Google with Gemini, 0:12:16 you probably don’t want to be also paying them to keep your lights on. 0:12:18 You’d probably rather go with a compute provider 0:12:21 who you ultimately won’t be competing with. 0:12:23 In this case, that would be Oracle. 0:12:25 And I think we are seeing this play out. 0:12:28 If we look at the actual earnings here, revenue growth was up 7%, 0:12:30 which is fine, not great. 0:12:34 Cloud revenue was up 21%, which is very strong. 0:12:35 But the most important number here 0:12:38 was the remaining performance obligations, 0:12:41 which is basically code for booked revenue 0:12:43 that is going to come in the next 12 months. 0:12:45 That number was up 52%. 0:12:48 So they’re clearly partnering with a lot more companies 0:12:50 who want to get their computing power. 0:12:53 Morgan Stanley is now estimating that AI revenue 0:12:57 will increase from 15% of Oracle’s total cloud revenue 0:12:59 to more than half by 2027. 0:13:02 So that’s why Oracle is at an all-time high. 0:13:06 The stock’s up 50% year-to-date. 0:13:10 I think it’s essentially emerging as one of the AI juggernauts. 0:13:11 Well, you called it. 0:13:15 You sort of said this was the big AI company that no one’s talking about. 0:13:19 And I would say probably Larry Ellison and maybe Reed Hastings 0:13:22 are the least talked about CEOs who’ve been the biggest players 0:13:24 in the world of tech. 0:13:26 By the way, if you ever want to go to a great hotel in Palm Springs, 0:13:28 which I know you’re thinking about, 0:13:31 Larry Ellison, this is what people were the $160 billion do 0:13:33 or whatever he’s worth. 0:13:35 He has a winter home out there that’s spectacular. 0:13:37 He built this world-class golf course and spa, 0:13:40 and obviously it kind of sits fallow, 0:13:41 so he turned it into a hotel. 0:13:43 He also owns an island in Hawaii. 0:13:44 I don’t know if you’ve seen this, 0:13:46 but he owns the island of Lanai. 0:13:49 I think it’s the largest private island in the world, 0:13:51 and I think he’s built four seasons on there, too. 0:13:55 I’ve stayed on Lanai when I’m back in my previous life. 0:13:57 I used to go there with my ex-wife. 0:14:00 We’d stay at the Lodger Quelle and we’d go to Lanai. 0:14:01 Hold me, Ed. 0:14:03 Hold me. 0:14:06 Anyways, stay at the sensei. 0:14:09 Look, they’re doing an amazing job. 0:14:12 The stock’s trading at a forward P/E ratio of 25. 0:14:14 Microsoft and Amazon trade at 32, 0:14:16 which kind of connotes that there might be 0:14:18 some additional juice here in terms of the stock. 0:14:23 Oracle and Nike are the two stocks I have in my NYU savings 0:14:25 or 401K or whatever it is. 0:14:26 When I started there, they had some matching programs, 0:14:28 so I listened to the future, Scott, 0:14:29 and I started maxing it out. 0:14:32 I went to Nike, which is literally shit the bed. 0:14:35 And Oracle, which is good to hear, is doing really well. 0:14:37 Should we talk about limiting the number 0:14:39 of hours young bankers work? 0:14:42 Please, I am so excited to get your take on this. 0:14:43 What do you think of it? 0:14:44 – I’m up two minds here. 0:14:49 So, I was part of, 0:14:52 my first job out of college was at Morgan Stanley. 0:14:56 And I have never worked with a larger concentration 0:14:57 of assholes. 0:15:00 These were just like not nice people. 0:15:03 And it defined the term abused children syndrome. 0:15:05 And that was when I was young and in finance, 0:15:07 they all fucking hated their jobs. 0:15:09 I mean, sorry, there’s like one or two people 0:15:10 or big deal makers and a lot of that. 0:15:12 But for the most part, 0:15:14 they were really smart people or overachievers 0:15:17 who got jobs and investment banks. 0:15:18 And by the time they were 30, 0:15:19 they were making back then, you know, 0:15:22 $300,000 or $500,000, which is a lot of money. 0:15:24 And they just couldn’t leave. 0:15:26 Most jobs are usually one of two things. 0:15:28 They’re either very interesting, 0:15:31 but a lot of pressure, a lot of stress, 0:15:34 or they’re incredibly boring, right? 0:15:37 But easy, not a lot of stress. 0:15:39 And investment banking was this unique combination 0:15:43 of a job that was incredibly mind-numbingly boring 0:15:46 with a massive amount of pressure placed on it. 0:15:48 I remember being at the printer. 0:15:50 This is, I’m dating myself. 0:15:50 And we would have to, 0:15:53 this is the person printing the S1. 0:15:55 And there was this company called Bowen 0:15:56 and all these other things. 0:15:57 And they would take me to football games 0:15:58 or out to dinners. 0:15:59 And they always had like hot people 0:16:02 who would want to take you to a baseball game set. 0:16:05 You would spend $120,000 printing the prospectus 0:16:09 of the IPL Morgan Stanley was taking out at their printer. 0:16:12 And my job was to go to the printer and spend all night 0:16:14 proofing the prospectus. 0:16:16 First, I proof it forward, then backwards. 0:16:20 Because literally it was cause for you to be terminated, 0:16:25 i.e. fired, if base rental payments on page 68 0:16:27 of the prospectus had an imposter fee 0:16:31 and base rental payments on page 136 did not. 0:16:36 And I worked, I worked probably, I don’t know, 0:16:39 60 to 80 hours a week in some weeks, 100 hours. 0:16:41 I remember there were some times where I would go in 0:16:44 on like a Thursday and basically would just go, 0:16:47 you know, kind of 60 hours straight. 0:16:49 And you weren’t allowed to leave as an analyst, 0:16:50 you’re the most junior person. 0:16:52 You had to be there before anybody else 0:16:55 and you couldn’t leave until everyone’s senior to you left. 0:16:56 Even if you didn’t have work to do. 0:16:58 I had a chair thrown at me. 0:16:59 – What’d you do wrong? 0:17:00 Do you remember? 0:17:03 I remember is the Orange County Transportation Authority 0:17:04 were issuing bonds and we had no chance 0:17:07 of getting to business, but we had to get it out 0:17:08 and we didn’t get it out in time. 0:17:13 And so this VP, his name rhymes with Stephen Dworkin, 0:17:16 see above asshole, came into the office 0:17:19 and threw a chair and or threw a chair at me, 0:17:20 whatever, I probably deserved it. 0:17:22 But like that’s the kind of shit you would just, 0:17:24 if someone threw furniture at an employee in this day 0:17:27 and age, they’d be fired. 0:17:31 Now, having said that, this notion that somehow, 0:17:36 if you genuinely believe Jamie Dimon or anybody else, 0:17:39 that these people shouldn’t be working that hard, 0:17:42 then institute a culture where you compensate 0:17:45 and reward the managers based on feedback 0:17:46 from the junior employees that they’re providing 0:17:48 some semblance of balance. 0:17:50 ‘Cause the notion that you’re somehow gonna electronically 0:17:53 track how many hours people are working is just bullshit. 0:17:57 And also I used to go in on a regular basis 0:18:01 on a Tuesday morning and then leave on a Wednesday night. 0:18:03 I would work 36 hours straight, why? 0:18:06 I immediately summed up, having gotten in at Morgan Stanley 0:18:09 where I didn’t deserve to get a job offer, but I did, 0:18:11 that I wasn’t as well-skilled, 0:18:12 well-educated as the other people. 0:18:15 Not because UCLA wasn’t a fantastic education, 0:18:17 but because UCLA was the kind of place 0:18:19 ’cause it was a public school and it had classes 0:18:21 with 400 people where you could hide and not work. 0:18:23 And I was one of those people. 0:18:27 So I showed up to Morgan Stanley woefully underskilled 0:18:28 and I knew it. 0:18:31 The other 87 analysts were just better than me. 0:18:33 So I thought, okay, what are my advantages? 0:18:35 You always wanna ask this as a young person, 0:18:36 what are your advantages? 0:18:40 My advantage was that I didn’t have a girlfriend. 0:18:43 I didn’t have many friends at that point living in LA. 0:18:45 I was living at home with my mom. 0:18:47 I didn’t have any dogs, any hobbies. 0:18:50 And I was also quite fit and very disciplined 0:18:51 where I could take a lot of pain. 0:18:54 So I said, I know, I’m gonna show these folks 0:18:56 and I’m here to play and at least once a week 0:18:57 I’m gonna work the night through. 0:19:01 And this was the kind of culture that rewarded that. 0:19:05 So if you were really serious about having bankers 0:19:08 or young bankers work less, it’s pretty simple. 0:19:10 Hire more fucking junior bankers. 0:19:14 So there’s more bandwidth and create a compensation system 0:19:17 for their bosses that changes the culture such that it’s like, 0:19:21 no, we were gonna make you a VP, but we’re not 0:19:24 because the word is everyone in your group 0:19:26 is especially the junior people 0:19:28 are working fucking 80 hours a week 0:19:30 and we don’t reward that here. 0:19:31 We punish it. 0:19:35 I do believe that there are companies 0:19:38 that position themselves in the marketplace 0:19:41 and people where they say, okay, this was the implicit deal 0:19:43 at Morgan Stanley, it’s still the implicit deal. 0:19:45 I think at Goldman maybe less so now. 0:19:47 We own your ass. 0:19:49 You have no life. 0:19:51 All your relationships, they’re gonna suffer. 0:19:54 Your health, probably gonna suffer too. 0:19:55 Oh, you love New York? 0:19:56 Well, guess what? 0:19:57 You’re not gonna experience much of it 0:19:58 over the next few years 0:20:01 ’cause you’re gonna experience the bowels of Goldman or Morgan 0:20:02 and guess what? 0:20:03 In exchange for that, 0:20:06 we’re gonna get you further, faster economically 0:20:09 and professionally than you would anywhere else in the world. 0:20:10 And you know what? 0:20:10 I signed up for that. 0:20:11 That’s what I wanted. 0:20:14 And a lot of young people want that. 0:20:17 So anything that risks health, okay, 0:20:19 that’s a whole other ball of wax, 0:20:21 but there is an entire generation, 0:20:24 including myself, of young people who say, you know what? 0:20:27 I will give you everything in exchange. 0:20:28 I want more. 0:20:30 I’m surprised you’re not more harsh 0:20:32 on the junior analysts and junior bankers 0:20:34 who have been complaining about this, 0:20:36 who are saying how terrible it is. 0:20:38 The hours are so long 0:20:39 that we’re struggling with our mental health. 0:20:42 I mean, this is why this is all happening 0:20:45 is because people my age are complaining about it. 0:20:46 And you mentioned that point 0:20:49 that when you went into banking as an analyst, 0:20:50 that’s what you signed up for. 0:20:53 You knew what you were signing up for 0:20:54 and you came to play. 0:20:57 And so the idea that you have people 0:21:02 who are experiencing what is regular in banking, 0:21:04 people my age who are saying that this is too much, 0:21:06 they can’t handle it, 0:21:10 you have decided by going into banking 0:21:13 that you wanna be a millionaire, 0:21:15 likely a multi-millionaire. 0:21:17 That’s something that you have decided you want for yourself. 0:21:19 You have also decided that you want to make 0:21:23 close to $200,000 in your first year out of college per year. 0:21:25 These are things that you want. 0:21:27 And if you want these things, be clear 0:21:29 that you should be willing to work yourself so hard 0:21:31 that you start to struggle mentally and physically. 0:21:33 That’s the game that you’re signing up for. 0:21:36 And if you don’t like it, then go do something else. 0:21:37 I think that’s fine. 0:21:39 But the idea that you would complain 0:21:41 having gotten yourself into that position, 0:21:43 knowing what the stakes are, 0:21:46 knowing how difficult it is to build wealth in America. 0:21:48 Yeah, you’re gonna have a pretty shitty week. 0:21:50 You’re gonna lose some sleep. 0:21:51 Two things. 0:21:52 One, I agree with you. 0:21:54 And two, I don’t wanna ever hear you bitch 0:21:56 about anything about this company yet. 0:21:58 (laughing) 0:22:03 Now, at some point, the difference here, 0:22:05 the only thing I will caveat this with is that 0:22:07 in order for the American economy to grow, 0:22:10 we’ve needed to bring in women. 0:22:12 And it’s also makes sense that women should be afforded 0:22:15 the same economic opportunities as men. 0:22:18 Where that culture doesn’t work is when women start 0:22:19 using their ovaries. 0:22:21 And that is when you create a culture 0:22:24 of people expected to work 60 to 80 hours a week, 0:22:25 what you’re essentially saying 0:22:28 is no one’s allowed to have kids here. 0:22:30 So, while I can see that type of culture 0:22:33 for the young analysts, it’s unhealthy to create, 0:22:35 I think that type of culture with people 0:22:37 as they start to think about starting families. 0:22:40 ‘Cause distinctive all the bullshit around the modern man, 0:22:42 women disproportionately shoulder 0:22:45 the responsibilities with children. 0:22:48 So unless we create a work environment 0:22:50 where we respect the fact that the species 0:22:54 needs to procreate, we wanna create corporate America 0:22:58 an opportunity for women to maintain acceleration 0:22:58 in their careers. 0:23:01 I mean, if you look at compensation in corporate America, 0:23:04 it’s actually been chewed up between men and women 0:23:09 until women have kids and then they drop way down. 0:23:14 So I buy that all hands, hunger games, culture. 0:23:17 You don’t like it, go somewhere else. 0:23:18 We’re gonna pay a shit ton of money. 0:23:22 We own your, and I appreciate your perspective on it. 0:23:24 I think things change when people get older though 0:23:26 and they start thinking about families 0:23:29 because if you’re gonna expect people to work 80 hours 0:23:31 a week, what you’re saying is we don’t want mothers here. 0:23:31 – 100%. 0:23:32 – And that’s a problem. 0:23:37 – Let’s finish out with this new model 0:23:38 that has been released by OpenAI, 0:23:40 known internally as Strawberry, 0:23:43 known now publicly as 01. 0:23:46 Any thoughts on this new, very powerful reasoning model 0:23:47 from OpenAI? 0:23:51 I love the fact they’re saying that we have a model 0:23:53 that’s gonna take longer to figure shit out. 0:23:57 It’s like, you know when you press on something online 0:24:00 and it spins a wheel like, oh, it’s thinking 0:24:02 or it’s finding you deals right now. 0:24:05 It’s searching for the best deal on the web 0:24:07 and it has a guy like with a magnifying glass 0:24:08 and he’s searching. 0:24:10 It’s like, it gives you this emotional feeling 0:24:13 that someone else is working for you. 0:24:14 I would just like to know, 0:24:16 do they need to slow the thing down 0:24:17 or are they trying to pretend 0:24:19 that this is being more thoughtful? 0:24:20 I don’t know, what are your thoughts? 0:24:22 – Well, I think that is the question 0:24:24 and no one’s really been able to try it yet 0:24:25 apart from internally. 0:24:27 So I think we should try it out, 0:24:30 but just a few stats that they have listed. 0:24:34 They put GPT-4 and this new one, 01, 0:24:35 this new reasoning model, 0:24:37 they put them up against each other 0:24:40 to do the qualifying exam 0:24:43 for the International Mathematics Olympiad. 0:24:47 GPT-4 got 13% of the problems right. 0:24:50 This new one got 83% of the problems right. 0:24:53 They also had it do a jailbreaking test. 0:24:57 GPT-4 scored a 22 on a scale of zero to 100 0:25:00 and the new 01 model scored an 84. 0:25:02 So it does seem like this new model, 0:25:05 it’s more mathematics minded, 0:25:09 is just incredibly powerful. 0:25:11 – I just get the sense that as technology 0:25:14 becomes more about frictionless flow 0:25:16 and network effects and agility, 0:25:18 that if you have the ability to get out ahead 0:25:20 in front of established leadership 0:25:22 and then have access to cheaper capital, 0:25:25 they can raise tens of millions of dollars. 0:25:27 No one can keep up with them right now. 0:25:28 They have a great team, 0:25:30 they have a great leader in Sam Altman. 0:25:32 You know, this just, it does feel like, 0:25:35 like I said, it feels like they’re running away with it 0:25:38 and we’ve been saying this for a while. 0:25:39 – We’ll be right back after the break 0:25:42 and we’ll have a good look at how the debate moved the markets. 0:25:54 – Support for this podcast comes from Huntress. 0:25:55 Keeping your data safe is important. 0:25:57 However, if you’re a small business owner, 0:25:59 then protecting the information of yourself, 0:26:02 your company and your workers is vital. 0:26:04 And comes Huntress. 0:26:06 Huntress is where fully managed cybersecurity 0:26:07 meets human expertise. 0:26:09 They offer a revolutionary approach 0:26:11 to manage security that isn’t all about tech. 0:26:14 It’s about real people providing real defense. 0:26:16 When threats arise or issues occur, 0:26:18 their team of seasoned cyber experts 0:26:21 is ready 24 hours a day, 365 days a year for support. 0:26:26 Visit huntress.com/propg to start a free trial or learn more. 0:26:30 – Support for the show comes from Aid Sleep. 0:26:32 You ever wonder how people in Silicon Valley sleep at nine? 0:26:34 Well, apparently very well 0:26:37 on some of the most innovative sleep technology out there. 0:26:39 Aid Sleep is revolutionizing the way we sleep 0:26:40 with what they call the pod. 0:26:43 You can add the pod to your current mattress 0:26:45 like a fitted sheet to automatically cool down 0:26:47 or warm up each side of your bed. 0:26:49 They’ve just launched the newest generation of the pod, 0:26:51 the pod for ultra. 0:26:52 It can cool down each side of the bed 0:26:55 by 20 degrees Fahrenheit below room temperature. 0:26:57 It can also track your sleep time, sleep phases, 0:26:59 heart rate, and even your snoring. 0:27:02 And you know who’s gotten to try out the new pod? 0:27:03 What do you think, Ed? 0:27:05 Tell us about your experience with the pod. 0:27:06 (laughs) 0:27:08 – I love it, Scott. 0:27:08 It’s great. 0:27:11 It tracks my sleep, my heart rate. 0:27:14 And the best part is that it cools down my bed for me, 0:27:15 which is awesome. 0:27:19 It’s a great little addition to your nighttime routine. 0:27:23 – Go to aidsleep.com/propg to use code PropG 0:27:27 to get get this $350 off your pod for ultra. 0:27:29 Currently shifts to United States, Canada, 0:27:31 United Kingdom, Europe, and Australia. 0:27:34 (upbeat music) 0:27:37 – Support for the show comes from FunRise. 0:27:39 Venture Capital is widely seen 0:27:41 as one of the most lucrative asset classes in the world. 0:27:43 Go look at the S&P 500. 0:27:45 Nearly every major tech company on that list 0:27:48 was once founded by venture capital firms, 0:27:51 producing billions of dollars in profits in the process. 0:27:54 The hard truth, however, is that the biggest venture funds 0:27:56 are almost entirely funded by institutional investors 0:27:58 like endowments and sovereign wealth funds. 0:28:01 So unless you knew a guy who knew a guy, 0:28:03 you and 99.9% of individual investors 0:28:06 did not get to participate in the pre-IPO growth 0:28:08 of any of those blue chip companies. 0:28:09 And it’s happening again. 0:28:11 Look at the biggest names in AI. 0:28:14 For instance, almost all of them are still private, 0:28:16 just out of reach of your portfolio. 0:28:19 The FunRise Innovation Fund is finally changing that. 0:28:22 It’s a more than $125 million fund. 0:28:25 It holds some of the most exciting pre-IPO tech companies 0:28:27 in the world, and it’s designed specifically 0:28:28 for individual investors. 0:28:32 This time, you can get it early at fundrise.com/markets. 0:28:37 That’s F-U-N-D-R-I-S-C dot com slash markets. 0:28:38 Carefully consider the investment material 0:28:40 with foreign investing, including objectives, 0:28:42 risk, charges, and expenses. 0:28:44 This and other information can be found 0:28:45 in the Innovation Fund’s prospectus 0:28:48 at fundrise.com/innovation. 0:28:50 This is a paid advertisement. 0:28:59 Let’s go back with Prof. G. Markets. 0:29:01 Vice President Kamala Harris and former President Donald Trump 0:29:04 faced off in what will likely be their only debate, 0:29:06 and the verdict from the markets was clear. 0:29:07 Harris won. 0:29:09 Bitcoin started to slide as soon as the debate began 0:29:11 and was down 4% by the morning. 0:29:15 Trump media stock tanked 15% when the market opened 0:29:17 and ended the day at an all-time low. 0:29:20 Meanwhile, solar stocks rose with the potential Harris 0:29:22 presidency boating well for clean energy. 0:29:27 Scott, this is basically the opposite of what happened 0:29:29 in the July debate when the markets were signaling 0:29:33 that a Trump presidency was basically certain. 0:29:35 What are your takeaways from the market’s reaction 0:29:36 this time around? 0:29:39 Well, I’m busy this weekend, but if you want, 0:29:42 we can hang out next weekend and do transgender operations 0:29:45 on illegal aliens in prison this weekend. 0:29:48 And my mom said I could bring a friend. 0:29:49 And then we’re going to eat Leia. 0:29:50 I was just about to say. 0:29:53 I want you to know Leia and Gangster are safe. 0:29:54 They’re safe. 0:29:58 I saw an illegal immigrant putting honeyglaze on their fur 0:30:00 and I figured out something’s wrong here. 0:30:05 I mean, watching her, the debate started at 2 a.m., 0:30:08 London time, and by 3.15, I’m like, I’m out, she’s won. 0:30:10 I just, it doesn’t matter. 0:30:12 She could throw up on herself the next 15 minutes. 0:30:16 What will be more interesting, well, or as interesting, 0:30:21 is what industries do well or poorly based on the fact 0:30:23 that she’s maintained her momentum. 0:30:25 And I think as we’ve talked about, 0:30:29 you have the alternative energy ETFs went up, 0:30:31 Bitcoin went a little bit down. 0:30:35 His stock was off 13 or 15%, Donald Trump media, 0:30:38 meaning that basically the shareholders of that company 0:30:40 think the likelihood he’s going to become president 0:30:43 is down by 13 or 15%. 0:30:46 But it’s, I thought it was fascinating. 0:30:47 I’m obviously not a big Trump fan, 0:30:49 so I was really happy with it, 0:30:53 but it’ll be interesting to see what stocks. 0:30:55 I mean, so far it’s hard to read a lot from the market. 0:30:56 What are your thoughts, Ed? 0:30:58 – I think she did an incredible job. 0:31:01 I mean, it was obvious that she was far more prepared 0:31:02 than he was. 0:31:03 I mean, he doesn’t prepare, 0:31:07 but the amount of prep that clearly went into this, 0:31:10 the amount that she had her talking points ready, 0:31:13 she had clearly practiced a lot and it really came through. 0:31:16 Two things that I noticed about her 0:31:18 that I thought were really impressive. 0:31:21 One was her facial expression when he was talking. 0:31:26 She clearly knew exactly what facial expressions to pull, 0:31:29 and it just, it framed everything he was saying. 0:31:30 It made it look so much more ridiculous 0:31:34 when she would sort of smirk and smile and laugh 0:31:36 at everything he was saying. 0:31:38 I thought that was really impressive. 0:31:39 The other thing I thought was really impressive 0:31:42 was the handshake that she went in for at the very beginning. 0:31:43 – Total power move. 0:31:46 Total power move, just walking in there 0:31:49 and being assertive and also respectful and also direct. 0:31:52 And I’m wondering if maybe you have any insights 0:31:57 for any learnings on ways that that can be beneficial 0:32:00 to you, to an individual in the business world. 0:32:03 Has there ever been a time perhaps where, 0:32:06 being assertive with your body language, 0:32:09 with your physical body language in a business setting 0:32:12 has perhaps benefited you or you’ve seen that play out? 0:32:15 – My first boss, Carter Cordener, actually, 0:32:17 as I was shitposting everyone to Morgan Stanley, 0:32:20 actually a lovely guy who took a real interest in me. 0:32:24 He taught me, he said, “When you go into a meeting,” 0:32:27 he said, “unless everyone’s already, unless you’re late, 0:32:29 “walk around, go to them and shake their hand 0:32:31 “and introduce yourself.” 0:32:35 And I wouldn’t have done that naturally as a 22-year-old. 0:32:36 I would kind of sit higher, 0:32:37 waited for someone to introduce myself. 0:32:39 He said, “No, go around the table 0:32:42 “and walk to everyone to say, ‘Hi, I’m Scott Gowain, 0:32:43 “shake their hand.’” 0:32:46 And I mean, that sounds, and I kind of reminded me of that. 0:32:48 She went over to them. 0:32:50 I thought it was fantastic. 0:32:52 And something I tell my boys, 0:32:55 anytime they meet somebody, they walk up, 0:32:57 they square their hips, they square their shoulders, 0:32:59 they make eye contact, they shake their hand, 0:33:00 and they introduce themselves and say, 0:33:03 “It’s nice to meet you,” and they hold eye contact. 0:33:07 And I can’t tell you how many parents comment on it. 0:33:12 As a kid or as a young professional, 0:33:16 and I didn’t get this, get the easy stuff right. 0:33:17 The difference in your brand, 0:33:19 when there’s an eight o’clock meeting 0:33:23 and you show up at 7.55 versus 8.05, 0:33:25 it’s just get the easy stuff right. 0:33:27 For 10 minutes, you set a different tone 0:33:29 about your own brand. 0:33:32 Going back to Trump media stock, 0:33:35 which fell to a record low, 0:33:37 a lot of that is, of course, because of the debate, 0:33:40 but then there’s also a little wrinkle, 0:33:43 which is that the lockup period expires next week. 0:33:47 And what that means is that the early investors, 0:33:49 as this was a direct listing, 0:33:51 the early investors will finally be able 0:33:53 to sell their shares. 0:33:55 And one of those early investors, of course, includes Trump. 0:33:59 So just a prediction question for you, 0:34:03 come September 19th, do you think Trump will sell? 0:34:04 – It’s a tough one. 0:34:09 I don’t think so ’cause the brand of, 0:34:13 on the first possible moment that he sold, if he does, 0:34:16 could take the stock down so far so fast 0:34:17 that he ends up hurting himself. 0:34:20 If I were him, I’d put in a planned sale program. 0:34:21 And this is what a lot of CEOs do. 0:34:24 They say, all right, I have a ton of stock. 0:34:28 Every 90 days I’m gonna sell X number of shares. 0:34:31 And what that does is it takes out the interpretation 0:34:34 by the hecklers, right? 0:34:36 Oh, she sold a bunch of shares. 0:34:38 That must mean she doesn’t like it. 0:34:39 And she didn’t sell shares this quarter. 0:34:41 So she must be feeling bullish. 0:34:44 If you just say, I’m putting in place a planned sale program 0:34:48 and I’m gonna sell 400,000 shares every 90 days, 0:34:50 that doesn’t spook the market. 0:34:52 It’d be interesting to know what the other sellers are, 0:34:53 but here’s the thing. 0:34:58 If you own this stock, unless you believe he’s gonna win, 0:35:00 and that this is in fact become a tracking stock, 0:35:03 and that he’ll figure out a way in sort of a kleptocratic 0:35:05 fashion to support the company. 0:35:07 This company has zero value. 0:35:09 This company has negative value. 0:35:10 It’s not growing. 0:35:12 It’s user base is flat to down. 0:35:15 I think it does single digit millions of dollars 0:35:17 and it’s losing hundreds of millions. 0:35:20 I mean, it’s not a company. 0:35:24 And so if you have a lot of people trying to run 0:35:27 through a crowded door here, it could be a real problem. 0:35:29 Now, the moment everyone, what I have found though, 0:35:31 generally though, with stocks is when everyone’s freaked out 0:35:36 about the lockup period expiring, on that day, 0:35:37 a lot of times the stock goes up 0:35:40 because what you’re talking about, 0:35:42 the fear you’re talking about is reflected 0:35:44 in the stock right now. 0:35:47 And so if in fact, there aren’t a bunch of whatever 0:35:49 it’s called, Form 5, so I forget what it’s called 0:35:51 when you have to sell stock as an insider. 0:35:53 If not as many of them, everyone’s gonna be watching this. 0:35:56 If not as many of them are selling, 0:35:59 and the expectation of massive sales has already been built 0:36:02 into a stock that’s off, I know, 40% in the last 30 days 0:36:05 or something, or 60% in the last three months, 0:36:06 then the stock may go up. 0:36:08 In other words, I’d be very careful 0:36:10 trying to play around this, 0:36:12 but what I’m fairly confident saying 0:36:16 is this stock will be less than a dollar at some point 0:36:19 in the next 12 months if he is not reelected. 0:36:21 – Yeah, I think that’s an interesting point. 0:36:24 I think what’s interesting also is the timeline here 0:36:27 because he sort of needs to time this. 0:36:29 I mean, supposedly he needs the cash, right? 0:36:31 Because he’s got all these lawsuits. 0:36:33 So you’d think that he’s probably gonna time this 0:36:36 based on whether or not he becomes president, 0:36:40 because if he becomes president, he bothers himself 0:36:41 and the lawsuits go away. 0:36:43 He’s not necessarily gonna need the cash. 0:36:45 So it really is all hinging on that. 0:36:48 I think if he loses, he’s gonna then need 0:36:51 to really time it correctly because, you know, 0:36:54 the stock is probably gonna plummet at that point, 0:36:55 but he’s gonna need the liquidity, 0:36:58 but only in the situation where he doesn’t 0:36:59 win the presidency. 0:37:01 So it’s a very interesting situation. 0:37:02 He’s probably the first, 0:37:04 he is the first person in history 0:37:07 to be in a situation like that. 0:37:09 Just as we wrap up here, I just wanna point out 0:37:11 as we try to relate this to markets, 0:37:14 I mean, who is this gonna benefit? 0:37:18 I mean, the takeaway really here is the race is on. 0:37:21 That wasn’t, that didn’t feel like the case a few months ago, 0:37:23 but clearly it is now. 0:37:25 That’s what the predicted markets are showing 0:37:27 is that we have an extremely tight race 0:37:29 and who is that going to benefit? 0:37:30 It’s gonna benefit advertisers. 0:37:32 So I think we should be keeping an eye 0:37:34 on all the broadcasting stocks. 0:37:37 So Fox, Disney, Warner Brothers, Comcast, 0:37:39 I think we’ll see huge earnings from them 0:37:40 in the next quarter. 0:37:42 And then also we should be thinking 0:37:45 about the local stocks, local broadcasting. 0:37:48 So, you know, Gannett, Nexstar, Tegna, 0:37:51 I think these are stocks that are gonna see a big bump, 0:37:53 a big run up in the next few months or so 0:37:57 because we’re gonna see a huge amount of advertising 0:37:58 in the districts that matter. 0:38:01 We’ll be right back after the break 0:38:03 with a look at sovereign wealth funds. 0:38:16 – This episode is brought to you by On Investing, 0:38:19 an original podcast from Charles Schwab. 0:38:21 Each week, posts Liz Ann Saunders, 0:38:23 Schwab’s chief investment strategist 0:38:26 and Kathy Jones, Schwab’s chief fixed income strategist 0:38:28 analyze economic developments 0:38:31 and bring context to conversations around equities, 0:38:33 fixed income, the economy and more. 0:38:36 Join Kathy, Liz Ann and their guests 0:38:38 as they share insights on what might be moving the markets 0:38:40 and why, as well as what indicators 0:38:43 they are watching for signs of change. 0:38:44 They’ll also answer investor questions 0:38:47 on everything from how sectors are evolving 0:38:49 to what the bond markets are telling us, 0:38:51 to where to look for opportunities 0:38:53 and considerations for your portfolio. 0:38:56 You can download the latest episode of On Investing 0:38:58 and subscribe so you never miss an episode 0:39:01 at schwab.com/oninvesting 0:39:03 or wherever you get your podcast. 0:39:14 – We’re back with Prof2Markets. 0:39:17 Former President Trump recently said that if elected, 0:39:19 he would like to create a sovereign wealth fund 0:39:20 for the United States. 0:39:22 After that speech, the White House also revealed 0:39:24 they were already working on a proposal 0:39:26 for the exact same thing. 0:39:28 Sovereign wealth funds are state owned investment funds 0:39:30 and they’re typically used in economies 0:39:32 that rely mainly on resource extraction 0:39:35 such as Saudi Arabia and Norway. 0:39:37 While there’s currently no national sovereign wealth fund 0:39:40 in the US, there are several state level funds 0:39:43 like Alaska’s permanent fund. 0:39:47 Scott, what are your thoughts on a US sovereign wealth fund 0:39:48 and do you think this is a good idea? 0:39:51 – So sovereign wealth funds have a layer on top of them 0:39:54 where they have an objective outside of just straight ROI. 0:39:57 So the biggest funds or the funds that every hedge fund 0:40:00 manager in the world is going, you know, 0:40:04 hat and hand to are in the Gulf, Adia, PIF. 0:40:06 And generally speaking, the jig is sort of up there 0:40:10 and that is those funds, those sovereign wealth funds 0:40:13 have the objective of trying to transition their economies 0:40:15 back away from a fossil fuels economy 0:40:20 to tourism, services, education. 0:40:23 And now when you go there, they’re mostly only willing 0:40:26 to fund companies that are gonna bring business 0:40:29 or find other capital to bring business into the region. 0:40:32 They’re no longer about, oh, you’re a Korean national 0:40:36 born in Japan, we’re gonna give you $100 billion 0:40:40 to go play in traffic and invest in, you know, US startups. 0:40:42 That I think those days are over. 0:40:45 In general, the best marketing in the world 0:40:47 is tobacco companies. 0:40:49 A company whose primary product is death, disease 0:40:52 and disability that figures out a way to sell a product 0:40:55 at 96 points in margin and create these very aspirational 0:40:57 brands, that’s the best marketing in the world. 0:41:00 The second best marketing in the world by sector 0:41:02 has been the financial services sector that has convinced you 0:41:07 that they can outperform the S&P because they have 0:41:09 these old guys and suspenders and all these models 0:41:13 and people from the smartest schools and wealthy people 0:41:14 like to believe they should have access to something 0:41:18 different so they continue to invest in these funds. 0:41:22 And if you added up all hedge funds, all mutual funds, 0:41:25 all internal investments, I mean, it’s an enormous industry. 0:41:28 Everyone on CNBC, they have underperformed the S&P 0:41:30 by the amount of their fees. 0:41:32 So what you’re basically doing is buying the S&P 0:41:35 but giving some guy with the highly credentialed 0:41:38 and highly aggressive and unbelievable living. 0:41:43 And the same is true here, these funds as your data shows 0:41:45 have underperformed the larger market. 0:41:46 Now they say they can justify it because they say 0:41:49 if we’re Alaska, we’re the Norwegian wealth fund, 0:41:51 we wanna increase influence around the world 0:41:54 or we wanna bring more jobs to Alaska, fine. 0:41:56 That’s a secondary objective. 0:41:58 The reason I’m not a fan of this in the U.S. 0:42:01 is that we don’t really need this. 0:42:04 We have more capital formation than any country 0:42:07 in the world by a factor of five, 10 or 100. 0:42:11 We don’t need, I don’t think to try and aggregate capital 0:42:13 to have influence through capital. 0:42:15 We do it through the dollar. 0:42:17 We do it through sanctions. 0:42:19 If we say to a country, we’re shutting you off 0:42:22 and you can no longer do business in dollars, 0:42:26 two thirds of the world has trouble doing business with them. 0:42:29 So we kind of have, unless we decided we were building 0:42:32 a sovereign wealth fund to try and, I don’t know, 0:42:35 I don’t know what objective they’d even place on it. 0:42:36 But to me, generally speaking, 0:42:38 when you get the government involved in something, 0:42:40 you’re going to pay an inefficiency 0:42:43 or an administration tax. 0:42:45 So I just, I feel like this is redundant 0:42:46 and not really needed. 0:42:48 This feels to me like more of a chest beating 0:42:50 kind of fun thing to talk about. 0:42:52 It doesn’t, I don’t see the rationale here. 0:42:56 – And it also isn’t clear at all how you’d fund this thing 0:43:01 because, I mean, the characteristic of a sovereign wealth fund, 0:43:04 I mean, what makes it different from any other pile of money 0:43:05 that’s in the government’s jurisdiction? 0:43:09 One of the differences is that it’s separate 0:43:11 from the central bank and it’s separate 0:43:12 from your finance ministry. 0:43:14 So in our case, that’s the treasury. 0:43:17 So Janet Yellen would not have control over this thing. 0:43:20 And then the second difference is that typically 0:43:22 the way that you fund it is it comes 0:43:26 from an unusual excess or surplus of assets. 0:43:30 So in Ireland, for example, which we’ve discussed before, 0:43:33 Ireland is a tax haven for big tech companies. 0:43:37 It collects huge amounts of tax revenue 0:43:39 from companies like Google and Apple and Microsoft. 0:43:42 And therefore they run a budget surplus. 0:43:46 They’re at around $10 billion in budget surplus in 2024. 0:43:48 Saudi Arabia, another example, 0:43:49 they’re just a giant oil farms. 0:43:51 They can sell a shit ton of oil 0:43:54 and they have all of this excess asset. 0:43:56 They have a budget surplus of around $30 billion. 0:44:00 So, that’s the way that other countries fund 0:44:01 their sovereign wealth funds. 0:44:03 That you have a lot of money left over. 0:44:06 So my question for Harris and for Trump 0:44:10 and for the White House, where the fuck is our money? 0:44:12 We don’t have any excess money. 0:44:16 I mean, we’ve been running a trade deficit since the ’70s. 0:44:19 We fund our entire economy with debt. 0:44:20 How are you gonna pay for this? 0:44:22 There is no money left over. 0:44:24 There’s nothing really left to sell. 0:44:27 So, I mean, I was confused and looked into this question. 0:44:29 How are they gonna fund it? 0:44:31 Biden and Harris don’t have an answer 0:44:33 or at least they haven’t stated it. 0:44:36 Trump’s answer, he says that we’re gonna fund it 0:44:39 with tariffs, that his tariff plan 0:44:42 is going to reverse the deficit. 0:44:45 And then once we are running on a surplus, 0:44:47 because of his tariffs, 0:44:50 we’re gonna be able to create the US sovereign wealth fund. 0:44:52 So, my read is similar to yours. 0:44:55 It feels like this is mostly a bunch of posturing 0:44:58 and it seems as if both sides here seem to think 0:45:02 that a US sovereign wealth fund 0:45:04 basically just sounds cool. 0:45:07 – So, the only time Democrats and Republicans agree, 0:45:09 the only thing to pass for bipartisanship 0:45:10 is they both come together. 0:45:13 Republicans wanna come taxes and spend more on defense. 0:45:16 Democrats wanna raise taxes 0:45:17 and spend more on social services. 0:45:18 So, they come together and say, 0:45:21 “I know, let’s cut taxes and spend more money.” 0:45:24 The only thing that they cooperate together on 0:45:26 is reckless spending the results 0:45:29 and unbelievable deficits on your generation. 0:45:31 Whenever Harris and Trump agree on anything, 0:45:33 it’s the stupidest fucking idea. 0:45:36 It’s like a tell, no tax on tips. 0:45:39 Okay, only 2% of American make tips. 0:45:41 The majority of them don’t pay any federal income tax 0:45:43 and you want the waiter to get a tax kept 0:45:44 and not the dishwasher. 0:45:47 This is just fucking stupid. 0:45:49 So, this strikes me similar to Congress 0:45:51 that if Harris and Trump agree on something, 0:45:54 it means it’s a really bad idea. 0:45:56 And this will go to my prediction. 0:46:00 Something else they agree on is also a really bad idea. 0:46:03 Ooh, I’m teasing my prediction at, I’m teasing it. 0:46:06 People can’t wait, people on the edge of their seats. 0:46:08 – Yeah, I can’t wait. 0:46:10 Just skip ahead if you’re listening. 0:46:15 Final question, say we did create a US sovereign wealth fund. 0:46:18 It’s called US Ventures. 0:46:19 Who’d be the general partner? 0:46:25 – I’d like to see Britney Spears. 0:46:28 I mean, why not? 0:46:29 I mean, let’s be honest, 0:46:32 not any of you have any fucking idea what they’re doing. 0:46:35 Britney Spears and Coco the monkey. 0:46:38 I’d like to, and they just throw darts. 0:46:41 Or we find those dogs that can smell bladder cancer 0:46:45 and urine and say to them, all right, can you pick a stock? 0:46:48 It would make any fucking difference. 0:46:51 As long as they’re diversified, shit, I don’t know. 0:46:53 Who would you want to run this thing? 0:46:55 – I’m pretty convinced by you. 0:46:56 Let’s go Britney Spears. 0:46:58 Maybe throw Peter Thiel in there. 0:46:59 – Well, Peter Thiel had a fund 0:47:01 and it did really well until it didn’t. 0:47:03 He was in the hedge fund business. 0:47:04 I forget the name of it, it had some like. 0:47:06 – Well, he’s also founder’s fund, so. 0:47:07 – Clarion, yeah, no, Clarion. 0:47:09 It was called Clarion or Clarion. 0:47:12 He had, well, the founder’s fund is in his wheelhouse. 0:47:15 The guy is a great investor in terms of VC, 0:47:18 but he had a fund that invested in publicly traded stocks 0:47:19 and it did really well. 0:47:21 I think this was back in the arts. 0:47:23 And then it did really not well. 0:47:25 And I think David Hasselhoff. 0:47:29 I would like David Hasselhoff to run the US stock fund. 0:47:32 And the guy who was the lead singer from Flock of Seagulls, 0:47:34 I’d like to get him involved. 0:47:36 I’d like to get him involved. 0:47:37 It doesn’t matter, Ed. 0:47:39 – Let’s take a look at the week ahead. 0:47:43 We’ll see US retail sales and housing starts for August. 0:47:45 And all eyes will be on the Federal Reserve 0:47:49 as it delivers its interest rate decision for September. 0:47:51 Scott, finally you can tell us our prediction. 0:47:53 – Okay, as we reference, 0:47:55 anytime Trump and Harris agree on something, 0:47:57 it’s a ridiculously stupid idea. 0:48:00 They both agree that the acquisition of US Steel 0:48:03 by Nippon Steel should be blocked. 0:48:06 So let’s talk a little bit about US Steel. 0:48:09 This is basically a shout of itself, a former icon. 0:48:12 It was at the turn of the 20th century, 0:48:14 one of the most important companies in the world. 0:48:16 It became the most valuable company in the world 0:48:17 for a hot minute. 0:48:19 It was the first company to ever reach a billion dollars 0:48:21 in revenue by the end of World War II, 0:48:24 it employed a third of a million people. 0:48:28 Now, US Steel employs 20,000 people. 0:48:32 4,000 in Pennsylvania, very strongly union. 0:48:35 5% of the global US Steel market is controlled by Japan. 0:48:38 4% is US and China’s like 50 or 60. 0:48:40 China’s basically just run away with the Steel market. 0:48:43 And the US is no longer competitive in Steel 0:48:45 for a variety of reasons. 0:48:48 Probably most specifically, we decimated 0:48:50 Japan and Germany’s infrastructure, 0:48:52 but the one advantage of that was that they got to build 0:48:54 from the ground up and think about innovation 0:48:56 and they’re just better at it. 0:48:58 And then China came in with an emerging Steel industry 0:49:00 and it’s just blown by everybody. 0:49:05 But it’s been politicized, you know, US Steel, right? 0:49:09 This is pure jingoist nationalist bullshit. 0:49:11 Japan, there’s some sort of security risk. 0:49:14 So they’re saying, oh no, we can’t sell it to Japan. 0:49:17 Japan is more American than many States right now. 0:49:20 Japan is an unbelievably strong ally. 0:49:21 They’re great with technology. 0:49:23 They produce Steel more efficiently than we do. 0:49:27 This is a lifeline for US Steel, 0:49:32 a company that is now worth a whopping $8 billion, right? 0:49:35 So NVIDIA loses 30 US Steel’s in one day last week, 0:49:38 but we’re worried about the Japanese coming for US Steel. 0:49:41 This is such bullshit. 0:49:43 So my predictions are following. 0:49:45 I don’t think this thing is gonna go through. 0:49:46 And of course, the unions have said, 0:49:49 raised their hand and said, we’re uncomfortable with this. 0:49:50 Okay, great. 0:49:52 You should join the Riders Guild to make sure 0:49:54 that you fuck over your constituents 0:49:57 with a bunch of posturing, the results and the layoffs. 0:49:59 And that’s what’s gonna happen here. 0:50:01 This acquisition is gonna be blocked 0:50:03 for purely political reasons. 0:50:06 You’re gonna see layoffs and you’re gonna see US Steel stock, 0:50:10 which is at 35 sub 20 bucks within 12 months. 0:50:14 In addition, the more mendacious part of this 0:50:16 is that if you’re a small company, a business, 0:50:20 a big business, what you want is your stocks to go up 0:50:22 because there is the possibility 0:50:24 of an international company coming in 0:50:26 and acquiring your company. 0:50:29 When we start coming up with bullshit nationalist reasons 0:50:31 why companies can’t buy American companies 0:50:34 that pose no security threat whatsoever, 0:50:37 it reduces the price, the takeover premium 0:50:41 of every company that has strategic value 0:50:42 to international players. 0:50:45 This is just so fucking stupid. 0:50:47 It makes my hair stand on end. 0:50:51 So my prediction, this is not gonna go through 0:50:53 for purely political nationalist reasons 0:50:58 and US Steel stock is gonna be below 25, 20 bucks a share 0:51:01 in 12 months and those 20,000 precious employees 0:51:04 at US Steel are gonna be more like 10 or 12,000 0:51:05 ’cause US Steel is gonna have no choice 0:51:10 without a big brother subscale to start closing plants. 0:51:16 – This episode was produced by Claire Miller 0:51:18 and engineered by Benjamin Spencer. 0:51:20 Our associate producer is Alison Weiss. 0:51:21 Our executive producer is Catherine Dillon. 0:51:23 Mia Silverio is our research lead 0:51:25 and Drew Burris is our technical director. 0:51:26 Thank you for listening to “Prophecy Markets” 0:51:28 from the Vox Media Podcast Network. 0:51:31 Join us on Thursday for our conversation 0:51:34 with Chris Anderson, only on “Prophecy Markets.” 0:51:37 (upbeat music) 0:51:43 ♪ You help me ♪ 0:51:47 ♪ In kind ♪ 0:51:52 ♪ Reunion ♪ 0:52:00 ♪ As the world turns ♪ 0:52:05 ♪ And the blood flows ♪ 0:52:07 (upbeat music) 0:52:10 (upbeat music)
Scott and Ed open the show by discussing recent inflation data, Oracle’s earnings, Wall Street’s decision to curb working hours for young bankers, and Open AI’s newest model. Then Scott shares his reactions to the President debate and breaks down business learnings from Kamala Harris’ performance. Ed predicts which stocks he thinks will benefit most from the Presidential race. Finally, Scott and Ed discuss a proposed sovereign wealth fund and explain why it seems unnecessary for the U.S. to have one.
0:00:04 There’s over 500,000 small businesses in B.C. and no two are alike. 0:00:05 I’m a carpenter. 0:00:06 I’m a graphic designer. 0:00:09 I sell dog socks online. 0:00:12 That’s why B.C.A.A. created one size doesn’t fit all insurance. 0:00:15 It’s customizable, based on your unique needs. 0:00:19 So whether you manage rental properties or paint pet portraits, 0:00:23 you can protect your small business with B.C.’s most trusted insurance brand. 0:00:29 Visit bcaa.com/smallbusiness and use promo code radio to receive $50 off. 0:00:30 Conditions apply. 0:00:37 Hey, I’m John Cohen Hill, host of a brand new show from Vox called Explain It To Me. 0:00:40 This week, the ethical murkiness of zoos. 0:00:45 Do we as humans feel like we deserve to just be able to walk around and see these animals? 0:00:47 Like, maybe we don’t deserve that. 0:00:50 Maybe there’s just some animals we don’t get to see. 0:00:53 To zoo or not to zoo? 0:00:55 That’s this week on Explain It To Me. 0:00:58 Listen wherever you get your podcasts. 0:01:00 [music ends] 0:01:08 Will the VP debate move the needle in what’s shaping up to be a neck-and-neck election? 0:01:12 You never know in advance what will be the thing that matters and the thing that doesn’t matter. 0:01:15 But Donald Trump will be almost 80. 0:01:22 And J.D. Vance will be one cheeseburger away from the presidency, should they win? 0:01:23 I’m Preet Bharara. 0:01:29 And this week, the Atlantic magazine’s David Frum joins me on my podcast, Stay Tuned With Preet, 0:01:31 to break down what happened at the debate. 0:01:33 The episode is out now. 0:01:37 Search and follow Stay Tuned With Preet wherever you get your podcasts. 0:01:45 I’m Scott Galloway, and this is No Mercy, No Malice. 0:01:52 Neither Trump nor Harris are talking about the most powerful weapon in our arsenal 0:01:55 to reduce poverty and inequality. 0:01:58 Raise the federal minimum wage. 0:02:02 Doing the minimum, as read by George Hahn. 0:02:10 During Tuesday night’s debate, Trump and Harris discussed the economy, 0:02:17 but neither referenced the simplest available move to reduce poverty and inequality. 0:02:20 Raise the minimum wage. 0:02:27 On the campaign trail, they’ve both jumped on an idea to eliminate the federal income tax on tips. 0:02:32 This is populist bullshit that would accomplish nothing. 0:02:36 Workers who depend on tips comprise just 2.5% of the workforce, 0:02:40 and most don’t make enough to pay income tax. 0:02:46 Meanwhile, one can imagine private equity firms and real estate brokers finding law firms 0:02:51 to restructure their carried interest fees and commissions as tips. 0:02:58 By the way, nearly every change to the tax code over the past 40 years 0:03:04 has transferred wealth from the young and middle class to corporations and the uber-wealthy, 0:03:15 who are enjoying their lowest tax burden since 1939 and paying single-digit tax rates. 0:03:21 The federal minimum wage is $7.25 an hour. 0:03:25 Harris has said she supports raising it but hasn’t said by how much. 0:03:33 Trump, who’s been stiffing employees and vendors his entire life, has flip-flopped on the issue. 0:03:39 There is an economic war between the old and rich and the young, and it’s been a slaughter. 0:03:42 The federal minimum wage is Exhibit A. 0:03:50 It was created by Congress in 1938 to serve as a floor for state minimum wages, which vary widely. 0:03:54 A number of states have recently raised theirs. 0:03:59 The federal minimum, though, hasn’t gone up since 2009. 0:04:05 It’s not even been adjusted to keep pace with inflation or gains in productivity. 0:04:11 It’s buying power peaked in 1968. 0:04:19 A federal minimum wage adjusted for inflation and productivity would be about $25 an hour. 0:04:28 The reason it hasn’t kept pace and is instead 40% lower inflation adjusted than in 1970? 0:04:37 A. Politicians from both parties believe their core constituency is corporations and they’ve served them well. 0:04:44 Protecting the profit margins of companies whose business model is based on paying subpoverty wages. 0:04:49 In 2021, when Democrats controlled both houses of Congress, 0:04:57 eight Democrats joined with the GOP to kill a measure to raise the minimum wage to $15. 0:05:17 All this bitching and barking about tearing down the 756 U.S. billionaires versus lifting up the 34% of American households that make less than $50,000 annual income if we raise the minimum wage to $25 an hour. 0:05:23 Another reason the minimum wage hasn’t kept pace is that it mostly affects young people. 0:05:30 Young people are less likely to vote than seniors and have little representation or empathy from a Congress 0:05:34 that’s become a cross between the golden girls and the walking dead. 0:05:40 Average age 62 versus 38 for all Americans. 0:05:50 Two-thirds of the people getting paid the minimum wage or less are 34 or younger and nearly half are 24 or younger. 0:06:02 We have epidemics in the U.S. Depression, anxiety, high blood pressure, homelessness, obesity, and poverty among young people, particularly men. 0:06:09 Though it’s worth noting here that the majority of people making the minimum wage in the U.S. are women. 0:06:23 The most powerful means of addressing these ills and the deaths of despair that follow is a good job at a fair wage that acknowledges the nobility of work. 0:06:32 In addition, a good job creates incentives and illuminates a path to wealth creation and economic security. 0:06:39 We’re not talking about making busboys and home health aides millionaires, but creating an incentive structure 0:06:46 that vaccinate young people from the virus that is the largest preventable cause of death in the U.S. 0:06:52 Poverty and less poverty hasn’t added benefit. 0:06:58 It would reduce the need for expensive and inefficient government programs. 0:07:01 Who loves subpoverty minimum wages? 0:07:08 A. The for-profit industrial prison, fast food, service, hospital, pharmaceutical sector. 0:07:15 These corporations have figured out a way to clip a staggering commission from a social construct. 0:07:23 It’s not unlike healthcare, which generates more private corporate income from treating diseases versus preventing them. 0:07:30 To prevent the disease of poverty, we need to just get the money to people who need it. 0:07:38 The most efficient food stamps, mental health, obesity, diabetes, child poverty program is money. 0:07:47 We’ve traded dignity at a lower cost for corporate profits that weigh on society. 0:07:53 The most compelling argument against raising the minimum wage is that employers would either pass 0:08:00 the higher costs on to consumers or cut jobs rather than raise salaries. 0:08:06 There is no free lunch, but the downsides have been consistently exaggerated by business lobbyists. 0:08:13 Minimum wage is Latin for “I’d pay you less if I could.” 0:08:20 But we need to bury the myth that the middle class is a self-healing organism the market shapes organically. 0:08:28 It isn’t. The greatest innovation in history, the U.S. middle class, requires a consistent 0:08:35 investment that matches the rhetoric. Any CEO or politician who drones on about heroes, 0:08:41 the middle class, and Jesus is usually underpaying their employees, cutting food stamps, 0:08:46 and soliciting oral sex in airport bathrooms. 0:08:51 There have been headlines lately about $15 Big Macs and in California some fast food chains 0:08:57 have closed since the minimum wage went up. They say this like it’s a bad thing. 0:09:04 If we were to foot taxes to the externalities, which is what government is supposed to do, 0:09:13 we’d have beef and gas at $20 a pound and $10 a gallon. Yes, fast food restaurants and many retail, 0:09:19 hospital network, and prison system stocks would decline and it would be worth it. 0:09:26 Some restaurant, hospitality, and retail companies would fail, but most would be able 0:09:33 to pass on the costs to customers without damaging demand. Most empirical economic data shows 0:09:40 raising the minimum wage is broadly good for the economy because poor and middle income people 0:09:45 spend most or all of their money creating a robust multiplier effect. 0:09:54 UC Berkeley economist Michael Reich and University of Victoria economist Justin Wiltshire 0:10:02 recently wrote, “Outside the theoretical world, economists have conducted hundreds of studies 0:10:09 on the actual effects of minimum wage. They repeatedly find that increasing the minimum wage 0:10:14 raises the pay of low wage workers without leading to even minor job losses. 0:10:22 Prices increase by minimal amounts that are too small to deter anyone from buying a burger or taco.” 0:10:31 In April 2024 study by University of Michigan and Carnegie Mellon economists 0:10:41 found much the same thing. Co-author Nirupama Rao said, “Our results show clearly that minimum 0:10:47 wages do little harm to independent firms and even benefits some owners while meaningfully 0:10:53 increasing both the earnings and employment of young and low earning workers. Of course, 0:11:00 these gains to workers and owners are financed by consumers who appear fairly inelastic in their 0:11:05 overall demand for the goods and services furnished by independent businesses affected by minimum 0:11:16 wage policies.” According to a 2021 study by the Congressional Budget Office, raising the federal 0:11:27 minimum wage to $15 by 2025 would lift 900,000 people out of poverty. And a 2019 study by the 0:11:32 Economic Policy Institute, a Washington think tank, estimated that raising the minimum wage 0:11:39 to $15 could lead to an annual increase in consumer spending of $22 billion. 0:11:51 There is constant inescapable tension between labor and capital. For decades now, however, 0:11:57 capital has been kicking the shit out of labor. That’s why the federal government needs to take 0:12:05 the lead on raising wages. Businesses won’t do it and unions can’t. Unions are not only 0:12:12 ineffective. Their membership over the past 30 years has fallen by half. But they also help support 0:12:19 the illusion that middle-class workers have robust representation and don’t need large-scale programs. 0:12:27 They don’t, and they do, respectively. There needs to be one union for all workers, 0:12:35 the federal government. The traditional union construct has outlived its usefulness. 0:12:44 Union membership in the U.S. peaked at around 33% in the 1950s and stands at 10% today. 0:12:49 The labor movement has been crippled since its inception by infighting and corruption. 0:12:57 Sean Fane seems like an honest man, especially in contrast to the past two UAW presidents 0:13:05 who are in prison. Other unions are simply ineffective. For all the hype about unionizing 0:13:11 Starbucks locations, the baristas union has yet to win a collective bargaining agreement 0:13:18 or negotiate a national contract. Last year’s Hollywood writer’s strike was a disaster for 0:13:26 the WGA, with its members taking a 100% pay cut for the five months they were on the picket line 0:13:32 in exchange for modest concessions from the studios. And it was the catalyst for a downsizing 0:13:42 that curbed production in Los Angeles 60% year over year. Low-paying jobs, particularly first jobs, 0:13:50 tend to be shitty. That is as it should be. Almost everybody with a great job now 0:13:56 started out doing something tedious and hard for not much money. How do you make a lot of money? 0:14:05 A. By starting to make money. Any money. For young people though, an early job is as much about 0:14:13 socialization as it is about cash. Somebody working on the front lines in service or retail 0:14:20 can’t help but learn a lot about themselves and the rest of humanity. Pro tip, the biggest tippers 0:14:26 are people who’ve worked in service jobs and now have money. You learn how to work on a team, 0:14:32 how to deal with coworkers and managers and customers who can be jerks. You learn how to get 0:14:38 people to buy something from you which is the key skill in a capitalist society, i.e. the US and 0:14:46 anywhere else you’d want to live. In short, you learn how to develop and deploy social capital 0:14:56 and begin connecting work and talent with money and money with a better life. It sounds obvious, 0:15:02 but many never make the connection. They want success but aren’t willing to sacrifice for it. 0:15:10 Few things build a young person’s self-respect, sense of purpose and willingness to buy into society 0:15:19 more than their first paycheck. I didn’t enjoy being a kid. Being an unremarkable boy with a 0:15:26 single mom, little money and no access to public transportation meant the wonder years in West LA 0:15:36 were mundane. However, at the same time, shows like Dynasty, Dallas, The Love Boat and Fantasy Island 0:15:46 outlined my escape route. Money and the way you got money was work. Note, it still is. 0:15:53 By nine years old, I had a paper route and walked three dogs. I bought packs of bubble 0:16:00 yum for 15 cents and sold individual pieces to classmates for a nickel. My senior year in high 0:16:07 school, I graduated to Boxboy. I’d leave university high at noon to work in the mailroom at Southwestern 0:16:14 University of Law and, by early evening, bomb to the Westwood Chart House where I was a barback. 0:16:21 The summer before college, I shrink-wrapped software boxes for a firm run by Scientologists. 0:16:30 They were nice and strange. In college, I was a trainer at LA Fitness, an usher at the Avco 0:16:37 Cinemas and changed and cleaned beer taps in bars in downtown LA. Walking into bars in Compton at 0:16:46 11 a.m. midweek was an illuminating experience. By this point, I had access to the UCLA Athletes 0:16:55 Job Board. Every weekend, I’d put on white shorts, K-Swisses, and a white polo and head to the 0:17:03 Mondrian where I was a pool boy. Twice a week, for $30 in cash, I’d put on a suit and venture to a 0:17:09 posh home in the flats of Beverly Hills. I’d go upstairs where an elderly woman would be dressed 0:17:16 to the nines, lying in bed. I’d scoop her up and carry her downstairs and into the back seat of 0:17:23 a Rolls-Royce. Her driver would transport us to Scandia, a fancy restaurant in LA, where I’d, 0:17:29 again, carry my client into the restaurant and seat her at a table with six to eight friends and 0:17:40 admirers. The woman in my arms was Lillian Hellman. Ask your parents. I sold commemorative gold coins 0:17:48 over the phone. I was a sperm donor. $40 a shot. So I have somewhere between two and two thousand 0:17:57 kids, but that’s another post. This kaleidoscope of work paid me enough with $5,000 in student 0:18:02 loans and Pell grants to get through UCLA with little to no help from anybody. 0:18:09 My first job out of UCLA and business school enabled me and my girlfriend who worked at Arthur 0:18:21 Anderson to buy a home in Potrero Hill in San Francisco for $285,000 at the age of 28. Imagine 0:18:28 any young person being able today to get through college and buy a home in San Francisco 0:18:36 with their own earnings. The assault on the prosperity of the young is especially mendacious, 0:18:43 as it’s taken place in concert with the greatest increase in national wealth registered in history. 0:18:54 Be clear, this has been purposeful. Americans over the age of 70 are 72% wealthier than 40 years 0:19:04 ago and people under the age of 40 are 24% poorer. Money is the transfer of time and work. To give 0:19:10 someone or something money is to love them and America loved me, connecting my effort with 0:19:21 prosperity. At an early age, I understood the assignment. Our youth now are depressed, anxious, 0:19:29 obese and broke. It’s not globalization, network effects or some other bullshit narrative fomented 0:19:38 by the incumbents. It’s the wealth transfer and, like I said, it’s been purposeful. And the most 0:19:46 elegant effective means of reversing this lack of care, regard and love for the young in America 0:19:54 would be a massive increase in the minimum wage. It would be costly and worth it. 0:20:08 Life is so rich. 0:20:17 [BLANK_AUDIO]
0:00:05 Support for this episode comes from The Current. The Current podcast is back with an exciting 0:00:09 new season featuring marketing executives from the world’s most influential brands. 0:00:13 Tune in to hear what’s driving conversation in the fast-moving world of digital advertising. 0:00:17 The unique insights from brands is diverse as Hilton, Instacart, Moderna, Major League 0:00:22 Soccer, and more. And in this presidential election season, The Current explores when 0:00:26 a national political advertiser like the National Republican Senatorial Committee and 0:00:33 a major CPG brand like Hershey can learn from each other. Listen in and subscribe to The 0:00:39 Current at TheCurrent.com or wherever you get your podcasts. 0:00:43 An experimental procedure that is giving hope to the world to get a heart transplant from 0:00:49 a genetically modified pig. There’s over 100,000 people on the organ transplant weight 0:00:56 list. And some scientists think the answer might be pigs. Nobody in the world knew how 0:01:01 a human would react to a pig heart, right? The next day when we asked him, you know, 0:01:05 how are you feeling? He said, “Oink, oink.” 0:01:11 This week on Unexplainable, are pig hearts really the answer? Follow Unexplainable for 0:01:14 new episodes every Wednesday. 0:01:21 Hey, I’m John Glenn Hill, host of a brand new show from Vox called Explain It To Me. 0:01:24 This week, the ethical murkiness of zoos. 0:01:29 Do we as humans feel like we deserve to just be able to walk around and see these animals? 0:01:35 Like, maybe we don’t deserve that. Maybe there’s just some animals we don’t get to see. 0:01:40 To zoo or not to zoo? That’s this week on Explain It To Me. Listen wherever you get 0:01:47 your podcasts. 0:01:52 Episode 316, 316 is the area of belonging to Wichita, Kansas in the surrounding areas. 0:01:57 Episode 316, the first birth control clinic opened in Brooklyn, New York. True story. 0:02:01 My spouse and I used the pullout method for birth control. We go to sleep, we pull out 0:02:09 our phones and ignore each other. True story, my birth control has holes in it. Crocs. 0:02:13 I went to the doctor to get birth control from my daughter and he said, “She’s sexually 0:02:20 active?” And I said, “Well, that’s wrong. That is wrong.” 0:02:35 That’s why you come here. Go, go, go! 0:02:41 Welcome to the 316th episode of the Prop G-Pod. It’s just, the dilemma there was not what 0:02:47 joke to tell, but what joke not to tell. Birth control is just a cornucopia. It is a fertile 0:02:52 field of jokes. This has made my day just going over all these jokes. By the way, 90% 0:02:57 of them, my producer said, “No fucking way.” In today’s episode, we speak with Dan Butner, 0:03:02 a National Geographic Fellow, a longevity researcher and the best-selling author of 0:03:05 the Blue Zones, Lessons for Living Longer from the People Who Lived the Longest. We’ve 0:03:11 had a bunch of the kind of New Age cool guys, right? The Cool Club, the Atia and Hubermans 0:03:16 of the World. And I wanted to go old school with the OG of longevity. And it’s also very 0:03:22 handsome man at 63. I just don’t think you can be talking about longevity if you’re fucking 0:03:28 slob at 40 and smoking and drinking. I knew a few of those things. Anyways, we discussed 0:03:33 with Dan Blue Zones and how community environment and diet play into longevity. Okay, what’s 0:03:40 happening? The dog is back into UK. How do you know? I am so pale and unhappy. Oh, what 0:03:45 do you know? It’s the fall, which means it’s 50 fucking degrees. And what else am I doing? 0:03:48 I’m going to get out of London. I’m going to the south of France soon. Then I’m going 0:03:53 to go to Madrid for a conference. And then I head back to the US. Anyways, isn’t it 0:03:58 exciting to hear my travel itinerary? What else is going on? By the time you hear this, 0:04:02 Kamala Harris and Donald Trump will face each other in their first presidential debate. 0:04:07 I’ll be discussing my thoughts and reactions next week with Jessica Tarloff on our new 0:04:13 show. That’s right. That’s right. That’s what we need more of. We need more dog. That’s 0:04:17 the hole that needs to be filled. That’s the white space for those of you in marketing 0:04:24 here, right? Daddy needs some more dog said almost nobody right now. I am an enormous 0:04:32 fan of Jess Tarloff. She is the star of the show, the five. My favorite way to describe 0:04:36 the five is it’s four people discussing politics and they’re conservatives and they’re kind 0:04:41 of like batshit crazy, I would argue. And then Jessica just comes with receipts and 0:04:46 logic and there’ll be a pause after she says something sane. And it looks as if the four 0:04:50 of them have just been caught masturbating. They literally don’t know how to respond or 0:04:57 what to say. I love that. I love that. Anyways, I think she is so talented, so charming. And 0:05:03 the way I met Jess was she was my co-panelist on the Bill Maher show or Bill Maher’s real 0:05:08 time. And I hated Jess. Why did I hate her? Because I’m a narcissist and immediately went 0:05:15 to YouTube to check out the comments and every comment was love Jess. Jess is amazing. She 0:05:22 literally like no one even saw me on the panel because her insights were so strong. Anyways, 0:05:26 I got over it and we’ve gotten to know each other. We’ve become friendly and I said, let’s 0:05:32 start a podcast. It focuses on the middle and tries to be a little bit more data driven 0:05:36 calling it raging moderates. Is it treat or call us moderates? Maybe. I mean, I think, 0:05:41 I don’t know. I think I’m center left, kind of going center right because of the head 0:05:45 up your ass narrative coming out of the far left on Israel, which I’ve had an emotional 0:05:49 reaction to. But anyways, she’s definitely center left. I think I like to think I’m right 0:05:54 down the middle, but people say that maybe it’s not true. Anyways, love the name. Love 0:05:58 the name. All right, enough of that. Let’s talk about Apple. Let’s get back to the world 0:06:03 of business. The big news is that it’s releasing four new iPhones that can run Apple intelligence 0:06:09 or put another way. The firm’s AI suite as exciting as that is. Is that exciting? I guess 0:06:13 so. We likely won’t see the phone’s full AI effect until next year. Apple claims the 0:06:19 new chips in these phones can perform 30% faster than last year’s processor. They also revealed 0:06:23 new air pod pros that will have hearing aid and protection capabilities. I’ve always thought 0:06:27 that was a huge opportunity. I just don’t understand. Seems to me that apples is going 0:06:31 to come in and take the entire hearing aid market. Anyways, year to date, Apple stock 0:06:37 is up 17%, which on, I think it was about a half a trillion dollars when you’re trading 0:06:41 at three trillion. Alphabet’s taken ahead, Nvidia’s taken a bit of a hit. Is that fair 0:06:47 to say in the last month or so? But I think Apple’s genius here, again, it comes down 0:06:53 to this. And that is my friend and former colleague Peter Golder, he had this one insight 0:06:57 that he sort of built a career around, is that the innovators don’t actually add shareholder 0:07:00 value. What does it mean to be an innovator? It kind of means you’re first. It means you’re 0:07:04 coming up with something new and different. And generally speaking, that’s not the right 0:07:09 strategy to add shareholder value. What is the right strategy? The second mouse strategy. 0:07:15 And that is the first people have to spend a lot of money to try and forge a new technology, 0:07:19 build a new type of housing design, a new type, I don’t know, something new. And then 0:07:24 if it works, the people kind of laying in the reeds can say, okay, we can do this almost 0:07:28 as well for less money, or we can improve upon it, or take these features out and add 0:07:34 this one. It’s the second mouse that gets the cheese. This is the primary means of adding 0:07:41 shareholder value for the big companies. And let’s be clear, Apple defines the second mouse. 0:07:46 Were they the first in MP3 players? No. Object oriented computing? No laptops? No. Were they 0:07:51 the first to have a smartphone? Hell to the no. They haven’t been first around anything. 0:07:55 But Apple defines the second mouse. And where are they going second mousing right now? And 0:08:00 it’s going to add more value than, in my opinion, almost any AI company with the exception of 0:08:05 Microsoft AI. And that is effectively what they’ve said is, let’s let other people make 0:08:11 massive investments in AI. This is an arms race. It takes a ton of money, mostly spent 0:08:17 on products from Nvidia. And it’s a capital arms race. Computing all this shit just costs 0:08:23 a fortune. Instead, we’ll take the best of breed, and we’ll offer very consumer friendly 0:08:26 applications of AI, such as, you know what I would really like? I would really like the 0:08:31 ability to just search my photos using AI. If they offer that on the next iPhone, boom, 0:08:36 champagne and cocaine. By the way, I can’t help it. I get those Apple memories. Is that 0:08:39 what they call where they come up and they start showing my kids when they were like 0:08:46 little and cute and like, thought their dad was their hero? 0:08:51 Apple also announced, also announced that part of their AI package would be kind of an 0:08:57 ability to do AI assistant type work, image editing, and that they would update Siri. 0:09:00 So I own Apple. I’ve owned it for a long time. I think it’s just one of those companies 0:09:05 you hold on to forever. I do think it’s fully valued, but my capital gains would be I’ve 0:09:10 owned it since 2008. So I think I’m up 20x on it, maybe 30x. So I don’t want to take 0:09:16 the tax hit. I can’t find anything better to invest in. So I guess I’m still long Apple. 0:09:21 By the way, speaking of luxury brands, strongest luxury brand in the world that isn’t a university. 0:09:25 Because if the strongest is in fact Apple, why? If you own an Apple product, it says 0:09:31 very sort of implicitly, elegantly that you’re one of the billion wealthiest, most impressive, 0:09:34 most creative people on the planet. I think this is brilliant because what they’ve said 0:09:39 is I’m not going to get into an arms race about AI. I’m going to take the best of different 0:09:46 AI and maybe, maybe, here’s an idea. I’ll let open AI or llama or Gemini. I’ll do the 0:09:50 same thing I did with search and I’ll bid it out and say, all right, who wants a co-branded 0:09:56 AI application in front of the billion wealthiest consumers? Well, I do. Well, okay, it’s going 0:10:02 to cost you. Similar to how Google is the default search engine in an exchange for that, Alphabet 0:10:08 justifies paying $20 billion a year to Apple, of which about 19.9 hits the bottom line at 0:10:13 which point when a company is trading at a PE of about 20, you’re talking about literally 0:10:19 about a six or $700 billion deal in terms of market capitalization or shareholder value 0:10:22 to the organization. I think they’re setting themselves up to do the exact same thing in 0:10:26 AI and that is you guys spend all the money trying to figure out search. You guys spend 0:10:30 all the money trying to figure out AI will be the interface to the billion wealthiest 0:10:35 consumers and will give you some of that interface and some of that exposure in exchange for 0:10:41 some serious cabbage, serious cabbage. I think this is brilliant. I think these guys, I don’t 0:10:45 know who’s running strategy at Apple. You never hear about them. They have this sort 0:10:51 of shtazi-like or Mossad-like secrecy over there and it works. You’re not supposed to 0:10:55 be a star. You’re not supposed to be going on Johnny Carson and say, “Well, when I was 0:11:00 running strategy at Apple, but whoever is running strategy at Apple, they consistently 0:11:05 make really good moves.” Mixed reality headset, whatever. That was probably the right strategy 0:11:10 to make sure that Zuckerberg didn’t get out too far in front of them. But here’s the hard 0:11:14 part because this is the bottom line. This is what a CEO does. A CEO’s most difficult 0:11:20 decision is not what to do. It’s what not to do. Because the cruel truth of capitalism 0:11:24 is you have finite resources, even if you’re Apple. So your decisions around what not to 0:11:30 do, such that you have the capital to do what you decide to do really well, is just as important 0:11:34 as deciding what to do, if you will. They’re two sides of the same coin. And I think in 0:11:38 this instance, they said, “You know, rather than spending tens or hundreds of billions 0:11:43 trying to build out our own unique AI, we’re going to go the other way. We’re going to 0:11:46 be a remora fish. We’re going to be the second mouse here, and we’re going to continue to 0:11:54 drive a ton of value. Apple is the ultimate second mouse.” We’ll be right back for our 0:11:58 conversation with Dan Butener. 0:12:02 Support for PropG comes from Mint Mobile. If you’re serious about keeping your budget 0:12:05 in check, your monthly expenses are one of the first places to look. And one thing a 0:12:11 lot of us overpay for is our phones, especially between all the hidden fees and other nonsense 0:12:16 phone companies throw at you, which is why Mint Mobile is doing things differently. When 0:12:20 you switch to Mint Mobile, you can get three months of premium wireless service for just 0:12:24 15 bucks a month. All of Mint Mobile’s plans come with high-speed 5G data and unlimited 0:12:29 talk and text. Plus, you don’t need to worry about getting a new device or phone number. 0:12:33 Just bring those with you over to your new Mint Mobile plan. To get this new customer 0:12:37 offer and your new three-month premium wireless plan for just 15 bucks a month, you can go 0:12:44 to MintMobile.com/PropG. That’s MintMobile.com/PropG. You can cut your wireless bill at 15 bucks 0:12:47 a month at MintMobile.com/PropG. 0:12:52 $45 up from payment required, equivalent to $15 a month. New customers on first three-month 0:12:57 plan only. Speed slower above 40 gigabytes on unlimited plan. Additional taxes, fees 0:13:03 and restrictions apply. See Mint Mobile for details. 0:13:06 Support for PropG comes from Vanta. Customers aren’t going to support your business if 0:13:09 they don’t trust you. It doesn’t matter if you’re starting or scaling your company’s 0:13:14 security program. Demonstrating top-notch security practices and establishing trust 0:13:18 is more important than ever. Vanta can help you do both. Vanta automates compliance for 0:13:24 SOC2, ISO 27001 and more, saving you time and money while helping you build customer trust. 0:13:28 Plus, you can streamline security reviews by automating questionnaires and demonstrating 0:13:34 your security posture with a customer-facing trust center all powered by Vanta AI. Over 0:13:39 7,000 global companies like Atlassian, FlowHealth and Quora use Vanta to manage risk and improve 0:13:48 security in real time. Get $1,000 off Vanta when you go to Vanta.com/PropG. That’s Vanta.com/PROFG 0:13:52 for $1,000 off. 0:13:56 When Kamala Harris and Donald Trump met on the debate stage, it was obvious that these 0:13:58 were two very different people. 0:14:03 But JD Vance and Tim Walls actually have a lot in common. They’re both white men from 0:14:06 the Midwest, they’re both family men, and they were both in the service. 0:14:09 But they disagree on what it means to be a man. 0:14:13 Here’s my light pack. Surround yourself with smart women and listen to them and you’ll 0:14:14 do just fine. 0:14:32 Today Explained, every weekday, wherever you get your podcasts. 0:14:35 Welcome back. Here’s our conversation with Dan Butner, a National Geographic Fellow, 0:14:40 longevity researcher and bestselling author of the Blue Zones, Lessons for Living Longer 0:14:42 from the People Who Live the Longest. 0:14:45 Dan, where does this podcast find you? 0:14:49 17 Blocks from the Raleigh Hotel Pool. 0:14:55 Let’s bust right into it. Your focus is longevity. So let’s start there. Can you break down what 0:14:58 a “Blue Zone” is? 0:15:05 A “Blue Zone” is a geographically defined, demographically confirmed area where people 0:15:11 live statistically longest. And we measure that through either lowest rate of middle 0:15:19 age mortality and/or highest centenarian rate. So mostly we’re looking at life expectancy 0:15:26 of people about our age because that factors out things like testosterone, toxicity, and 0:15:28 infant mortality. 0:15:32 And then what did you find? My guess is everybody, and I know some of this, but what are the 0:15:39 common features of lifestyles and habits for people who live in these areas where they 0:15:42 tend to live longer? I assume it’s not the geography, although maybe that has something 0:15:43 to do with it. 0:15:47 Oddly, geography does have something to do with it. Geography has more to do with it 0:15:54 than genes because only about 20% of how long we live is dictated by our genes. And these 0:16:00 places are genetically heterogeneous, which is to say they’re melting pods. Each of these 0:16:06 places, you find them on about the 20th parallel north. So it’s neither the tropics where people 0:16:12 are beleaguered by infectious disease, nor are they too far north where they don’t get 0:16:18 enough sunshine and outdoor activity, and in the case of the “Blue Zones” access to 0:16:24 fresh fruits and vegetables. But the common denominator is they’re eating mostly a whole 0:16:30 food plant-based diet. The five pillars of every longevity diet in the world are whole 0:16:39 grains and garden vegetables and so forth. Tubers, interestingly, about 75% of the caloric 0:16:44 intake in Okinawa, a place that produced the longest-lived women in history, came from 0:16:52 the purple sweet potato until about 1990. And then nuts and beans. Beans are the cornerstone 0:16:57 of every longevity diet, and if you’re eating a cup of beans a day, it’s probably worth 0:17:02 about four extra years of life expectancy. 0:17:07 So let me get this. If I want to add for it, I mean, I realize there’s more to it here. 0:17:12 But if you wanted to add, call it, “Multiple years of life expectancy, one serving of beans 0:17:13 a day.” 0:17:19 About a cup. It’s associated, and it may be because there’s something crazy good in 0:17:24 beans, or it might be because if you’re getting your protein from beans instead of bacon, 0:17:29 you’re getting the longevity bump. But it definitely stacks the deck in favor of longevity 0:17:31 if you’re eating a cup of beans a day. 0:17:35 So say more about the common denominators. I’ve read your book, and there’s a few of 0:17:36 them. 0:17:41 Yes. People seem to have a sense of purpose. There’s vocabulary for purpose in every “Blue 0:17:49 Zone.” So they’re not waking up with the existential stress of what am I going to do with my day. 0:17:55 They live in places where it’s easy to move naturally. They’re nudged into movement every 0:18:01 20 minutes, as opposed to thinking they can sit all day long at their offices and make 0:18:06 it up in the gym. Every time they go to work or a friend’s house or out to eat at occasions 0:18:13 a walk. They have gardens out back. Their houses aren’t full of the mechanical conveniences 0:18:19 that have engineered most of the physical activity out of our lives. The scourge of 0:18:25 network technology hasn’t quite struck “Blue Zones” yet. So most social interaction is 0:18:31 face-to-face, and they get a lot of it, largely as a result of their environment. So you can’t 0:18:38 step outside of your home and not bump into your neighbor or your aunt or person who delivers 0:18:45 your mail. So there’s spontaneous social interaction, which in some studies have shown these low 0:18:53 quality social interactions are as predictive of longevity as deep meaningful conversations. 0:18:57 And what about their social life or how they engage with others? 0:19:03 Well, they tend to live in extended families. They keep their aging parents nearby, which 0:19:12 conveys two to six year additional life expectancy as opposed to putting your aging parent in 0:19:19 a retirement home. They tend to be married or living with a partner, best heavily in 0:19:25 their kids. They live in walkable villages, so they’re constantly interacting with others. 0:19:33 The festivals is part of the annual cycle of life. In Icaria, for example, one of our 0:19:40 Blue Zones, there’s 90 festivals between April and September, and people show up to 0:19:45 them not only as kind of a social obligation, but because they’re fun. But what happens 0:19:54 at these festivals is people build bonds, social bonds. There’s almost always a philanthropic 0:20:00 objective to the party, plus they’re dancing all night, which is great for physical activity. 0:20:05 But the key insight, Scott, to longevity, and this is where we get it wrong in America. 0:20:15 In America, we tend to pursue health and longevity. We get in mind a diet, an exercise program, 0:20:22 maybe a supplement program, longevity hacks, and then we pursue it. But the problem is 0:20:29 our brains are wired for novelty. We get bored very quickly. We lose discipline, we lose 0:20:36 presence of mind. If you look at any of the sort of strategies we undertake to get healthier, 0:20:41 live longer, live weight, they never work for more than about nine months. Then the 0:20:50 vast majority of people have failed. In Blue Zones, longevity isn’t pursued in in-soups, 0:20:55 which is a huge difference. In other words, people in Blue Zones have no idea how they’re 0:21:00 living an extra 10 years at middle age than Americans do. They just live their lives. 0:21:06 But if you look at their environments, they’re living in places where their unconscious decisions, 0:21:14 their micro day-to-day decisions are better for not only a few months or a year or two, 0:21:20 but for decades or a lifetime. Because when it comes to longevity, there’s no short-term 0:21:27 fix. It’s regular, better day-to-day decisions for a long time that make the big difference. 0:21:30 That doesn’t happen with the conscious mind. 0:21:37 It feels as if it’s a little bit, “Okay, I have my life here in London. I try to purposely 0:21:45 eat better. I have a trainer to get in my exercise. I don’t know if you’ve heard, but 0:21:48 the weather in London is somewhere between awful and whatever is worse than awful.” 0:21:49 Feel real weather. 0:21:57 “Yeah, there you go. That is the wrong way to live long. It’s about moving to Greece 0:22:04 where I’m forced to walk somewhere. The Mediterranean diet just unfolds on me. I’m living close 0:22:09 to my family, so I have no choice, but to be highly social.” It feels like it’s more 0:22:15 of a … Instead of the accoutrements, it is your life. Is that a decent way to describe 0:22:16 it? 0:22:24 Yes. It’s about shifting the focus from trying to change your behavior, which fails for almost 0:22:30 all people, almost all the time in the long run, to shaping your environment. Of course, 0:22:35 the easiest way to shape your environment for longevity is, as you point out, is move. 0:22:44 There are areas in America where life expectancy is 25 years less than other places. There 0:22:51 are zip codes in Kentucky where life expectancy is 25 years below, say Boulder, Colorado. 0:22:58 What we found in the main focus of my work for the past 15 years has been shaping people’s 0:23:06 environment at the population level, largely through policy, but also through helping restaurants, 0:23:11 grocery stores, workplaces, schools, and even your home are designed so that the healthy 0:23:18 choice is either the easy choice or the unavoidable choice, and that’s what works. 0:23:22 It’s an issue we’re looking at. You mentioned Kentucky. Let’s go to the other side. I don’t 0:23:27 know if you have a term for gray zones or dead zones, but what is it about specifically 0:23:34 about these places where people live a lot less healthy lives and have much higher mortality? 0:23:37 What are the commonalities or the common denominators there? 0:23:43 They’re crisscrossed with highways, unwalkable streets. Every time you go to work, you have 0:23:50 to get in your car. More people have died in car accidents in the last 100 years than 0:23:55 have died in wars. Right there is your first mortality challenge, and then the fact you’re 0:24:02 not walking, they tend to be junk food forests. There’s no effort to curb accessibility or 0:24:08 junk food marketing, so junk food and ultra processed food is delicious, and it’s cheap, 0:24:13 and it’s ubiquitous, and that’s why we eat so much of it, not because we know it’s not 0:24:15 bad good for us. 0:24:21 There’s typically higher crime. People are more socially isolated. Think about suburban 0:24:27 cul-de-sac as opposed to downtown London where you live, where every time you step outside 0:24:32 your door, there’s a chance to bump into somebody, and there’s at least a chance that there’ll 0:24:37 be a meaningful social connection for you. Often air quality, which is also a function 0:24:48 of traffic, it’s a number of smaller things that add up to decades of life expectancy disparity. 0:24:54 We talked about purpose. Break down a little bit more, a little bit about work. I’ve read 0:24:59 somewhere that work used to be dirty, dangerous work. Now work for many people is purpose 0:25:04 and that their mortality actually goes up, especially men, when they stop working. Unpack 0:25:06 work and longevity. 0:25:14 A Gallup poll of 2 million workers found that only about 31%, fewer than a third of Americans 0:25:19 actually find purpose at work. Most of us are showing up to work because we need the 0:25:25 money or the insurance or it’s a status thing. Dr. Robert Butler, who was the first director 0:25:31 of the National Institutes on Aging, analyzed the writings of several thousand people over 0:25:37 time and found that people who could articulate their sense of purpose were living about eight 0:25:43 years longer than people who are rudderless. We don’t know if that’s because people with 0:25:50 sense of purpose are some sort of a mechanism that makes us rise to the occasion, psychosomatic 0:25:57 benefit or if it’s because people who have a sense of purpose are more likely to stay 0:26:04 fit and take their medicines and make an effort with other people in connecting or find a 0:26:12 job where they’re not bored or uninspired. It’s so important and it’s so largely overlooked 0:26:15 in the United States, I believe. 0:26:21 I’ve been reading that there’s just a ton of stress placed on parents. I’ve also read 0:26:26 other places that actually while you have kids in the house, you’re actually less happy 0:26:32 than people without kids. Talk about the ideal scenario from a longevity standpoint for someone’s 0:26:39 relationship status. Kids, no kids, eight kids, one kid, married, boyfriend, whatever 0:26:44 it might be. What is the ideal scenario and what is the worst case scenario? I imagine 0:26:48 the worst case scenario is just to be totally alone, but that’s my thesis. 0:26:55 Yes, that’s the worst case. Let me unpack a few things. I also wrote a book and a cover 0:27:01 story for Natural Geographic on happiness called The Blue Zones of Happiness. There’s 0:27:09 two scientific ways of measuring happiness. The first one is something called life satisfaction 0:27:13 where you essentially ask people to think of their life as a whole and rate it on a scale 0:27:19 of one to 10. That’s the value weight of it. It’s your life in the rearview mirror. The 0:27:23 other way is something called affect, positive or negative affect, and that’s measured by 0:27:29 a time sequence of asking people how often they laugh, cry, feel stress, feel worry. That’s 0:27:33 more of an evaluative or how you experience happiness. 0:27:40 People who have babies, both the men and the women, tend to experience a dramatic drop 0:27:47 in affect. In other words, their experience happiness drops. Predictably, they’re exhausted 0:27:54 or there’s money stress in the family or the wife doesn’t want to have sex because she 0:28:02 just had a baby, whatever, but life satisfaction goes up. You get this up and down of happiness 0:28:11 and the picture’s not clear. In places like Denmark, both kinds of happiness go up. Presumable 0:28:17 will be because there’s better childcare and for the first year of life, both the man 0:28:24 and women can take up to 12 months off to take care of that infant. As far as longevity, 0:28:31 we did a study in Sardinia. Sardinia’s home to the longest-lived men in the world, about 0:28:36 11 times more male centenarians there than you’d expect to see in a similar population 0:28:43 in the United States. The guys with the best chance of reaching age 100 had five or more 0:28:50 daughters, specifically daughters. We don’t know if that’s because daughters tend to take 0:28:57 care of their aging fathers in that culture or if it’s because there’s a selection bias, 0:29:03 that if you can survive five adolescent girls making it to 100, it’s no problem. But it’s 0:29:04 very clear- 0:29:11 It’s got to be the former, isn’t it? I would just think logically. I was joking. I wish 0:29:15 I’d had two boys. I always wish I’d had a daughter because I thought the daughter would 0:29:19 take care of me. The daughter would call me and say, “Dad, did you pick up your medication? 0:29:27 Dad, did you get your colonoscopy?” That they make sure that you’re taking care of yourself. 0:29:33 To me, it’s so funny that that seems so obvious, and I never thought that, have a bunch of 0:29:35 daughters to live longer. 0:29:43 Yeah. Living in extended families seems to be a trend in all blue zones. I know people 0:29:48 think the idea of their parents living with them might be horrible, but often there’s 0:29:54 not a choice in blue zones, but you see very tangible benefits. Something called the grandmother 0:30:02 effect has shown not only in several cultures, but actually several mammal species that those 0:30:08 that keep a parent near the family, the children in those families have lower rates of mortality 0:30:15 and lower rates of disease. Not only that, if you’re aging moms living with you, she’s 0:30:22 not a retirement home. Again, retirement home, instant lowering of life expectancy. There’s 0:30:31 a beautiful symbiosis that you see in families. Having children, raising them well, I would 0:30:37 argue not coddling them. You don’t see coddled children in the blue zones. Children are expected 0:30:43 to be contributing members of the family. They’re all sometimes in the field. They’re 0:30:48 goldherders by the age of eight or 12, eight between eight and 12. They’re helping with 0:30:55 kitchen chores. They’re not just being driven to dance lessons and play dates, like we typically 0:31:03 see. There is a chance that they could get hurt. They have to take on some responsibility 0:31:10 in the attendant risk with that at a very early age as opposed to waiting age 25 to 0:31:16 take your first risk in life. So much of this is encouraging and discouraging. Do you have 0:31:26 kids, Dan? I have three. My kids basically get up. I hate to admit this. It’s our fault. 0:31:31 My kids don’t even make their beds. The most active thing they do is they do take the tube. 0:31:39 They do play sports at school, but they are coddled. They really are. What is your approach 0:31:43 after doing all of this research? What is your approach to raising your children that 0:31:47 might be a little different than how other people raise their kids? 0:31:54 Well, at a certain point in my life, I told them I needed them at a very early age, and 0:31:58 I gave them chores. I did need them. I needed them psychologically at that point, but I 0:32:05 also, you know, logistically needed help. I never made money until I was 40, and I made 0:32:12 a lot of money. But in a way, it was a gift to live in a household where, you know, we 0:32:18 had to make our own fun, and I needed them to help me with the laundry, etc., and with 0:32:24 the yard. And I think at the end of the day, that was good. That was a gift for them. 0:32:28 And why is that? I’m going to probe here. Are you a single father? 0:32:35 Yes. So during that time, you know, I needed them. I enjoyed having them around me. But 0:32:40 they all worked they were supposed to do. I also, you know, we didn’t go to Disney World. 0:32:46 We would go to the Yucatán Peninsula and crawl through batshit caves when they were 0:32:53 eight, nine, ten years old, and we would live in villages with Yucatec Maya. And childhood 0:33:00 with me wasn’t safe in the immediate sense of the word, but I believe it gave them enormous 0:33:06 resilience for later in life. They’re three very successful adults right now. 0:33:10 We’ll be right back. 0:33:14 Support for this podcast comes from Hymns. For a lot of men, your hair is more important 0:33:19 than just hair. It gives you confidence. And when it starts to go, that can be a big blow. 0:33:24 I’m not sure if this is some sort of passive-aggressive joke from my enemies. Anyways, Hymns is looking 0:33:29 to help men regain not only their hair, but their confidence as well. Hymns is an immense 0:33:32 health care product that provides access to a range of hair loss treatments all from the 0:33:37 comfort of your couch. The process is simple and 100% online. Just a few questions and 0:33:42 a medical provider will determine if treatment is right for you. If prescribed, your treatment 0:33:46 is sent directly to your door. Hymns has hundreds of thousands of trusted subscribers, so if 0:33:50 you feel like you’re losing a part of yourself with your hair loss, get Hymns and get your 0:33:57 confidence back. Start your free online visit today at Hymns.com/ProvG. That’s H-I-M-S.com/ProvG 0:34:04 for your personalized hair treatment options. Hymns.com/ProvG. Results vary. Based on studies 0:34:08 of topical and oral minoxidil, prescription products require an online consultation with 0:34:12 a health care provider who will determine if a prescription is appropriate. Restrictions 0:34:21 apply. See website for full details and important safety information. 0:34:24 Support for PropG comes from Nerd Wallet. If you’re a listener of the show, you know 0:34:28 business, and if you’re looking for a resource to find financial products that can help you 0:34:33 make smart financial decisions, turn to the nerds at Nerd Wallet. Not only have they spent 0:34:37 thousands of hours researching and reviewing over 1,300 financial products, but they have 0:34:42 the tools you need to make smarter decisions. Looking for a credit card? At Nerd Wallet 0:34:46 you can go beyond the basic comparisons, filter for the features that matter to you, and read 0:34:51 in-depth reviews. Ready to choose a high-yield savings account? Get access to exclusive deals 0:34:55 and compare rates, bonuses, and more. House Hunting. View today’s top mortgage rates for 0:35:01 your home sweet home. Make the Nerds your go-to resource for smart financial decisions. Head 0:35:07 to nerdwallet.com/learnmore. Nerd Wallet. Finance. Smarter. Nerd Wallet Compare Incorporated 0:35:18 NMLS 1617539. This week on PropG Markets, we speak with 0:35:23 Lena Kahn, Chair of the Federal Trade Commission. We discuss ongoing antitrust cases, how to 0:35:29 measure consumer harm, and her take on monopolies in big tech. We went through a 20-year period 0:35:36 where the Big Five technology companies, Apple, Facebook, Google, Microsoft, and Amazon 0:35:41 collectively made over 800 acquisitions, and not a single one of which was challenged at 0:35:47 the time. And now there are lawsuits kind of retroactively identifying that some of those 0:35:52 were missed opportunities, and failing to stop those deals had a really negative impact 0:35:57 on the market. You can find that conversation and many others exclusively on the PropG Markets 0:36:05 podcast. I like to think I can point, I can identify people who are good CEOs. I’ve spent 0:36:11 so much time with good and bad CEOs that when I interview a CEO for a position as a director 0:36:17 on a board, I feel like I’m a pretty good study. I’m not good at assessing other employees. 0:36:23 I get fooled all the time, but I get, I think I can kind of sum up someone’s CEO readiness 0:36:28 or not. What are the things, A, do you believe you can do that? And B, what are sort of the 0:36:32 obvious tells when you spend, say, an hour with somebody? 0:36:40 Well, just a level set. The chances of reaching 100 in America are less than one in a thousand. 0:36:48 So the capacity of the human machine, so the average person our age is, for men, it’s probably 0:36:56 93, maybe 94, and for women, it might be 96. So making it to 100 is exponentially more 0:37:04 difficult than hitting the early mid-90s. Okay, first thing, I look at you and I say, 0:37:09 I think you have a pretty good chance at reaching that capacity of the human machine. And it 0:37:15 might go up, by the way, by the time it’s our time that we might get to 100, but you’re 0:37:21 thin or you seemingly, you’re not overweight, you’re obviously physically active. You live 0:37:26 in London, which I would say stacks the deck in favor of longevity because you walk most 0:37:34 places, you’re mentally engaged, you seem to exude purpose. I don’t know what you eat, 0:37:40 but a few questions, I could, if I could, how often a week do you eat meat? 0:37:44 10 plus. I would eat at every meal if I could. I eat a lot of meat. 0:37:52 That is probably tripling your chances for cardiovascular disease, many types of cancers. 0:37:56 You’re not a big candidate for type two diabetes, but if you were an average American, that 0:37:59 much meat would be a negative. How about processed foods? 0:38:03 Not as much. And what’s interesting about the UK is one of the things I’ve noticed here, 0:38:11 and I think it’s much healthier. You buy milk, you buy fruit, you buy juice, anything. What 0:38:17 you notice is, wow, it rots right away. And then what you realize is there are thousands 0:38:22 of pesticides and preservatives that are legal in the US that are not legal here. And it 0:38:29 never struck me just how much shit I was putting in my body in the US until I moved to London. 0:38:34 And I’m blessed I have somebody who loves to cook. So when I eat out, I eat fairly well, 0:38:38 but when you eat out, my senses, it’s full of butter and salty come back. So I don’t 0:38:42 eat, I’m probably on the lower scale of processed food. 0:38:47 That’s good. Eating out in America, by the way, occasions consuming about 300 more calories 0:38:52 than you would if you eat at home. Higher salt, higher sugar as well. So eating at home 0:38:59 stacks the deck in your favor. How about your height to your midsection? Are you measuring 0:39:06 in centimeters or inches? Are you at least twice as tall as you are round at the midsection? 0:39:11 Oh yeah, I’m 6’2″, 189, I’m in good shape. 0:39:13 That’s exactly what I am. 0:39:14 Oh nice. 0:39:15 Exactly. 0:39:18 Are you shrinking though? I was 6’3″, now I’m 6’2″. 0:39:23 I was 6’2″, and now I’m 6’2″. Yeah, so I am shrinking a little bit. Everybody shrinks 0:39:28 a lot. It’s an effective gravity over time. How many hours of sleep do you get? 0:39:34 Good about sleep. I don’t sleep as well because I have to get up and pee a lot. But if I can’t 0:39:38 sleep, and it’s 2 or 3 in the morning, and we’ll come back to this, I will take an edible 0:39:45 and I will cancel my meetings in the morning because I spent so much of my life working 0:39:50 so hard that sometimes I would go 4 or 5 hours a night for 3 or 4 days in a row because 0:39:53 I was traveling and just going from meeting and meeting and meeting. And pretty much since 0:39:59 the age of 45, I don’t sacrifice sleep. So I’m pretty good on the sleep other than the 0:40:02 fact I have to get up and pee all the time. 0:40:09 Yeah, me too on that one. When you look at mortality, a number of hours slept per night. 0:40:15 People who sleep 7 hours seem to be optimal. Getting at least 7 hours most nice, that seems 0:40:23 to be the sweet spot. And so if you’re getting that, that’s going to favor your life expectancy. 0:40:28 How about fruits and vegetables? Do you eat those every day? 0:40:32 It’s horrible. 2 to 3 times a week max, and the fruits I eat are in the form of juice, 0:40:33 which has a ton of sugar in it. 0:40:38 Juice is horrible. That’s all. You’ve got to biologically as bad for you as a Coke. Yeah. 0:40:43 So I mean, mid-80s maybe for you? 0:40:48 Mid-80s? All right, I better go. Okay, so I got to get on this whole success and finding 0:40:50 meaning in one’s life. What about the- 0:40:55 I’m not, by the way, just to put a finer point, a more serious point on it, there’s very good 0:41:01 research that shows that people are eating mostly a whole food, plant-based diet, eschewing 0:41:09 a standard American diet. At our age, 60, live about 6 years longer than people eating 0:41:15 a meaty, cheesy, fatty, processed food diet. So there’s real benefits to starting right 0:41:19 away. It’s not too late, in other words. 0:41:26 The other question I have is asking for a friend, alcohol and THC, alcohol and drugs. 0:41:32 Okay, so I’m a bit of a contrarian when it comes to alcohol. I’m very aware of the recent 0:41:38 epidemiology that no amount of alcohol is safe, but I can tell you in these blue zones, 0:41:45 Highlands of Sardinia in Ikaria, and I’ve seen the surveys. I’ve been part of the surveys. 0:41:49 About 90% of people who are making it into their mid 90s and hundreds are drinking every 0:41:55 day of their lives. Now, are they doing shots at tequila with their friends? No. They’re 0:42:03 drinking mostly homemade wine with friends or with a meal. So could they live to 101 instead 0:42:11 of 99? Maybe. But it’s so clear that part of the fabric of their culture, their festivals, 0:42:16 the way they’re connecting with friends, the way they’re, how this wine is interacting 0:42:21 with the diet they’re eating. By the way, glass of wine with a plant-based meal about 0:42:28 quadruples, the flavonoid absorption. So I’m not at all convinced that being a teetoler 0:42:35 is healthier than drinking. I would argue a glass or two of wine with meal and friends, 0:42:43 I believe is helping these people in blue zones live longer. You’re the original gangster 0:42:48 on this stuff. I remember when did blue zones come out? I wrote the cover story for National 0:42:54 Geographic in 2005, so almost 20 years ago. Yeah. And I’m sure you’re watching over the 0:43:00 last one or two years, Andrew Huberman and Peter Atia, both of whom are doctors, Huberman 0:43:05 and Atia, both of them had both of them on the podcast, and they have essentially declared 0:43:11 war on alcohol. And some of this is just to make myself feel better. But Ivo has seen 0:43:16 and read, including from your books, that social engagement or being really social 0:43:21 is important to longevity and overall happiness. And I find that alcohol is a critical component 0:43:24 of that. At least it is for me, and I think it is for young people. 0:43:31 Well, you see, doctors and marketers also, they tend to want to identify the silver bullet 0:43:38 and sell it to you. They tend to look at things in isolation. But I’ve spent 20 years with 0:43:47 these five blue zones. I’m there every year. And I believe I know and have read and metabolized 0:43:56 every single academic paper. There’s a very clear cluster of lifestyle characteristics 0:44:02 that keep people doing the right things and avoiding the wrong things for long enough 0:44:07 so they’re not getting a disease. And those are eating mostly a whole food, plant-based 0:44:12 diet with a little alcohol, moving naturally every 20 minutes or so, not marathons, not 0:44:18 triathlons, not Pilates or CrossFit. They’re mostly walking, by the way. Their life is 0:44:24 underpinned with purpose. So they know why they wake up in the morning and what their 0:44:32 responsibility is to the greater community, not just to their selfish selves. They tend 0:44:37 to curate a circle of friends that reinforce the right behaviors and insulate them from 0:44:44 loneliness and from the stresses of running out of money or a spouse leaving them or a 0:44:49 parent dying or a kid getting sick. And they live in places where the healthy choice is 0:44:55 the easy choice. And it’s that cluster of things that’s mostly environmental that is 0:45:02 producing measurable, extraordinary longevity in five disparate places on the globe. And 0:45:08 for me, that’s a persuasive argument of what to do to live to 100. 0:45:13 So let’s talk a little bit about the US. If the Biden administration, or maybe they have, 0:45:22 said to you, Dan, what two or three policies could we implement to dramatically raise not 0:45:25 only the lifespan but the health span, the quality of life of Americans? What would those 0:45:27 two or three policies be? 0:45:31 Well, I’m going to tell you, they’re not going to be popular. First of all, universal health 0:45:41 care. In every blue zone, the access to health care is close to free. Not only that, there’s 0:45:50 a much better emphasis on public health. So rather than trying to pay for cleaning up 0:45:57 the disease, they’re investing to keep the disease from happening in the first place. 0:46:01 There’s just no question that universal health care, 11% of Americans don’t even have health 0:46:11 insurance in this country. Number two, gasoline should be priced at a price very similar to 0:46:16 what you pay for in Europe, which is about twice or three times even you see in some 0:46:22 places. Why? Because what will happen if you raise gas, people will figure out how to take 0:46:28 public transportation. People who take public transportation have about 20% lower mortality 0:46:35 than people who drive back or to work. So it gets them out from behind their wheels onto 0:46:41 their feet. They’ll move closer to their schools and their jobs. There’ll be more population 0:46:48 concentration, so people will be more social. And then the last thing is the farm bill. 0:46:56 The farm bill right now is set up to subsidize soybeans, corn, sugar beets, and wheat. These 0:47:07 are all the inputs of all the junk food we eat, the Doritos, feedlot animals, crappy 0:47:15 beef and pork. If we pulled those subsidies out and instead of making it easy and cheap 0:47:21 to raise these junk food inputs and instead shifted it to beans and grains and greens and 0:47:27 organic vegetables, the price of those would come down and the consumption would go up. 0:47:34 Places like Singapore, they see very clearly and gas is 11 bucks a gallon and your car 0:47:40 is going to be taxed 300%. Meanwhile, there’s a great subway system where it’s easy to get 0:47:46 any from point A to point B in a safe, quick, air-conditioned way, but you’ve got to walk 0:47:50 back and forth to the subway and people are taking 10,000 steps a day without even thinking 0:47:56 about it. They subsidize brown rice and they’re going to tax sugar. They already have a sugar 0:48:04 tax in Singapore and not coincidentally, they tax tobacco. In Singapore, you have a country 0:48:12 where the health adjusted life expectancy, which is the estimate of how long people are 0:48:19 going to live minus the years lost to chronic disease and the years of healthy life lost 0:48:27 to disability. That’s highest. They live about 15 more good years than Americans do. Heterogeneous 0:48:33 society just because they can see clearly and make their policies, set policies to favor 0:48:37 the human being rather than to just favor business. 0:48:44 So if you, general reductive advice, two or three things get started are like table stakes 0:48:50 or most immediate incremental benefit. Talk about a 60-year-old, talk about a 25-year-old. 0:48:55 What are those two or three things? Like, okay, I got five minutes with the leading 0:49:00 authority on longevity. What are the two or three thing boxes you need to check when you’re 0:49:03 in your 20s and what about when you’re in your 50s or 60s? 0:49:10 At both ages, carefully curate the circle of friends that you spend time with. We know 0:49:16 that if your three best friends are obese, there’s 150% better chance you’ll be overweight. 0:49:23 So I wouldn’t necessarily dump your old unhealthy friends, but I would say making the effort 0:49:30 to find two or three new friends in your immediate social circle. These are people that you’re 0:49:35 going to see with some frequency or communicate with some frequency whose idea of recreation 0:49:45 is biking or golf or pickleball or gardening. Friends who care about you on a bad day. That’s 0:49:50 the real litmus test of a real friend with whom you can have meaningful conversation. 0:49:56 And it’s not a bad idea to have a whole food vegan or vegetarian in your immediate social 0:50:04 circle because they’re going to show you how and where to get healthy, plant-based food. 0:50:09 I can’t emphasize the importance of that enough. If you really want to live longer, it’s making 0:50:16 that shift to whole grains, greens, beans, nuts, and tubers. It’s indisputable in my 0:50:23 view. As an extension of that, get yourself a good cookbook. I’ve written Blue Zone Kitchen 0:50:29 books, but there’s a lots of cookbook, great cookbooks that tell you how to cook, show 0:50:37 you how to cook plant-based, learn how to cook at home. Instead of going on a diet or 0:50:42 joining a gym, say to yourself, “Well, for the next four Sundays, I’m going to get my 0:50:48 family together, and we’re going to cook three whole food, plant-based meals together on 0:50:53 Sunday afternoon, storm for the rest of the week, and eat them.” And the trick is to 0:51:00 not only know where you can get the ingredients, know how to make it, but the trick is to 0:51:07 find a handful that you love. Once you find that, my job is over because at the end of 0:51:12 the day, people really don’t give a crap about the environment. They don’t care that much 0:51:18 about animal cruelty or even their health when it comes to a hungry belly at lunch. 0:51:23 They want to eat something delicious. So as long as you can satisfy that hungry belly 0:51:30 in a delicious way, people don’t care that much. In other words, they’d happily take 0:51:34 a healthy meal over an unhealthy meal as long as the taste is that good. 0:51:38 Well, give us a little bit about your path professionally and what the big breaks were 0:51:43 and what advice you would have for a young person who says, “I would really like to have 0:51:47 that guy’s professional life.” What were the big breaks? What do you wish you’d started 0:51:52 earlier? What skills do you think you brought to the table? What advice? Someone’s 25, 0:51:58 maybe they enjoy thought leadership or science or they enjoy writing, and they want to be 0:51:59 Dan. 0:52:07 Well, heaven help them. They want to be Dan, but I would say I was an intern with George 0:52:14 Plimpton who was an editor of the Paris Review and a great writer, a participatory journalist. 0:52:22 I’d say number one, and I would say for any 25 years, learn how to communicate not only 0:52:25 verbal but written communication skills. 0:52:26 Story telling. 0:52:27 It’s kind of everything, isn’t it? 0:52:32 I think you get an age of AI because being able to write well is a reflection of your 0:52:43 ability to think and convey an idea and sell the idea whether you’re selling stocks and 0:52:51 bonds, a real estate development idea or, in my case, longevity. That is a good base. 0:52:58 When you were off doing useful and productive things, going to school and analyzing a fixed 0:53:04 instrument, financial instruments, I went and rode my bike. I hold the record for biking 0:53:10 from Alaska to Argentina, biking around the world and biking the length and width of Africa. 0:53:15 That’s what I did most of my 20s, which was actually very good training for life because 0:53:22 you develop discipline, you develop a sort of empathy for other cultures and a sensitivity, 0:53:29 also an ability to survive and to quickly learn, synthesize lots of information and put 0:53:30 it to work. 0:53:37 Then I started a company. I was trying to write for National Geographic. That was my holy 0:53:44 grail. I kept getting rejected. My editor said, “Everybody likes your bike rides around 0:53:51 here, but the new expeditions have to add to the body of knowledge or somehow illuminate 0:54:03 the human condition.” At the time, this capability to interact online was coming online. I developed 0:54:12 a way of solving ancient mysteries by letting an online audience direct a team of experts 0:54:20 to solve these mysteries. I took teams of 10, 12 people into Central America to try to figure 0:54:27 out why the ancient Maya civilization collapsed and across China following Marco Polo’s route. 0:54:33 We were connected to a million or so people and we harnessed the wisdom of the crowd. 0:54:39 This became very successful. All of a sudden, I had a company, which I sold eventually to 0:54:49 Hardcore Brace, a textbook company. I made money doing that. I made money not because 0:54:55 I was pursuing the dollars. The dollars was a byproduct of something I freaking loved, 0:55:05 which is expeditions and solving mysteries. Then I sold that company and now had a capacity 0:55:12 for networking to top experts and National Geographic like me. I got this cover story 0:55:21 assignment to unravel the mysteries of longevity. Like you, Scott, I think if I would have asked 0:55:29 the 20-year-old Scott Galloway to chart his career to the heights you are right now, you 0:55:36 might have gotten a year or two into it before everything fell apart. I’m pretty much the 0:55:44 same way. I’ve had lots of failures but learned from my bike rides that they’re not that bad 0:55:51 in the context of what African villagers are going through. Tomorrow, when I get on my 0:55:56 bike, it’ll be a new adventure metaphorically. I’ll figure that out when I get there. 0:56:01 Dan Butener is a National Geographic Fellow, longevity researcher and award-winning journalist. 0:56:05 He’s also the New York Times bestselling author of several books, including The Blue Zones, 0:56:11 Lessons for Living Longer from the People Who’ve Lived the Longest and Thrive, Finding 0:56:17 Happiness the Blue Zones Way. Also, Dan is a three-times Guinness World Record holder 0:56:24 for distance cycling. That’s a flex. Anyway, Dan, this whole space has just blown up and 0:56:30 you genuinely are the OG here. You were in this before it was cool and kind of forged 0:56:37 a category that’s created so much attention, I think, so much good living, so much longevity, 0:56:42 and quite frankly, so much economic value. I think any, you know, the Huberman Lab or 0:56:46 Peter Atty, I feel as if they should all send you royalty checks because you were sort 0:56:50 of, you kind of paved the way here. It was really nice getting to spend some time with 0:56:53 you and congratulations on all your success. 0:56:55 Dan Thank you, Scott. And I’m big in my reviewers 0:57:02 as well. If I had a Blue Zone star, I’d lick it and put it on your forehead because I think 0:57:11 I’m going to see you when you’re a hundred. 0:57:17 I hope so, brother. I hope so. 0:57:22 Algebra of Happiness. I had this vision for what my relationship with my boys would be 0:57:27 like. I thought they would be fascinated by me. And when they got home from camp, they’d 0:57:31 want to sit down and tell me everything about what happened and talk about, you know, their 0:57:37 hikes thing went on. And as is often the case, my 14-year-old came home, hadn’t seen him in 0:57:42 two or three weeks, and kind of, he was tired, hungry, and just sort of, I said hi, didn’t 0:57:46 even say hi back, kind of slammed the door and went in his room. That is very upsetting 0:57:51 for me. And I want to get angry at him. That is unacceptable behavior, sure. But more than 0:57:56 anything, it doesn’t foot to what I thought our relationship was going to be, and I feel 0:58:04 insulted and hurt. And what I’ve come to realize as a dad, as a man, is that this basic notion 0:58:10 of masculinity and manhood is that you add surplus value. And one means of surplus value 0:58:16 is that dad just takes it. I’m not saying you tolerate or accept inappropriate behavior. 0:58:22 My kids actually have very good manners. But you realize as dad, dad takes some body blows. 0:58:30 And it’s not about me. It’s not, my kids aren’t here to serve or fill or ensure that our relationship 0:58:35 is what I imagined so I can feel like a hallmark commercial and have these dad moments. I get 0:58:40 a lot of those, but that’s not my job, and it’s not their job, and it’s an unreasonable 0:58:48 expectation. My job is to protect and provide and be a role model, to be good to their mother, 0:58:54 and to ensure that they have, you know, whatever I can provide such that they have developed 0:58:59 good character or healthy and have a shot at being productive, loving citizens as they 0:59:05 get older. But dad takes some blows. And if you’re expecting that your relationship with 0:59:10 your child is going to be two way, it is not. It is not going to be, I mean, there’ll be 0:59:13 moments where you’ll get more joy than you could have ever imagined. And we always talk 0:59:20 about those moments. But on the whole, on the whole, it is a what I’ll call diminished 0:59:26 or a debtor relationship. And that is you are going to give a lot more, you are going 0:59:30 to be much more expressive, much more emotional, much more supportive, much kinder to them 0:59:34 than they are going to be to you. And that is just part of it. That’s what it means to 0:59:39 be a parent. I also think that’s what it means to be a dad. 0:59:43 This episode was produced by Caroline Shagren. Jennifer Sanchez is our associate producer 0:59:48 and Drew Burroughs is our technical director. Thank you for listening to the PropG Pod from 0:59:53 the Vox Media Podcast Network. We will catch you on Saturday for No Mercy, No Malice, as 0:59:58 read by George Hahn. And please follow our PropG Markets Pod wherever you get your pods 1:00:18 for new episodes every Monday and Thursday. 1:00:28 [BLANK_AUDIO]
Dan Buettner, a National Geographic Fellow, a longevity researcher, and the best-selling author of “The Blue Zones: Lessons for Living Longer from the People Who’ve Lived the Longest,” joins Scott to discuss “Blue Zones” and how community, environment, and diet play into longevity. He also tells Scott what decade he might make it to based on how he currently lives his life.
Follow Dan, @danbuettner.
Scott opens with his thoughts on Apple being the ultimate second mouse.
0:00:06 Will the VP debate move the needle in what’s shaping up to be a neck-and-neck election? 0:00:09 You never know in advance what will be the thing that matters and the thing that doesn’t 0:00:10 matter. 0:00:18 But Donald Trump will be almost 80, and J.D. Vance will be one cheeseburger away from 0:00:20 the presidency should they win. 0:00:25 I’m Preet Bharara, and this week, The Atlantic magazine’s David Frum joins me on my podcast 0:00:29 Stay Tuned with Preet to break down what happened at the debate. 0:00:31 The episode is out now. 0:00:35 Search and follow Stay Tuned with Preet wherever you get your podcasts. 0:00:36 Hi, everyone. 0:00:43 I’m Brené Brown, and I’d love to tell you about a new series that’s launching on Unlocking 0:00:44 Us. 0:00:47 I’m calling it the On My Heart and Mind Podcast series. 0:00:50 It’s going to include conversations with some of my favorite writers on topics ranging 0:00:55 from revolutionary love and gun ownership to menopause and finding joy and grief. 0:00:58 The first episode is available now, and I can’t wait for you to hear it. 0:01:01 All new episodes will drop on Wednesdays, and you can get them as soon as they’re out 0:01:06 by following Unlocking Us on Apple or wherever you listen to your podcasts. 0:01:17 All right, we have a special hot take, special edition emergency episode post-debate thoughts 0:01:21 on raging moderates, so we’re going to try not to be raging here, although I would call 0:01:24 us elated moderates, which maybe outs us as not that moderate. 0:01:31 But anyways, in our last episode, our inaugural episode, Jess predicted that Trump wouldn’t 0:01:36 be able to control himself and that Vice President Harris would handily win the debate. 0:01:41 I predicted that the expectations were so low that he would actually come out as sort 0:01:42 of the winner here. 0:01:45 I was wrong, Jess was right. 0:01:48 Jess, what are your initial thoughts about last night? 0:01:53 I love the situation to lead with, “I was wrong and you were right,” so I feel excellent 0:01:54 about it. 0:02:02 So does I feel about the debate, but she exceeded all expectations, no matter how low or high 0:02:03 you felt. 0:02:06 And I was in touch with some people who work with the campaign, people who have been at 0:02:11 debate prep, and they said she’s ready, and she was definitely ready for this. 0:02:19 And the way that she did it was that she did not veer from her script at all. 0:02:23 Whatever the question was, she was clearly prepared for topics writ large. 0:02:26 This is what you say if the word “immigration” comes up. 0:02:28 This is what you say if the word “economy” comes up. 0:02:31 This is what you say if the word “abortion” comes up. 0:02:36 And she just took what the moderators were giving her and was able to weave it into something 0:02:40 that made her look flat out presidential. 0:02:46 And that was the bar she needed to pass, and we talked about this yesterday on our flagship 0:02:49 episode, inaugural. 0:02:52 She just has to talk to undecided voters. 0:02:55 Like you and I don’t really matter in terms of what she did last night. 0:02:57 It’s fun for us. 0:03:03 It’s gravy if she comes off as someone that we’re really jazzed to be able to vote for. 0:03:08 But there are tens of thousands of people scattered across six, seven states who actually 0:03:11 needed to see what she had to offer. 0:03:15 And they got to see something that she should be very proud of and that I’m proud of being 0:03:16 a Democrat. 0:03:20 Yeah, it’s interesting because it’s just impossible to starch out your biases. 0:03:25 I remember watching Bush versus Gore that debate, and I thought Gore won it handily. 0:03:29 And then the next day it was clear that Bush had won. 0:03:33 And so just to look at some data here, there was a snap poll, CNN flash poll, after the 0:03:34 debate. 0:03:39 And according to the people they surveyed, margin of error plus or minus 5.3 percentage 0:03:45 points, which means they didn’t survey, okay, 605 registered U.S. voters who said they watched 0:03:50 the debate, Republicans recruited to participate before the debate, and were selected via survey 0:03:51 of members. 0:03:54 Anyways, SSRS opinion poll. 0:04:00 But this poll showed that 63% of people surveyed thought Harris had won and 37% were Trump. 0:04:05 That is not only a wide margin, but what people I think need to consider is that he could 0:04:12 get on stage and kill a puppy, throw up and pass out, and 20% of people would say he won 0:04:13 the debate. 0:04:20 And so for it to be 63.37, or for almost the ratio to be 2 to 1, means quite frankly, 0:04:23 in my view, she destroyed him. 0:04:27 And the observation I would have about the debate, and I’m curious to get your thoughts, 0:04:30 was I was worried that she was kind of out of shape. 0:04:33 She hadn’t been on a stage or a debate stage in a while. 0:04:37 And I’ve always thought, whatever you think of him, he’s actually quite good on his feet. 0:04:40 In the first 10 minutes, I thought my prediction was going to be right. 0:04:44 She came across to me as nervous, and the first question, she just ignored the question 0:04:48 and started breaking into talking points, and I think it was pretty obvious to the viewers. 0:04:53 And then about minute 12 or 14, basically when the abortion question came up, the whole 0:04:56 thing just pivoted. 0:05:04 He became so sloppy and errant, using words like China, eating the pets, record inflation, 0:05:07 Biden, Hunter, but in the same sentence. 0:05:13 It was as if you were watching someone go from being a mediocre debater to an outstanding 0:05:19 debater through the course of about 15 minutes, and the whole thing just entirely flipped. 0:05:20 What are your thoughts? 0:05:22 Yeah, I largely agree with that. 0:05:25 I think it’s kind of akin to when people go home, when you’re young, and you’ve seen 0:05:28 this, I’m sure, with your boys, and they go home for the summer, and then a kid comes 0:05:30 back five inches taller. 0:05:34 That’s basically what happened to Kamala Harris live on stage. 0:05:38 And I think it’s meaningful that that transition happened while she was talking about women’s 0:05:40 reproductive rights. 0:05:47 There is just no male proxy that is going to be as meaningful and persuasive as hearing 0:05:52 someone who’s actually got the stuff that we’re talking about, discussing this kind 0:05:53 of issue. 0:05:58 And on top of the fact that it was a beautifully orchestrated answer, and it hit all the right 0:06:04 points about privacy, mind your own damn business, Tim Walls has been on TV absolutely destroying 0:06:05 Trump about that. 0:06:06 And I think he was right to say it. 0:06:10 These weird guys don’t know how to mind their own business. 0:06:15 But I wanted to touch on your first point about her response about the economy. 0:06:20 So they started with the most important question, “Are you better off today than you were four 0:06:21 years ago?” 0:06:26 And Trump supporters and Trump himself will say, “Absolutely not, absolutely not. 0:06:28 These are all the reasons.” 0:06:31 Most of that is a lie, but they’ve been pretty persuasive with it. 0:06:34 And she chose not to jump on that. 0:06:36 And I actually thought that she could have done it well. 0:06:42 I think she could have put out a really thoughtful response about how we have made these gains, 0:06:46 but there’s still more work to do and really hone in on inflation, which is what most people 0:06:49 are thinking about when they look at a question like that. 0:06:56 So I take your point on that issue, but her opportunity economy is something that’s resonating 0:06:59 with people, and I know why she wanted to get to that right away. 0:07:01 The CNN poll is a really good poll, and I’d add to the mix. 0:07:06 The Fox poll had it at 70% thought that she won. 0:07:11 And we are an A+ pollster, completely bipartisan, a Republican and a Democratic pollster worked 0:07:14 together on all of the Fox polls. 0:07:17 And what was really cool to see were the focus groups. 0:07:21 So the Washington Post had 24 undecided voters, only two thought that Trump won. 0:07:23 CNN had another one. 0:07:28 It was a very similar ratio, and they also had former Trump voters, 2016 and 2020 Trump 0:07:29 voters. 0:07:34 That said, basically, he doesn’t have it anymore, and I couldn’t follow it. 0:07:36 And that’s what she really got him to do. 0:07:41 You know, when she said, “I invite you all to watch one of his rallies.” 0:07:43 You’ll see a lot of really wild stuff. 0:07:47 You’ll see him talking about fictional characters like Hannibal Lecter, which is funny, we were 0:07:50 just talking about how he doesn’t know the difference between political asylum and a 0:07:51 mental asylum. 0:07:57 And you’ll notice that people are getting bored, and that’s when he erupted inside. 0:08:05 You could see he stood up taller, and this rage came across his face, because she had 0:08:08 insulted his crowds. 0:08:10 And there was no turning back from that. 0:08:13 And then it became this litany of conspiracy theories. 0:08:15 I have normal friends, right? 0:08:21 People who don’t pay attention like we do, and they’re going to vote, they always vote, 0:08:23 but they’re not tuned in at the same level. 0:08:27 They’re texting me, “What is he talking about with the eating of the pets?” 0:08:32 And I know the story about the fake story about Haitian migrants who are here legally, 0:08:36 who went to Springfield, Ohio for good jobs, and people said that they were… 0:08:37 Eating fluffy. 0:08:39 …touching and eating dogs, right. 0:08:43 But normal people who are saying, “Oh, there’s a debate tonight. 0:08:50 I should tune in,” are saying, “What in God’s name is this man talking about?” 0:08:55 Yeah, beyond accusing her of being a Marxist and millions of criminals coming across him. 0:08:58 I was really disappointed right out of the gates, because I thought she could have handled 0:09:02 the question much better and said, “Okay, market’s touching all-time highs. 0:09:07 GDP grew up since 2020, since we were elected up 8.5 percent. 0:09:09 The average across the EU is 3.5. 0:09:10 It’s less than 2.” 0:09:13 She just could have gone, she just could have showed up with receipts. 0:09:17 She seemed sort of wobbly, but then she just really turned on the jets. 0:09:22 And what I really appreciate was the debate prep, because clearly they came up with a winning 0:09:24 strategy, and it was the following. 0:09:30 Get out your points, get out your policy points, and then end your statement, Vice President, 0:09:32 with a bear trap. 0:09:36 Say, “Oh, and I didn’t inherit $400 million from my father. 0:09:39 Oh, and this is a convicted criminal. 0:09:45 Oh, and his crowd sizes, they are bored and exhausted and they leave.” 0:09:50 Because rather than responding to anything around the policy points, he would then take 0:09:57 half of his time to respond to this, what he saw as a slight against him and his ego, 0:10:00 and he was constantly on his heels. 0:10:08 And when he would make these outrageous statements, or call her a Marxist, or a crime, she realized 0:10:13 they were so ridiculous or so inconsequential, she wouldn’t respond. 0:10:16 I mean, it’s like Muhammad Ali used to say, he said, “Every fight I’ve won, I haven’t 0:10:21 won in the ring, I’ve won outside the ring training.” 0:10:24 The fight was over, I had either won or lost before I showed up in the ring, and I feel 0:10:30 like the people who prepped her, I heard the people that prepped him were representatives 0:10:34 Gabbard and Gates, that’s not the people I would have had prepping me. 0:10:38 But anyways, whoever prepped her did an outstanding job. 0:10:46 Get your policies out, speak with emotion on issues around women, and then trigger him 0:10:48 at the very end. 0:10:54 And she did it three or four times, and it absolutely took him off his footing. 0:10:59 And then the last thing I’ll say, and I’m curious, I feel like the two most consequential debates 0:11:04 in history have happened in presidential politics in the last couple of months. 0:11:08 And the reason why the Biden debate will go down is the most consequential is because 0:11:14 this one was so good that him dropping out because of the last one will be seen as the 0:11:16 most consequential. 0:11:21 And this will be the second most consequential because it looks as if, for the first time, 0:11:26 people have what I’d call a reason to vote for her, as opposed to the reasons, what the 0:11:31 Democratic Party keeps trying to convince people of is the reasons not to vote for him. 0:11:32 Your thoughts? 0:11:36 Yeah, I want to piggyback on what you said about her throwing out these haymakers and 0:11:39 then just kind of sitting back and not doing anything. 0:11:40 She was doing something. 0:11:44 They practiced the split screen very clearly. 0:11:49 What type of facial expressions she would be making while he was talking. 0:11:53 And that’s if you go online today, everything that’s being shared is around those kinds 0:11:54 of memes, right? 0:11:59 Like the face that your wife makes at you when you come home drunk, right? 0:12:01 Mad parents. 0:12:02 What did you just say? 0:12:05 That’s the look I get Monday through Thursday, just so you know. 0:12:06 Anyways, go ahead. 0:12:11 That’s very English of you, to be incorporating it into the weekday activities. 0:12:16 So she was actually alert and responding throughout all of it. 0:12:20 And he’s usually the one that’s making a face that is resonating with people. 0:12:24 Like his supporters love that dopey thing that he does. 0:12:26 But she clearly was winning the face game. 0:12:30 And because this is raging moderates, and we should talk about something moderate, what 0:12:32 I was really heartened to see. 0:12:37 So going into the debate, there were 48% of undecided voters who felt that they wanted 0:12:39 to know more about Kamala Harris. 0:12:42 Only 18% said the same about Trump. 0:12:44 They’re like, we know who Donald Trump is. 0:12:45 And frankly, I don’t really like him. 0:12:47 I don’t need to know more. 0:12:50 I may vote for him, but I’m kind of done with this. 0:12:53 So she had the room to grow in terms of this. 0:12:58 And I saw that in one SNAP survey that her approval rating had jumped up with undecided 0:13:01 from 30 to 48. 0:13:06 Now if she can get that over 50, I think she’s going to be in very good shape. 0:13:12 And you usually get, if you get a good debate bound, sometimes it can be 1.5, 1.7 points. 0:13:17 It’s hard to see a scenario in which she isn’t capable of that happening. 0:13:18 I don’t know where that maps out. 0:13:24 If it is to happen, maybe we are just so polarized that the needle can’t be moved. 0:13:30 But I think she gave it her absolute best shot at being able to make this as consequential 0:13:33 as you said it is. 0:13:37 So just trying to relate this to the markets, essentially Donald Trump or Trump Media and 0:13:41 Technology Group, which is a publicly traded company that is essentially the holding company 0:13:45 for Truth Social, Donald Trump’s social network. 0:13:48 It has a market capitalization even today of 3.3 billion. 0:13:50 And be clear, this is not a business. 0:13:51 It makes no money. 0:13:56 Its user base is tiny and not growing, and it has no revenues, but it effectively loses 0:13:58 hundreds of millions of dollars a year. 0:13:59 This is not a business. 0:14:04 What it’s become is a tracking stock for the likelihood that Trump is re-elected. 0:14:09 And the assumption is that, one, if he is re-elected, he’ll figure out some kleptocratic 0:14:14 way of forcing everybody to use this platform or figuring out a way to get the shareholders 0:14:18 whole there, because he’s a large shareholder here. 0:14:22 It’s also a bit of an indirect way of giving him a campaign contribution. 0:14:27 But what it’s effectively become is a tracking stock for the likelihood that Trump or what 0:14:32 the likelihood the market believes is the percentage likelihood that he’ll be re-elected. 0:14:35 And this morning, it opened up about 15% down. 0:14:42 As we stand here today or right now, it’s 12.5% down, and it’s hit a new 52-week low 0:14:43 here. 0:14:47 So the marketplace and the billions of points of data that the marketplace tries to absorb 0:14:53 and then spit back and answer is essentially saying the likelihood that he is elected president 0:14:59 according to the markets is 12.5% less likely as of this morning. 0:15:00 That sounds good. 0:15:06 And the betting markets on the race itself shifted in real time as well. 0:15:08 She got a three-point bump in it. 0:15:12 So we’ll see what Nate Silver has to say when he puts out his next forecast. 0:15:18 But yeah, I mean, for somebody who says or has claimed to fame, I guess, is that he understands 0:15:22 the economy, that business loves him, the markets love him. 0:15:26 I’ve certainly been giving him a big old slap in the face between the people actually 0:15:30 speaking out, the company, the CEOs that are backing him and the way that the market has 0:15:32 performed. 0:15:37 I think the way that she threaded the needle was great, but she could have just stood up 0:15:43 there and threw out a few great stats and just yelled like, “Dow 41K.” 0:15:48 Just kept shouting it at him as he tried to sputter through all of this. 0:15:53 So he’s one of those lived by the markets, died by the markets, but 12.5%, that’s a 0:15:57 big shift for 90 minutes of action. 0:16:02 So as we wrap up here, what would your advice, do you think, given that she’s riding this 0:16:09 high, that kind of controlled, quite frankly, not speaking to very many people at all, putting 0:16:13 the narrative through a controlled filter, it has worked really well? 0:16:17 Should she continue to be somewhat scarce, or do you think this is an opportunity in 0:16:22 a moment for her to go on offense and start speaking to the press more frequently? 0:16:25 Oh, I’m full offense on this. 0:16:31 I think that she, it has proven out that their strategy worked thus far, and we’ll have to 0:16:36 look at the bounce and see how the race looks in kind of a week or two to see the real effect 0:16:37 of it. 0:16:41 But I think that she’s someone that really thrives off of her mojo. 0:16:43 When she’s feeling good, she can do it. 0:16:46 And so I would sign me up right now, Leslie Stahl. 0:16:47 What’s going on? 0:16:49 Like, could I sit down with you? 0:16:50 Hey, Leslie. 0:16:51 Hey, Les. 0:16:52 Hey, girl. 0:16:53 Where you got you last night? 0:16:54 Hey, girl. 0:16:55 I was pretty badass. 0:16:56 Yeah. 0:16:57 I think it’s time for that. 0:17:03 And, you know, joint interviews, solo interviews, more, I think town halls would be fantastic. 0:17:07 She really has, I don’t want to say this, in a disingenuous way. 0:17:12 She’s very good at being empathetic, and she’s a very good listener. 0:17:16 And you can tell that she’s actually processing what people are saying, because it is possible 0:17:19 to can a town hall response. 0:17:24 You know, when someone says to you, my kid died of a fentanyl overdose, and you’re suddenly 0:17:28 screaming about migrants poisoning the blood of America. 0:17:31 You know, that is a transition that other people have made. 0:17:39 So I want it all, and, you know, it’s what is it, 56, 55 days to go, I’m emboldened. 0:17:41 What do you think about the press strategy? 0:17:43 I think she’s founder footing. 0:17:45 She should definitely get out there. 0:17:48 But I’ve always thought that the press is disappointment, and the talking points that 0:17:50 she’s not speaking to enough people. 0:17:56 My view is this is about winning, not pleasing the media, or the few of the chattering class 0:17:58 that believe she should be talking more. 0:18:01 Well, you said at the very beginning, I think it’s really true, and that is we assume everyone 0:18:03 gives a shit about politics. 0:18:08 I would describe the majority of voters as me in my 20s and 30s, and that is I voted, 0:18:11 but I didn’t even think about it until about the morning of. 0:18:13 I just didn’t care about politics. 0:18:19 I voted, but I didn’t care, and I think that’s how, you know, not the majority, but a large 0:18:21 segment of voters, especially the undecideds. 0:18:27 I can’t imagine you’re really in the politics, or think about this a lot, and be undecided. 0:18:33 So I’m sort of, I don’t know, I would kind of pick, if you will, a Goldilocks strategy. 0:18:36 Anyways, just a public service announcement as we wrap up here. 0:18:40 It supposedly is safe for your dogs and cats in Illinois. 0:18:41 You’re going to be fine. 0:18:42 They’re going to be fine. 0:18:43 Ohio. 0:18:44 Oh, is it Ohio? 0:18:45 Illinois loves dogs. 0:18:46 There’s Ohio where they get eaten. 0:18:47 Where they’re getting eaten. 0:18:48 By patients. 0:18:52 Yeah, by those millions and millions of criminals that have come into the country. 0:18:56 Anyways, with a special episode, an emergency pod. 0:18:59 This has been Raging Moderates with Jessica Tarlov and Scott Galloway. 0:19:07 We will have a new episode next Tuesday, breaking down sort of what happened over the course 0:19:08 of the next few days. 0:19:12 Well, hopefully we’ll have some more polling data that really kind of dissects the ramifications 0:19:13 of the debate. 0:19:15 Jess, have a good rest of the day. 0:19:16 You too. 0:19:16 See you later. 0:19:19 (gentle music) 0:19:29 [BLANK_AUDIO]
In a special episode of the Raging Moderates podcast, Scott and Jessica Tarlov give their thoughts on the debate, including what Kamala Harris did right, where Donald Trump fell short, and how the election outlook is shaping up.
0:00:04 There’s over 500,000 small businesses in B.C. and no two are alike. 0:00:05 I’m a carpenter. 0:00:06 I’m a graphic designer. 0:00:09 I sell dog socks online. 0:00:12 That’s why B.C.A.A. created one size doesn’t fit all insurance. 0:00:15 It’s customizable, based on your unique needs. 0:00:19 So whether you manage rental properties or paint pet portraits, 0:00:23 you can protect your small business with B.C.’s most trusted insurance brand. 0:00:29 Visit bcaa.com/smallbusiness and use promo code radio to receive $50 off. 0:00:30 Conditions applied. 0:00:32 Support for Prof.G comes from Fiverr. 0:00:36 Hiring top talent takes months, costing you time and opportunities. 0:00:38 Well, what if you could build your dream team today? 0:00:45 With Fiverr Pro, it’s possible it’s your all-in-one solution for premium freelance talent, 0:00:49 offering hundreds of categories to outsource complex projects immediately. 0:00:52 Their dedicated hiring experts will help you find your perfect match, 0:00:55 plus get access to project management tools, flexible hiring options, 0:00:58 and more so you can meet your hiring needs with ease. 0:01:04 Visit pro.fiverr.com to sign up and use code “PROPG” for 15% off any service. 0:01:13 Hey, I’m John Glenn Hill, host of a brand new show from Vox called Explain It To Me. 0:01:17 This week, the ethical murkiness of zoos. 0:01:21 Do we as humans feel like we deserve to just be able to walk around and see these animals? 0:01:23 Like, maybe we don’t deserve that. 0:01:27 Maybe there’s just some animals we don’t get to see. 0:01:29 To zoo, or not to zoo? 0:01:31 That’s this week on Explain It To Me. 0:01:34 Listen wherever you get your podcasts. 0:01:41 Welcome to the PropG pods office hours. 0:01:43 This is the part of the show where we answer questions about business, 0:01:46 big tech, entrepreneurship, and whatever else is on your mind. 0:01:47 Hey, PropG. 0:01:48 Hey, Scott and team. 0:01:48 Hey, Scott. 0:01:49 Hi, PropG. 0:01:50 Hey, PropG. 0:01:50 Hey, PropG. 0:01:51 Hi, Professor G. 0:01:56 If you’d like to submit a question, please email a voice recording to officehours@propgmedia.com. 0:01:59 Again, that’s officehours@propgmedia.com. 0:02:02 So with that, first question. 0:02:02 Hi, PropG. 0:02:07 This is Mitch working tech in the Bay Area in Silicon Valley. 0:02:12 And I see a lot of different companies doing really great things in this area. 0:02:17 And one of them, which I invested in a few years ago, is 23andMe, 0:02:20 when I was trading at $10 a share. 0:02:24 I really believed in this promising technology and strong leadership. 0:02:29 However, now it’s not trading below $0.50 a share, which has been a tough bill to swallow. 0:02:33 I was wondering how this could happen to a company with such potential in a growing industry, 0:02:40 and what it says about the future of personal genomics and similar tech driven health care companies. 0:02:43 I’d also love to hear your thoughts on whether this space still holds promise, 0:02:47 or if there are any underlying challenges that investors might be overlooking. 0:02:53 Thanks for all your insights and books and fostering a thoughtful dialogue and so many important topics. 0:02:54 We all appreciate it. 0:02:55 Thanks, Mitch. 0:02:57 Thanks for the question and your transparency. 0:03:01 So first off, the first lesson is first and foremost, forgive yourself. 0:03:04 The second is think about diversification. 0:03:06 Now let’s talk about the business itself. 0:03:12 23andMe was founded in 2006 and is primarily recognized as a genetic testing company 0:03:17 that offers consumer insights into their ancestry and health risks and mailed in saliva samples. 0:03:19 It also operates as a data company. 0:03:23 The company has built a massive database of DNA from about 10 million people 0:03:26 who agreed to share their genetic information for research. 0:03:30 Beyond testing, 23andMe has ventured into the pharmaceutical industry developing its own drugs 0:03:33 based on findings from its genetic data. 0:03:37 So it was obviously very promising, but it’s struggling. 0:03:43 It’s gone from a 4.5 billion dollar equity valuation down to 200 million. 0:03:46 So its value is limited 98% from its peak. 0:03:51 And NASDAQ has said that the stock, which now trades below a dollar, could be delisted. 0:03:57 Now, C.O.N. Wajiki is trying to take 23andMe private at just 40 cents per share. 0:04:00 The company’s main revenue stream, consumer DNA testing, has fallen short, 0:04:05 raking in only about 220 million last year, far below expectations. 0:04:08 When you have a growth company that is investing at these kinds of levels 0:04:12 to create sort of a 10x better product, especially I would imagine around research 0:04:17 and genetics and healthcare and data, that is a capital hungry monster. 0:04:20 And if the company is growing 50, 60, 70% a year, 0:04:24 then eventually the revenues of top line will take care of itself. 0:04:27 And you’ll get to a point if you have, assuming you have positive gross margins, 0:04:28 where you start to make a lot of money. 0:04:33 The problem is, is that if you miss, typically what happens in a small business 0:04:36 is you miss on the top line, but you never miss on the expenses. 0:04:37 What do I mean by that? 0:04:41 Even though maybe your revenues came up 40 or 50% off plan, 0:04:43 you managed to spend what you plan to spend. 0:04:46 And that’s where growth companies get into huge trouble. 0:04:50 And that is if they don’t register the growth that the investment was expecting 0:04:52 or that justified the investment. 0:04:54 So all roads lead to the same place here. 0:04:57 They’re probably going to take this thing private and they are probably going to lay off, 0:05:01 I would imagine 50, 70, 80% of the workforce and focus. 0:05:05 I don’t think this company ever had any business being in drug discovery. 0:05:09 That is a decades long business that requires billions of dollars. 0:05:12 I think the average drug takes over a billion dollars to bring to market. 0:05:15 And also they just misestimated the demand for this. 0:05:16 The hack didn’t help. 0:05:17 I’ll give you a personal example. 0:05:22 I would never do 23andMe because I was a sperm donor in college. 0:05:26 I was getting back, called back three or four times a week for about a year, 0:05:31 which was very exciting for me because that was a lot of money back in 1985 or whenever it was. 0:05:35 I have somewhere between one and 7,000 children or at least biological children. 0:05:37 And with 23andMe, they can figure out it’s you. 0:05:41 You could also go to a website, submit your name, address. 0:05:42 They send you a certified letter. 0:05:46 If you send it back, an email goes out to your biological children with your contact information. 0:05:48 I would do it if I had 10 or less or I knew I had 10 or less, 0:05:50 but that’s the thing you don’t know because it was totally unregulated back then. 0:05:55 My mom made me stop doing this after about a year because she said, 0:05:58 “You realize your daughter could end up marrying her brother and not know it.” 0:06:00 And she forced me to stop. 0:06:03 Anyways, that’s my story and why I don’t use 23andMe. 0:06:05 But to bring this all back to 23andMe, 0:06:10 this was a tech company that required a massive amount of investment 0:06:12 and the growth basically petered out. 0:06:16 And as a result, it just can’t justify the current investment 0:06:19 and they’re going to have to totally recalibrate the company. 0:06:21 This happens a lot. 0:06:24 The question now when they take a private is, will they be able to cut costs? 0:06:30 Will they be able to pare it down such that this company has some hope of creating positive cash flow 0:06:35 or will they find another means or another adjacent business that offers some sort of growth? 0:06:38 But at 50 cents, the assumption is they’re going to go out of business. 0:06:40 This is some quick tax planning here. 0:06:43 If you were fortunate enough to have some other investments that worked out, 0:06:47 you may want to think by the end of the year of selling down this stock and registering 0:06:49 or taking the loss against any gains you might have. 0:06:54 So the kind of the silver lining here is you have a tax loss, which has some value. 0:07:00 If you invested 10,000 bucks and you’ve lost 95%, you have a $9,500 ride off when you sell the share. 0:07:05 So if a wait till a year where you have some gains and then take the loss or sooner, 0:07:11 if you want to get your capital out such that you can take advantage or offset your capital gain. 0:07:12 Thanks so much for the question. 0:07:15 Again, let me finish where I started. 0:07:16 Forgive yourself. 0:07:18 Question number two. 0:07:21 Hey, Prof. G, this is Colin from Leslie Marriott of Georgia. 0:07:23 Appreciate you taking my question. 0:07:29 I’m looking at some of the new policies laid out under the Harris Walls campaign 0:07:37 and the latest thing about taxing unrealized capital gains seems pretty insane to me. 0:07:41 I know I’m a social liberal, fiscal conservative. 0:07:44 I like to think of myself as an independent voter. 0:07:48 But to tax unrealized gains makes literally no sense to me. 0:07:55 And the fact that it’s people with 100 million or more seems to be the dividing line. 0:07:57 Even that doesn’t make sense to me. 0:08:07 Why if they’re trying to stop the Uber wealthy from leveraging their securities, 0:08:14 why would they not look at something like fees for loans against securities as collateral 0:08:22 as opposed to taxing something that hasn’t happened and can realize result in losses? 0:08:28 I would curious about your take on this and your thoughts on what levers they should really 0:08:33 be trying to pull instead of this or whether you agree with their stance. 0:08:34 Appreciate your answer. 0:08:35 Thanks. 0:08:36 Bye. 0:08:37 Thanks for this. 0:08:38 Yeah, it’s getting a lot of discussion. 0:08:40 So according to our website, our campaign supports parts of President Biden’s earlier 0:08:42 budget proposal, which didn’t get through Congress. 0:08:47 The reality is this tax would probably only affect a tiny percent of America’s wealthiest 0:08:50 people, those with over 100 million in wealth. 0:08:58 That’s about one in 10,000 people who aren’t paying at least a 25% tax rate on their income. 0:09:01 It mostly targets individuals with most of their wealth and tradable assets. 0:09:05 The reasoning is that it’s meant to fix a tax system where the super rich often pay lower 0:09:08 rates than middle class folks. 0:09:12 According to NBC News, the top 1% has 40% of their wealth tied up in unrealized capital 0:09:13 gains. 0:09:16 Also according to the Treasury Department, it will raise about 500 billion in tax revenue 0:09:17 over the next decade. 0:09:21 But the bottom line is this makes no fucking sense. 0:09:24 And okay, it’s worth talking about conceptually. 0:09:26 This is never going to happen. 0:09:29 There are both moderate Democrats and the entire Republican Party are just not going 0:09:31 to let this happen. 0:09:32 There’s real issues with this. 0:09:39 One, if you’re going to tax unrealized capital gains, then you get into the business of, 0:09:42 all right, you’re going to have to value all these assets in the near the year. 0:09:43 You’re going to have to do a mark. 0:09:48 Every year I spend the better part of a full day with the folks at Goldman who manage my 0:09:50 money trying to put a mark on my private investments. 0:09:52 How do you value those things? 0:09:56 It’s like, I have investments that I could value at X or 5X and I can make an argument 0:09:58 for either of those things. 0:10:05 So because the tax would be on a quote unquote number of value, now obviously the value of 0:10:10 the stock shoe hold can be easily marked or calibrated, which in my view would make private 0:10:12 assets much more attractive. 0:10:17 So all of a sudden you would be creating asset classes that are much more attractive than 0:10:18 other asset classes. 0:10:23 And then what happens if those assets go down in price, do you purposely mark them down? 0:10:25 It just makes no fucking sense. 0:10:30 And the over $100 million thing is just populist bullshit in my view. 0:10:32 I just don’t think there’s any way this can work. 0:10:38 And also one of the real benefits, I think, of thinking long term that I like is you should 0:10:42 buy assets and never trade them and hold onto them. 0:10:45 And one of the greatest wealth creators in history, and it sounds stupid and easy, but 0:10:54 it’s true or simple, is just the tax deferred structure of holding onto assets and not trading 0:10:55 them. 0:10:59 That is kind of the key to wealth building is buying shit and forgetting about it. 0:11:03 Like so many things that Democrats do, the intentions, the philosophy, the theory behind 0:11:08 it are absolutely right and that is rich people are not paying their fair share. 0:11:10 Let’s go to the 25 wealthiest people in America. 0:11:16 They pay somewhere between four and 8% tax rate because the loopholes in the tax code 0:11:17 are extraordinary. 0:11:21 Everyone’s focused on tax rates because that’s just a literally weapon of mass distraction. 0:11:26 The key is the tax code, which has gone from 400 pages to 4,000 over the last several decades 0:11:31 and those 3,600 pages are there simply to fuck the middle class by creating all sorts of loopholes 0:11:37 for corporations and wealthy individuals who are paying the lowest taxes since 1939, corporations, 0:11:41 and the wealthiest individuals who have seen their taxes plummet through all kinds of crazy 0:11:42 tax avoidance. 0:11:47 And one of those pieces of tax avoidance you referenced, and that is basically the strategy 0:11:49 is buy, borrow, and die. 0:11:50 What do I mean by that? 0:11:53 I own a bunch of Amazon and Apple stock. 0:11:54 I don’t sell it. 0:11:55 It keeps going up. 0:11:56 Tax deferred. 0:11:57 Well, what happens? 0:11:58 Maybe I need some money. 0:12:01 I can borrow against it at very low rates. 0:12:04 And then that money keeps compounding off the whole base because it doesn’t get taxed. 0:12:08 I don’t have to send 23 to 40 cents of it to Uncle Sam. 0:12:11 It keeps growing off a much bigger base. 0:12:12 And then I put it into a trust. 0:12:16 And then when I die, it transfers to my kids tax-free. 0:12:20 That is how the wealthy get even wealthier and build dynasties, which is bad for America. 0:12:22 So what is the way around that? 0:12:24 An alternative minimum tax. 0:12:29 And that is at the end of the year, if you’re a wealthy person, and I would lower it to say 0:12:35 anything over $10 million a year in income, you pay an alternative minimum tax of 40% 0:12:36 or maybe even 30. 0:12:41 And that is you say, look, we don’t care what loopholes you’ve been able to figure out. 0:12:43 You’re going to pay at least 30%. 0:12:45 You’re making a shit ton of money. 0:12:49 And whatever things have been slipped in by lobbying groups or the Republican Party to 0:12:53 give small business owners their first 10 million tax-free to create a donor advisor 0:12:56 fund where you actually haven’t given the money away yet, but you get to ride it off. 0:12:58 Yeah, we got to get rid of that shit. 0:12:59 Now, can you get rid of that shit? 0:13:00 Probably not. 0:13:04 So rather than trying to get rid of that shit, all right, let’s just have an AMT. 0:13:09 And that is people who make up a certain amount, have to pay at least X percentage. 0:13:14 In addition, your idea is a good one and that is if you borrow against your stocks, then 0:13:16 effectively you’re monetizing them. 0:13:21 So what I would suggest though is that maybe there’s a 2% tax on any money borrowed or 0:13:26 something like that that says, all right, it still incentivizes people to borrow money, 0:13:32 invest, buy shit, grow the economy, but instead of paying on a margin loan, 4%, 6%, they’re 0:13:35 paying 6% or 8% and it generates some tax revenue that way. 0:13:42 We have an alternative minimum tax, but trying to tax unrealized gains, good luck with that. 0:13:43 Thanks for the question. 0:13:45 We have one quick break before our final question. 0:13:50 Stay with us. 0:13:52 Support for PropG comes from Grammarly. 0:13:55 Your time and expertise are valuable, but with all the emails you have to respond to, not 0:13:59 to mention every other ping that comes in, it’s easy to lose focus and waste a lot of 0:14:00 time. 0:14:03 With Grammarly as your AI writing partner, you can stay focused and get through your 0:14:07 work faster with relevant real-time suggestions wherever you write. 0:14:11 Grammarly helps with any writing, from brainstorming to sounding more confident and persuasive 0:14:12 at work. 0:14:15 According to their data, 90% of professionals say Grammarly has saved them time writing and 0:14:17 editing their work. 0:14:21 Grammarly data also says 4 out of 5 professionals say the tool helps them gain buy-in and action 0:14:23 through their communication. 0:14:28 Grammarly lets you speed through the drafting and editing process while staying on task. 0:14:32 You can write and edit quickly with context-aware suggestions everywhere you write. 0:14:36 And that means everywhere Grammarly works across more than 500,000 apps and websites, 0:14:41 and they say your data is secure and never sold for 15 years. 0:14:44 Grammarly has helped professionals do more with their writing. 0:14:46 Get more done with Grammarly. 0:14:49 Download Grammarly for free at Grammarly.com/podcast. 0:14:56 Support for Prop G comes from Life360. 0:14:58 Back to school is an exciting time for families. 0:15:01 Your kids are getting a little older and might be ready for new responsibilities like getting 0:15:05 themselves to school or even carpooling to practice. 0:15:08 It’s a wonderful time for them to stretch their wings, but of course, you also want 0:15:10 to make sure they stay safe. 0:15:14 For that, you might want to try Life360, a family connection and safety app that makes 0:15:17 it easy to keep track of your family member’s location in real time. 0:15:22 Life360 placed alert notifications let you know when your kids arrive or leave a location 0:15:25 like school, practice, a friend’s house, or the bus stop. 0:15:30 And with a tile from Life360, you can easily attach and track items, including backpacks, 0:15:34 double bags, and even a pet’s collar, all to help alleviate the mental load of managing 0:15:35 a busy family. 0:15:36 I like this. 0:15:40 I encourage my kids to get out of the house, but I do like the idea of kind of knowing where 0:15:41 they are, if you will. 0:15:44 Coordinate the chaos over the back to school season with Life360. 0:15:50 That’s at Life360.com or download the app today and use code “PROVG” to get one month 0:15:54 of the gold package for free, plus 15% off all tiles. 0:15:59 That’s Life360.com/CodePROVG. 0:16:03 When Kamala Harris and Donald Trump met on the debate stage, it was obvious that these 0:16:06 were two very different people. 0:16:09 But JD Vance and Tim Walls actually have a lot in common. 0:16:11 They’re both white men from the Midwest. 0:16:13 They’re both family men and they were both in the service. 0:16:16 But they disagree on what it means to be a man. 0:16:18 Here’s my light pack. 0:16:22 Surround yourself with smart women and listen to them and you’ll do just fine. 0:16:31 Today Explained, every weekday, wherever you get your podcasts. 0:16:33 Welcome back, question number three. 0:16:35 Hi PropG, this is Brendan from Hood River, Oregon. 0:16:39 I often think of wealth as the ability to spend your time doing the things you want 0:16:40 to do. 0:16:45 It’s fairly common to hire someone to maintain your yard, do your taxes, manage your investments, 0:16:47 or have a house cleaner come by once every few weeks. 0:16:52 But being in the high net worth space, I’m curious what services you use in your personal 0:16:54 life to free up you or your family’s time. 0:16:58 Big thanks to you and Ed for providing great entertainment for all of us listeners. 0:16:59 Hey, Brendan. 0:17:05 That’s a great question and their entire podcast sort of focused on productivity. 0:17:10 I think my approach to life and spending probably is not that relevant to a lot of people. 0:17:13 So I’ll start with trying to look at this through the lens of when I was younger, what 0:17:16 I did, when I didn’t have any money, and what I think you should do. 0:17:19 The first is I wouldn’t invest in single stocks. 0:17:23 I wouldn’t try and talk yourself or delude yourself into thinking you’re a better investor. 0:17:27 I would focus on your career and exercise in relationships and I would outsource all 0:17:31 investing and buy low-cost index funds and just not worry about it. 0:17:33 So that’s one thing. 0:17:34 Pre-cooked meals. 0:17:35 If you love cooking, then do it. 0:17:40 But if you don’t, try and find a routine around food you like that’s pre-cooked, pre-done if 0:17:42 you will, and it’s healthy. 0:17:46 I think it’s a great idea to get an app around working out and set a road schedule. 0:17:49 And I like doing intense 20 to 30 minute workouts. 0:17:53 I used to go to the gym and then I would spend an hour and a half there. 0:17:58 I’d probably only exercise for 20 minutes just kind of wandering around, futzing around. 0:18:02 By the time you get to the gym, change, all that shit, I like the idea of having an app 0:18:03 that is very intense. 0:18:07 I think the first kind of purchase I would make as a young person in terms of paying somebody 0:18:11 else would be pay them to clean your apartment unless you enjoy that kind of stuff. 0:18:12 Some people do. 0:18:15 But I think it’s important to feel for your own mental health like you live in a nice 0:18:16 clean space. 0:18:19 I think people should live in a small space when they’re young that’s inexpensive, that’s 0:18:23 near work so they can just use it almost like a hotel or just a bed. 0:18:25 I don’t believe in hanging out at home. 0:18:28 I got a lot of shit for saying this on TikTok. 0:18:33 But I think your time at home is inversely correlated to your success professionally 0:18:34 and personally. 0:18:35 I don’t think you want to be at home much. 0:18:39 Even at the age of 30, I think you want to be out of the house kind of 15, 16 hours a 0:18:40 day. 0:18:42 And then as you get older, what I find is really helpful. 0:18:48 I have an assistant who I pay very well, but there are assistants available in remote areas 0:18:49 Costa Rica, Mexico. 0:18:55 There’s a whole rising genre of outsourced PAs who can work two, four, if you needed 0:18:56 eight hours a day. 0:18:59 But essentially where I am in my life right now is that there are a small number of things 0:19:01 only I can do. 0:19:02 Only I can do. 0:19:06 I can record this podcast right now, but I don’t do the sound engineering. 0:19:07 I don’t do the special effects. 0:19:08 I don’t write the scripts. 0:19:09 I don’t contact the guests. 0:19:11 I don’t follow up with the guests. 0:19:13 I do none of this. 0:19:15 I don’t bill Vox. 0:19:16 I don’t get the numbers. 0:19:17 I don’t get the analytics. 0:19:21 What I am doing right now is the only thing I do for this podcast. 0:19:25 And that’s the way it should be because there is someone who is better than me at everything 0:19:27 else, but I am the best at this. 0:19:31 So what you want to do is take what you are best at and leverage it across as many things 0:19:34 as possible while outsourcing everything else. 0:19:39 But I love the way you’re thinking and again, I bet there are just a ton of sites that focus 0:19:45 on this, but I appreciate the question and wish you a ton of prosperity and free time. 0:19:51 And also, I think it’s really important on a regular basis to do nothing, to literally 0:19:52 do nothing. 0:19:54 I have times on the weekend and I plan them out. 0:19:57 My favorite thing is nothing. 0:19:58 And that’s fine. 0:20:00 Doing nothing is fine as long as it’s planned. 0:20:02 Thanks for the question. 0:20:03 That’s all for this episode. 0:20:08 If you’d like to submit a question, please email a voice recording to officehours@propgmedia.com. 0:20:21 Again, that’s officehours@propgmedia.com. 0:20:26 This episode is produced by Caroline Shager and Jennifer Sanchez is our associate producer 0:20:28 and Drew Burroughs is our technical director. 0:20:31 Thank you for listening to the Prop G Pod from the Vox Media Podcast Network. 0:20:36 We will catch you on Saturday for No Mercy, No Malice as read by George Hahn. 0:20:38 And please follow our Prop G Markets Pod. 0:20:42 That’s right, the Prop G Markets Pod wherever you get your pods for the new episodes every 0:20:44 Monday and Thursday.
Scott speaks about the business of 23andMe, specifically how it illustrates what happens when growth companies don’t meet their growth expectations. He then discusses Kamala Harris’ plan to tax unrealized gains and why he doesn’t support it. He wraps up with a conversation on ways he spends his money to increase his productivity.
0:00:04 There’s over 500,000 small businesses in B.C. and no two are alike. 0:00:05 I’m a carpenter. 0:00:06 I’m a graphic designer. 0:00:09 I sell dog socks online. 0:00:12 That’s why B.C.A.A. created one size doesn’t fit all insurance. 0:00:15 It’s customizable, based on your unique needs. 0:00:19 So whether you manage rental properties or paint pet portraits, 0:00:23 you can protect your small business with B.C.’s most trusted insurance brand. 0:00:29 Visit bcaa.com/smallbusiness and use promo code radio to receive $50 off. 0:00:31 Conditions apply. 0:00:36 Will the VP debate move the needle in what’s shaping up to be a neck-and-neck election? 0:00:40 You never know in advance what will be the thing that matters and the thing that doesn’t matter. 0:00:48 But Donald Trump will be almost 80 and J.D. Vance will be one cheeseburger away 0:00:50 from the presidency should they win. 0:00:55 I’m Preet Bharara and this week the Atlantic magazine’s David Frum joins me on my podcast 0:00:59 Stay Tuned with Preet to break down what happened at the debate. 0:01:01 The episode is out now. 0:01:04 Search and follow Stay Tuned with Preet wherever you get your podcasts. 0:01:12 Hi everyone, I’m Brené Brown and I’d love to tell you about a new series that’s launching on 0:01:13 Unlocking Us. 0:01:17 I’m calling it the On My Heart and Mind podcast series. 0:01:20 It’s going to include conversations with some of my favorite writers on topics ranging from 0:01:25 revolutionary love and gun ownership to menopause and finding joy and grief. 0:01:28 The first episode is available now and I can’t wait for you to hear it. 0:01:32 All new episodes will drop on Wednesdays and you can get them as soon as they’re out by 0:01:35 following Unlocking Us on Apple or wherever you listen to your podcasts. 0:01:39 Welcome to Raging Moderates. 0:01:40 I’m Scott Galloway. 0:01:41 And I’m Jessica Tarliff. 0:01:47 Jessica, we’re Raging Moderates with an emphasis on the term “Raging.” 0:01:50 Raging all the time, yes. 0:01:53 I mean, I don’t know if other people will think we’re Raging Moderates, 0:01:55 but we’re here to tell you why we are Raging Moderates. 0:01:58 What does the term “moderate” mean to you? 0:02:02 Moderate just means anything that’s around the center. 0:02:04 That’s what it is around the center of an issue. 0:02:08 A lot of people like to identify themselves as politically moderates. 0:02:11 So that’s kind of like the center left or the center right of each party. 0:02:16 But I think that it really comes down to how you’re feeling about a particular issue 0:02:21 at a particular time and that that’s what it means to be moderate. 0:02:24 Yeah, I like to think it means they’re not part of a cult. 0:02:26 And occasionally we can acknowledge the other side. 0:02:27 That works too, yeah. 0:02:29 And what are your objectives? 0:02:33 If this was a win, if this podcast gets huge traction, 0:02:35 what are you hoping to accomplish here? 0:02:39 I’m hoping to have a lot of really thoughtful conversations 0:02:42 about where society actually is. 0:02:46 And that maybe folks who are running for office or an elected office 0:02:49 will take note of the fact that the biggest voices, 0:02:53 the biggest coalition is actually around the center of these issues. 0:02:56 And that they’ll start acting accordingly and also to draw those lines 0:02:58 between what’s going on in the political sphere 0:03:00 and what’s going on in the real world. 0:03:01 Because it’s all intertwined. 0:03:04 And I mean, that’s really what you do so well. 0:03:07 Let’s talk about what’s happening in the business and in the markets 0:03:10 and how it’s all part of one big conversation. 0:03:12 I like that. 0:03:14 I mostly just want power. 0:03:21 I’m hoping that we aggregate so much influence up and down by that we basically become the ultimate 0:03:25 king and queen makers and that tomorrow belongs to us, Jessica. 0:03:28 Okay, let’s bust right into it. 0:03:30 In today’s episode of Raging Moderates, 0:03:32 we’ll be breaking down the latest polling, 0:03:35 our thoughts on the proposed economic policies, 0:03:39 and what to expect from the 90-minute debate between Kamala Harris and Donald Trump. 0:03:43 So with that, Jessica, we’ve officially entered the election season 0:03:45 and a block coming up between now and November 5th. 0:03:48 Can you walk us through how you’re thinking about the latest polling, 0:03:53 which essentially shows Harris and Trump are neck and neck? 0:03:57 Yeah, so there is, I mean, the first component of all of this is that 0:03:59 I’m fundamentally depressed that this is a neck and neck race. 0:04:02 I feel like every time Donald Trump’s on the ballot, 0:04:05 you just think, how is it possible that this could be close? 0:04:09 And yet it is, which is reflective of the general theme of why we’re here 0:04:13 to talk about the moderate middle and where the election is actually going to be won. 0:04:16 But it was a big polling weekend because the New York Times, 0:04:19 Seattle poll came out, everyone always goes bananas over it. 0:04:22 It’s actually, so it’s an A-plus quality poll, 0:04:26 and it’s been the most friendly to Trump consistently. 0:04:29 When we started seeing these results that he was winning, 0:04:33 upper teens of Black support, that he was doing well with Gen Z voters, 0:04:37 that Biden and now Harris were softer with female voters. 0:04:40 That was all coming out of the New York Times, Seattle poll. 0:04:43 So it’s obviously something that makes you sit up and listen. 0:04:44 And this was the same. 0:04:48 It was just like the July poll, similar margins, 0:04:50 same soft spots for Kamala Harris. 0:04:55 And you could see if you went on any social media over the weekend, 0:04:58 you could see all of the Democrats absolutely losing their mind. 0:05:01 The bedwetting has commenced again, 0:05:04 which is the end of Brat summer, I guess, 0:05:06 that we’re all a little less coconut-pilled, 0:05:10 but a little bit more realistic about the challenge in front of us. 0:05:16 Do you think, I’ve heard a lot of fears that polling doesn’t constantly underestimate Trump 0:05:19 because there’s a lot of closeted Trump voters. 0:05:22 Do you think that that still holds or that people are no longer embarrassed 0:05:25 about endorsing Trump and they’re no longer closeted? 0:05:28 I mean, he’s lost a lot of elections, 0:05:30 which I feel like people don’t talk about enough. 0:05:32 Like he won the big one. 0:05:34 He won in 2016. 0:05:39 But since then, he’s been a big drag on down ballot tickets, 0:05:42 obviously on his own ticket, losing in 2020. 0:05:48 And so I’m not willing to say yet that the 3 to 5% of Trump voters that were closeted, 0:05:52 which is what it was in 2016, that it could be that enormous. 0:05:56 I think there still are some what we consider kind of normal people 0:06:00 or people that we run into more who aren’t die-hard Trumpers 0:06:03 that are persuaded by a tax cut, for instance, 0:06:06 or might think he would be better for Israel. 0:06:07 And I want to talk about that. 0:06:10 There was a poll of Jewish voters that I found fascinating. 0:06:15 But in general, I feel like people are pretty much out there at this point. 0:06:23 And this election for Trump, when or lose, is kind of, it should be his last hurrah, right? 0:06:26 He should not be running on the top of the ticket. 0:06:30 If he loses again, he’ll be 82 years old at that point. 0:06:32 Or last thud, right? 0:06:33 Or last thud. 0:06:34 Well, that’s a hope. 0:06:36 I mean, he’ll still try to play kingmaker with other races. 0:06:40 But this is the crescendo moment of the Trump era. 0:06:43 And I think that people are out there for it. 0:06:47 It strikes me as it’s almost sort of comical that we do these national polls, 0:06:48 because quite frankly, they’re meaningless. 0:06:52 It really doesn’t matter what these, I mean, I guess they reflect momentum, 0:06:58 but all we really care about is the choice, the polls in what, five or six states. 0:07:03 And in those states, as far as I can tell, the majority of them, she is up. 0:07:05 And in some, she’s up by two, three points. 0:07:08 I mean, if you look at the national polls, okay, it’s neck and neck. 0:07:11 I wonder how much of this is the media wants to Jones up a closer race and 0:07:14 make it seem more heated and tighter than it is. 0:07:17 And I do think it’s tighter than I would have thought. 0:07:21 But that when you look at the swing states, or when you look at what is actually going to 0:07:24 decide this election, we should not report national polls. 0:07:25 It just doesn’t make any sense. 0:07:28 What does the picture look like across the swing states? 0:07:32 Well, first to the national poll, in defense of national polls. 0:07:36 They’re just a snapshot in time. 0:07:40 And I think that it is important to continually gauge yourself as you’re going along 0:07:42 and to look at those trend lines. 0:07:46 That’s why forecasts are so interesting to see where Biden was, 0:07:49 then what Harris has been able to do, how Trump is moving around. 0:07:51 And he is doing better than a lot of people expected. 0:07:55 And he’s coalescing the base in a way that we hadn’t expected, 0:08:00 necessarily considering the primaries and all of the Nikki Haley support that we were seeing. 0:08:02 So I think it is important and also to draw the contrast. 0:08:04 So we already talked a little bit at the New York Times poll, 0:08:09 but there was an ABC Washington Post poll, which is also an A+ pollster. 0:08:12 And they had Kamala Harris ahead by six with likely voters. 0:08:17 That contrast also important, registered voters versus likely voters. 0:08:21 It’s very different to have an opinion versus I have an opinion 0:08:22 and I’m actually going to go and vote. 0:08:25 But you’re totally right about the battleground states. 0:08:28 It’s all basically within the margin of error. 0:08:32 And something that came out in the last week or two that I think is really fascinating 0:08:36 is basically Trump is zeroing in on one strategy. 0:08:38 If you look at where he’s spending money on advertising, 0:08:40 he’s got one route that he’s heading towards. 0:08:42 And Kamala Harris is still spreading it out. 0:08:45 She needs the blue wall, but she’s interested in the Sun Belt. 0:08:49 They really think North Carolina is in play for them. 0:08:54 So it’s been fun to watch them go in their different directions, 0:08:57 see how they’re trying to achieve a win in those places. 0:09:00 But yeah, razor thin and it could be even thinner than 2020, 0:09:04 which we know took days to properly call. 0:09:08 And then months of litigation, though I won’t call it proper litigation, 0:09:12 whatever Rudy Giuliani and Jenna Alice were doing, certainly wasn’t proper. 0:09:15 But it went on for a long time. 0:09:23 And on the issues, so Harris is pulling much better on issues around bodily autonomy. 0:09:24 That’s not a shock. 0:09:28 54 to 39 on “democracy,” although that’s a loaded term. 0:09:31 It’s 50-45 for Harris. 0:09:35 On the economy, Trump is resoundly beating Harris, 55 to 42. 0:09:40 And on immigration, he’s also resoundingly beating her 53 to 43. 0:09:42 I understand the family planning. 0:09:46 This is more a reflection of how you feel about being pro-choice or pro-life. 0:09:50 The democracy one, it feels like a rabbit hole, we could go down. 0:09:54 Talk about whether or not you think that what do you think is going on? 0:09:58 Why do Americans trust more Trump on the economy and on immigration? 0:10:01 And what do you think both candidates need to do to try and either solidify 0:10:03 or chip away at that lead that Trump has? 0:10:10 Yeah, so it was strange to me to see this result on the economy from the New York Times 0:10:15 because the Fox voter analysis and the Fox poll had him between six and eight points 0:10:18 ahead on the economy, which means that he, Kamala’s basically, 0:10:24 have the lead that he had when he was running against Joe Biden, which is awesome to see. 0:10:28 And one thing that’s showing up in survey after survey is that people, 0:10:32 and this could be a bad thing, they don’t feel that they know Kamala as well. 0:10:34 So there’s a lot more room for her to grow. 0:10:35 Trump is basically at his ceiling. 0:10:39 No one says like, I don’t know where Donald Trump stands on the issues. 0:10:43 Now, they may not really understand that what would happen if we had all of these tariffs 0:10:47 and that it’s attacks on the consumer or however his deportation force is going to work. 0:10:49 But she does have room to grow there. 0:10:54 But I think that people still fundamentally see him as a businessman, 0:10:56 whether he went bankrupt six times or not. 0:11:02 And they remember a time pre-COVID where they felt they had more money in their pocket 0:11:04 and grocery prices were down. 0:11:08 And it’s not sexy to create a bumper sticker that said, 0:11:09 “Best recovery in the G7.” 0:11:16 It still sucks when you go to the store and your items are more expensive. 0:11:19 And she’s been working really hard to address that. 0:11:23 I love that she actually calls out the prices of things in speeches and says, 0:11:26 “I know that your bread is 50% more than it used to be.” 0:11:34 But people are holding onto a bit of nostalgia about the Trump era in that specific way. 0:11:38 We’ll be right back. 0:11:46 Well, the economy was strong during his era. 0:11:51 And the interesting thing, there’s kind of a weird dynamic in the sense that 0:11:56 when the price of diapers goes up, you blame the administration. 0:11:59 When your salary goes up, you credit your own character and grit. 0:12:04 The fact that actually now wages are increasing faster than inflation, 0:12:08 which is a good thing, the administration gets no credit for it. 0:12:09 Because that’s because I’m awesome. 0:12:14 Whereas when gas prices or something else go up, by the way, I think it’s just hilarious 0:12:16 that anyone assumes the president has any control over gas prices. 0:12:21 But anyway, they blame the administration for prices going up. 0:12:25 And again, they don’t, they see their raises well-deserved. 0:12:25 I agree with you. 0:12:28 The thing I would hammer on, and I’m curious to get your thoughts. 0:12:34 I taught economics and I taught graduate micro-macro economics. 0:12:38 And one of the few things that all economists kind of agree on 0:12:41 is that tariffs are basically a tax on the consumer. 0:12:47 And his current line of thinking, and I don’t think the Democrats have done a very good job 0:12:51 of exploiting this, and it’s weird to be lecturing Republicans on this issue, 0:12:55 because they’re usually very much anti-tariff, is narrative is, look, 0:12:57 these people have taken advantage of us. 0:13:02 And to his credit, I do think he accurately highlighted the asymmetry in terms of a trade 0:13:05 relationship between the US and China during his administration. 0:13:08 I think he was right on that, but he’s saying all these firms, 0:13:10 all these countries are taking advantage of us. 0:13:15 We’re going to put in some instances a 100% tariff on their products. 0:13:17 And what will happen according to Donald Trump? 0:13:20 It’ll make our products more competitive. 0:13:22 There’s less competitive because theirs will be more expensive, 0:13:26 meaning more jobs will return to the US because we’ll be more competitive 0:13:30 relative to these foreign imports, which are now much more expensive. 0:13:34 What he leaves out is this key thing that happens every time. 0:13:38 And that is if we slap 100% tariff on Toyotas, 0:13:46 they turn around and go, okay, girlfriend, we’re putting 100% tariff on Escalades and Jeeps, 0:13:53 which makes our products much less appealing to consumers in China and Japan and South Korea, 0:13:57 which reduces demand for them, which reduces employment. 0:14:03 But what happens across all markets is the cost of cars for consumers, skyrockets. 0:14:06 And there are some instances where tariffs work. 0:14:11 If you’re China and you think it’s costing me 200 bucks a ton to produce steel, 0:14:16 I’m going to sell it for 100, put all the domestic suppliers and manufacturers 0:14:18 in the US of steel out of business so I can consolidate the market. 0:14:22 Okay, then you impose a tariff until there’s some sort of symmetry around trade. 0:14:26 I get it. If we’re outsourcing jobs because they have forced labor 0:14:31 and it doesn’t reflect the cost of doing business in the correct way, fine, a tariff. 0:14:36 But these unilateral tariffs and this hallucination that all of a sudden it will 0:14:43 bring jobs back to the US is so wrong and any economist worth their salt would recognize that. 0:14:47 It strikes me that the Democrats haven’t done a very good job so far, and I’m hoping to see that 0:14:53 in the debate, is it that she does a better job of saying tariffs or taxes be clear. 0:14:58 And this is a terrible idea and hugely inflationary. What are your thoughts? 0:15:02 I totally agree. I hope that they’re going to keep hammering. 0:15:06 They have a new line that Donald Trump’s going to cost you $3,900. 0:15:11 So they’ve calculated out the cost of these tariffs on the lives of an average American. 0:15:13 And we were talking about tariffs last week on the five. 0:15:18 And my colleague, Jesse Waters, said to me, “Well, why didn’t Biden and Harris extend 0:15:25 the Trump tariffs on China?” And I actually, I rarely admit that I’m wrong. 0:15:28 Well, Jesse admits that he’s wrong way less than I do. 0:15:32 But I did not think that they had extended them. And then when I went and read about it more, 0:15:36 so there was all of the usual stuff about how tough the tariffs had been, 0:15:42 especially for the US farming community. But there was an argument that was being made, 0:15:48 and it was all over Bloomberg, that it was still more effective to punish China, 0:15:52 even though there was some hurt to the American economy to send a message about it. 0:15:58 And I think that there is an angle at which Kamala could take or Democrats could take more 0:16:04 regularly about this, if Republicans are going to fall in line on the tariff front to say, 0:16:08 “We’re not talking about tariffs. We’re talking about sanctions. 0:16:12 And sanctions are something that you can use really, really effectively.” 0:16:16 Versus just hammering this tariff line, which, frankly, everybody knows is not going to, 0:16:21 as you said, have the outcome that he thinks, and is not a rationale for an entire set of 0:16:25 economic policies. He did a speech at the New York Economic Club last week, 0:16:27 and he’s rambling on about child care. 0:16:33 Look, child care is child care. It’s something, you have to have it. In this country, 0:16:37 you have to have it. But when you talk about those numbers, compared to the kind of numbers 0:16:42 that I’m talking about by taxing foreign nations at levels that they’re not used to, 0:16:46 but they’ll get used to it very quickly. And it’s not going to stop them from doing business 0:16:51 with us, but they’ll have a very substantial tax when they send product into our country. 0:16:55 Those numbers are so much bigger than any numbers that we’re talking about, 0:16:58 including child care, that it’s going to take care of. We’re going to have — 0:17:03 One of the more incoherent things that I’ve ever heard and everybody else as well, 0:17:05 people are struggling to understand what does this actually mean. 0:17:07 And he just keeps saying, “I’ll pay with tariffs. I’ll pay with tariffs.” 0:17:12 And what I think that he’s doing is he’s just trying to say, “For bad countries, 0:17:18 I’m going to find ways to sanction them in some way.” But he’s using the term “tariff” and said, 0:17:23 it’s kind of like, I don’t know if you’ve been following the Hannibal Lecter thread, 0:17:27 you know how he talks about Hannibal Lecter all the time. And it seems like he doesn’t 0:17:31 understand the difference between political asylum and actually being in a mental asylum. 0:17:39 So I think that these things are actually with Trump always like the most base thing 0:17:43 that they could possibly be. And I hope that she flips the script on it and talks about 0:17:49 how effective they have been in using economic sanctions versus penalizing the American public 0:17:54 with tariffs. So let’s talk a little bit about child care because I’m not sure 0:18:02 people really understand what are the policies on… So basically, Trump is saying, 0:18:07 “I’ll find a way to create additional revenues such that we have better child care because 0:18:11 child care is child care according to Trump.” And he was trying to give the notion that I think 0:18:17 it’s important, I’m in favor of it, and I’m going to raise the money for it we need by taxing these 0:18:22 nations with their asymmetric unfair trade relationship. 0:18:26 What is… Can you outline, because I don’t know the answer, what is sort of Harris’s plan 0:18:33 around child care? Yeah, well, the most important part of it is obviously the paid family leave 0:18:40 as the baseline for everything, bringing back the child tax credit, which cut poverty in America by 0:18:45 50%. It’s just astounding that that happened in a couple of years and something that people 0:18:48 are really hankering to bring. To poverty across children, right? 0:18:55 Yeah, child poverty, yes, no. And then there’s the stuff that comes in with 0:19:02 walls as well with the school lunches. We have universal 3K and pre-K. I’m treating 0:19:06 this as a bigger bubble of just raising children than just the child care front, 0:19:10 but they also want to have universal daycare, which is something that J.D. Vance, of course, 0:19:16 has railed against in some unearthed clip from 2021. It’s kind of amazing that he won his race 0:19:21 for Senate. There have been a lot of people that have been picking on Tim Ryan. Why were 0:19:27 you not going after him with all of these horrendous things that he’d said? Tim Ryan’s 0:19:32 team has defended him and said a lot of these clips are coming from us. We knew about this, 0:19:38 but he seems so utterly repellent. So universal daycare is a big part of it. And what I appreciate 0:19:44 about Democrats and what Kamala’s doing is she’s not afraid to say that we’re going to raise taxes 0:19:50 on some people who can afford to pay more taxes. She’s not looking for tariffs as the solution to 0:19:56 it. She’s like, this is good old fashioned. If you’re a billionaire, if you’re a multimillionaire, 0:19:59 not just like two, three, four, five million, they’re talking about people over 100 million, 0:20:04 200 million, your taxes are going to go up a bit. And I’m curious what you think about the 0:20:11 unrealized gains proposal, because that seems like a very, very bad idea that even Mark Cuban and 0:20:17 Ro Khanna are saying halt the brakes on that one. But it’s obviously part of her plan to pay for 0:20:21 all of this. Yeah, it’s funny. I thought I was going to bring it up because I thought it might be one, 0:20:24 I mean, so far we’re in violent agreement on everything. I thought it might be one place we 0:20:30 disagree. I think it’s essentially whether you agree with it philosophically, it doesn’t matter 0:20:35 because they don’t work. When France instituted its wealth tax, the wealthiest man in the world, 0:20:39 or the wealthiest man in Europe, Bernard Arnaud, what do you know, moves to Belgium. 0:20:43 Really wealthy people are incredibly, among the advantages they register, 0:20:47 one of them is they’re incredibly mobile. And what you have here, just, I don’t know if you’ve 0:20:51 heard about what’s going on in the UK, but they’re basically doing away with this non-dom tax 0:20:58 status, where if you have residency in Hong Kong and you live in Britain, you basically can pay 0:21:03 Hong Kong taxes, which is zero. And now they’re saying, sorry, after, I think after you’re here 0:21:08 of four years, you got to pay UK taxes. I actually think philosophically, that makes sense. If you 0:21:14 send your kids to school here and you enjoy the culture and the roads and the infrastructure and 0:21:20 police and fire of the UK, you should pay taxes. But what’s happened is that it looks like about 0:21:27 10,000 high net worth UK residents are leaving and that the purser or the treasury is actually 0:21:33 going to end up worse off than before the non-dom, because these individuals have so much money and 0:21:39 we’re bringing so much economic growth through the UK that quite frankly, tax advantage that’s 0:21:43 even unfair was probably the best thing to do for the economy. The other thing is, I just, 0:21:51 my mind goes into a tailspin trying to imagine, okay, if you’re going to assess someone’s wealth 0:21:56 over $100 million every year and then tax their unrealized gain, who is in charge of putting 0:22:01 that number on it? You can do it when they’re publicly traded stocks, but how do you assess 0:22:07 the value of real estate, of private partnerships? How do you assess the value of things? Does that 0:22:14 mean certain asset classes which are less easily assessed become more in vogue and people start 0:22:20 selling their stocks and buying real estate or private company assets? Who’s in charge of coming 0:22:25 up with that number? The way I would approach it is an AMT, an alternative minimum tax that says, 0:22:32 okay, if you’re worth $170 million, congratulations, you have an AMT and that is any income you have, 0:22:40 you have to pay a minimum 20% on regardless of the tricks of the trade. The other thing I would 0:22:46 like to see is an intra-country and intra-state agreement where if you’re Jeff Bezos and you’ve 0:22:51 aggregated $120 billion in wealth in Washington and you’ve taken advantage of the school system 0:22:55 there, the University of Washington, the Seattle Tacoma Airport, the culture, and then you piece 0:23:01 out to Florida to quote-unquote spend more time with your dad, that when you realize those gains, 0:23:06 whatever percentage of those gains were accreted in Washington state you have to pay Washington 0:23:11 state taxes on. I think you could do the same thing internationally when people move, but the 0:23:17 idea of taxing unrealized gains, I just think it’s going to create more problems than it solves. 0:23:23 What are your thoughts? Well, they’re not as elaborate as yours, which is good. I 0:23:30 agree with all of that, and it’s been interesting to see people as liberal as Congressman Ro Khanna, 0:23:34 who’s in the Bernie wing of the party, and then someone like a Mark Cuban or someone like you 0:23:41 advocate for basically the same thing. The part that I would add to it that I think really matters 0:23:46 with the kind of economic policies that she’s putting forward to, she basically has a founder 0:23:51 agenda. If you go to her website, we should note to everyone, her policy page is now completely 0:23:56 decked out, and you should go and take a look at it. And what they did that was really smart 0:24:03 is for each section, it then has a Project 2025 tab, so you could see what the Trump agenda would 0:24:10 do in contrast to what Kamala is trying to do. But she really wants to encourage startups and 0:24:15 entrepreneurs, and America has always been the best place to go and start a business, 0:24:21 to bring your innovative idea out there and to make a shit ton of money. And it kind of flies 0:24:26 in contrast to that idea that we want to give you the $50,000 deduction to get your small 0:24:31 business going, which is something economists on the right and the left think is such a good idea, 0:24:36 but oh, if you get to a hundred million, then you’re screwed, that it doesn’t really add up. 0:24:41 And that’s what Ro Khanna was talking about. He gave an interview, and he’s actually a surrogate 0:24:45 for the campaign, and he just said flat out, how are you going to tell people, because you got this 0:24:52 successful, that we’re going to start taxing was 28% of your unrealized gains, which is a massive 0:24:57 number. I feel like if it was like two or 3%, people would be like, okay, it’s kind of like a 0:25:04 normal liberal tax. So I think it’s not great for her startup world. 0:25:13 Yeah, I feel like, and I say this as a small business person, I feel that small businesses are, 0:25:18 they’re like puppies, everybody loves small businesses. It’s hard to, no one ever says 0:25:21 of small businesses are taking advantage of our economy and are treated unfairly. 0:25:27 And we romanticize small business. And as a result, and I benefited hugely from this, 0:25:32 I believe the tax code probably airs on the side of being too favorable towards small business. 0:25:38 One, it is very easy to shove through a crazy amount of expenses through your small business. 0:25:44 And because of an underfunded IRS, you cannot write off your life, but pretty close to it 0:25:48 when you have a small business. The tax advantages are enormous. There’s something called 1202, 0:25:54 which I took advantage of, where if you start a business, and it’s a secor, and you hold on to 0:26:00 the stock in that company for more than five years, if you sell it, the first 10 million 0:26:06 or 10 times your initial investment is tax-free. I didn’t even know that existed, and I’ve used it 0:26:11 twice with companies I’ve sold. To me, that kind of makes no sense. And their viewpoint will be, 0:26:15 will Scott, people like you wouldn’t start businesses unless we had these tax advantages. 0:26:19 I don’t know any entrepreneur that knew their tax status when they started a company. That’s not 0:26:24 why we start companies. In my view, and I hate to say this because I like the idea of more small 0:26:29 businesses, but the reality is there were more small business permits issued last year than I 0:26:35 think ever. And it doesn’t seem to be getting in the way of small businesses. And I feel like it’s 0:26:42 very populist. And I would like someone to get more serious about the deficit. What is this going 0:26:47 to cost us? And I think the best way to help small business would actually be more antitrust. It 0:26:53 breaks up these big monopolies, but I’m not sure. For example, I think the first thing you see, 0:26:57 the first result of this or the second result, more businesses start, $50,000 real money, 0:27:01 let’s start a business. You’re going to see more business failures because quite frankly, 0:27:05 one of the reasons that a business works is you have to talk people into giving you money. 0:27:11 And if all of a sudden anyone who starts a business gets a $50,000 tax credit, I just think 0:27:14 you’re going to have a lot of shitty businesses started. Now is that to say there won’t be winners 0:27:19 there? And I can feel people on the other side of this just right now just saying, “Oh my God, 0:27:24 you don’t like puppies. You don’t like small businesses.” No, I do, but the small business 0:27:29 environment in America is very strong. I don’t like giveaways like this. I think it should be, 0:27:32 I don’t want to say difficult to start a business, but I don’t think it should be, 0:27:38 I don’t think it should be easier. I think there’d be easier ways to get to this. The thing I really 0:27:45 don’t like about Harris’ economic policy is around housing. Whereas if you’re looking to buy 0:27:48 a house and I think if you’re a first-time buyer or whatever, you get $25,000. To me, 0:27:56 that is just massively inflationary. That just means starter homes everywhere go up by $25,000, 0:28:02 if not more, because you can borrow more against that. And I don’t understand how that helps. 0:28:07 I love her ideas around making it easier to issue more housing permits. Probably the reason 0:28:11 housing prices have gone up so much as we took housing permits out of the hands of local officials 0:28:16 and put them into the hands of homeowners who get very concerned with traffic once they have a home. 0:28:24 But I don’t see how giving $25,000 to new homeowners is anything but inflationary and 0:28:29 just going to do exactly the opposite of what they want to do. And that makes housing less 0:28:34 affordable. What are your thoughts? This is a tough one, because I feel like it’s a total 0:28:39 campaign season policy, right? And everyone wants the good feels. And they want to hear 0:28:45 all the right things about home ownership and how important it is to the quality of life 0:28:51 for everyday Americans, right? You have better schools, safer communities, more small businesses, 0:28:55 your favorite. Though, I guess you said there were going to be too many, but you want people that are 0:29:00 investing in their community and small businesses the way that they’re doing that. And so it sounds 0:29:05 really sexy to say, “I’m going to help you do this.” Now, everybody knows that just means the price 0:29:10 of houses are going to go up another $25,000, right? So if you’re buying a $400,000 house, 0:29:17 it’s going to be $425,000. And what will be interesting to see is what the banks are doing 0:29:21 with all of this, if it actually goes through as a policy. And I feel like it might be one that 0:29:29 falls by the wayside if and when she gets elected. But I agree with you on that. I think it’s also 0:29:34 one of them to kind of return to the point of being here in this kind of raging moderate middle 0:29:39 when you see how aggravated people have gotten about student debt relief even, which is something 0:29:44 that I think you can make even a stronger argument for helping people out with, maybe not wiping out 0:29:48 hundreds of thousands of dollars of debt, but certainly for people who’ve had Pell grants, 0:29:56 people who were scammed 100% to get their money back. But folks who went to do something and took 0:30:01 on this big undertaking, maybe they wanted to go be a doctor and they don’t go to one of the medical 0:30:06 schools where Bloomberg is just going to wipe out your debt, that they should get a bit of help there. 0:30:12 I think that resonates better with the American public than getting just $25,000 towards you being 0:30:18 able to buy a house. I would push back a little bit and that is as someone who borrowed money, 0:30:24 as someone who’s deeply involved in education, I’ve just always had trouble with the idea of 0:30:27 two thirds of the Americans that didn’t have the opportunity to go to college bailing out the one 0:30:32 third that did. So let me be clear, I think if you’re going to go be a doctor in a rural community 0:30:35 or a low-income community or you’re going to go into nursing or teaching where you’re having a 0:30:39 tough time attracting people, some sort of federal programs to release student debt, 0:30:44 is important. I would like to see my school NYU and every other school be on the hook for 0:30:49 20%, 30%, 50% of bad debts. We stopped loaning $200,000 to philosophy majors who go on to be 0:30:54 baristas and then can’t pay this debt back. It should be dischargeable and bankruptcy. 0:31:00 But there’s something uncomfortable about, you could argue the third of the American public that 0:31:04 gets to go to college is arguably the most advantaged third. And there’s some really terrible 0:31:08 situations where me and my colleagues prey on people because we want to make more money. 0:31:16 And that needs to stop. But three quarters of a trillion dollar bailout with Biden proposed 0:31:21 of student debt to me. And the worst thing about what I hate about student debt relief 0:31:27 is it shrinks the tumor of student debt, but it doesn’t go after the cancer. And the cancer is 0:31:33 the following. We are just charging too much goddamn money. I think it sucks to be a grown-up, 0:31:37 and I think the people on the hook for student loans should be really angry at their university 0:31:44 and that we need to stop this torrent, this typhoon of cheap credit that keeps driving up 0:31:51 the cost of education. So I really don’t like student loan bailouts. And my sense is they were 0:31:57 found to be illegal. They were. Yeah. Well, there are ways around it. Are there? Yeah. There are, 0:32:01 I mean, there are policies, there are Department of Education policies, which is how the Biden 0:32:08 Harris administration has been able to give back so much that, that allow for it. But yes, I mean, 0:32:16 the Supreme Court gave it a big hell no to just wiping out people’s debts. I think as an extension 0:32:20 of what you were saying, though, you know, school, yes, it’s too expensive. And I have two little 0:32:27 kids with the beginnings of their 529s. And I just can’t really fathom how much money is going to 0:32:31 have to be in those accounts for them to be able to go to the $4 million. A million bucks. At this 0:32:34 point, at this point, you’re looking at a million bucks. That’s even worse than what my financial 0:32:39 advisor said. So. For both of them. Only a half a million each. Unless they come down while you 0:32:42 and then it’s more than that. Well, if the podcast really works out, then everything’s going to be 0:32:50 fine. There we go. You’re set. You’re done. After this one episode. But I feel like it’s time, 0:32:54 especially with if it’s going to be Kamala, the prosecutor, and if she’s going to talk about 0:32:59 things like price gouging, if she’s going to talk about her experience going after the big banks 0:33:05 in California, I wouldn’t mind some sort of policy platform about going after universities. 0:33:10 And especially these ones that are sitting on endowments that are, you know, being propped up 0:33:16 by investing groups, you know, that are doing their two and 20s or whatever it is. And they’re 0:33:20 sitting on billions of dollars and they’re not helping students out, maybe because they know 0:33:24 that the administration might do that in the end, or most likely because they don’t care. 0:33:29 And they’re like, well, you’re going to have a degree that says Harvard or whatever it is, 0:33:34 and now state schools are even, you know, for a regular person, astronomically expensive. 0:33:37 But I would love to see that. And I think that would be popular across the board. You know, 0:33:42 if you’re looking for a policy that everyone can glom onto, if you said, I’m going to go after the 0:33:47 universities that are that are stealing your money and giving you, in some cases, worthless 0:33:52 degrees, you’re going to end up like the barista that you were mentioning. You know, landslide. 0:33:56 Stay with us. 0:34:05 What are some of the other central points of her economic plan? I feel as if she hasn’t done a 0:34:13 great job so far. And it feels like quite frankly, a lot of giveaways. What about on the revenue side? 0:34:18 They’re going to raise taxes. There’s a wealth tax. What else are they planning to do? 0:34:21 Trump has said he’s going to tear off the shit out of everybody. And that’s going to raise a 0:34:25 ton of money. How is she planning to increase revenues other than a wealth tax? 0:34:33 It’s a lot of just investing in the communities and regular, like the corporate rate, I don’t 0:34:38 think we’ll go up further than it is. I think they’re toying with, and I need to get back on 0:34:43 the website, the individual rate for the top, you know, the top top. Now we’re getting into like 0:34:49 the tippy tippy tippy job versus the tippy tippy tippy top. But I think that they are, and this is 0:34:54 where she’s going to rely back on actually the good economic news out of the Biden Harris administration. 0:34:59 You know, she has to toe that line of like, this is what I think was really good that we did. This 0:35:04 is what I think wasn’t so great. And I would have advised differently. And we’ll see how she does that 0:35:09 at the debate. So before we wrap up here, we have to talk about the debate. It’s being held. 0:35:15 We’re, we’re taking on Monday. Give us, I’ll just be curious, just riff on what you think about this 0:35:20 debate, what you’re expecting, what you think each candidate needs to do and any predictions you might 0:35:28 have. So Trump needs to just act like a human. And that’s always been the bar for him. And he’s 0:35:34 failed a majority of the time, which, and I’m looking forward to that, there was the big fight 0:35:39 about whether the mikes would be muted or not. And Kamala’s team obviously wanted them un-muted, 0:35:45 so they could see people really coming after her, especially when you have the gender dynamic and 0:35:49 the size differential. A lot of people have been focusing on that because, you know, she’s quite 0:35:55 short. And he is, well, he was six four before he started shrinking. I’m not quite sure what he is 0:36:01 now, but he’s a big guy. So I think for her, and we touched on this a little bit earlier in the podcast, 0:36:06 a lot of people don’t feel that they know her, especially people who are in the battleground 0:36:13 state. So I think she’s going to do a decent amount of the bio stuff again, but not in like the 0:36:19 mamala way. And this was what my background is. And this is how I brought those skills to the 0:36:23 vice presidency, you know, Senate vice presidency, and now hopefully as presidency, and that I am 0:36:29 ready on day one. And there’s a new ad out focusing on foreign policy, where I actually 0:36:33 thought she was the strongest at the DNC in her speech. I thought it was incredible. 0:36:42 As commander in chief, I will ensure America always has the strongest, most lethal fighting 0:36:48 force in the world. She’s going to be using the contrast of all these folks that worked 0:36:54 in foreign policy, the generals, et cetera, for Trump, who are now saying, I can’t endorse him. 0:36:59 He’s absolutely out of his mind. We’re going to be less safe. She’s going to lean into what a 0:37:06 better force for good America will be if she is the next president. But I really hope and I don’t 0:37:12 think that we’ve talked about this yet in general, like she’s not playing identity politics at all, 0:37:18 which I think is part of why she’s resonating as well as she has and has gotten this to a neck and 0:37:23 neck race when Biden, you know, was on his way, I think, to a pretty resounding defeat. You know, 0:37:28 she never talks about being a woman. She never talks about being a person of color. 0:37:35 She’s just Kamala Harris. And I think that he, well, he would obviously love to be able to 0:37:40 be as misogynistic and sexist and potentially racist as possible, but watching her kind of 0:37:46 steer clear of those little potholes will be interesting. I hope she can keep that up. 0:37:52 And I hope that the moderators really push him on explaining things. This is probably one of the 0:38:01 biggest uphill battles that I have on the five is, you know, people treat Donald Trump’s presence, 0:38:05 the fact that he’s actually just out there standing in front of a podium or quote unquote 0:38:09 taking questions as the fact that he’s being transparent, but he’s not actually explaining 0:38:14 anything. And now the policy pages are such a wonderful encapsulation of this. So Kamala Harris 0:38:18 has all of our policies with the dropdowns that explain them. And Donald Trump just has a list 0:38:25 of his policies. And some of them are like deport everyone. Well, you know, how are you going to 0:38:31 go around and find 15 million people that you’re going to throw out of the country? So I hope that 0:38:38 he’s really pushed on detail because I think that she’s pretty wonky and will be able to handle that 0:38:44 well. But she just needs to reassure like tens of thousands of people that it’s going to be okay. 0:38:48 And Pennsylvania is really important for this. And it’s a topic for next week because I know you 0:38:53 have a ton to say about it. But I was reading about all of the ads that Trump is running in 0:39:01 Pennsylvania and how they’re directed at young men. She’s doing much worse with men than Biden did 0:39:06 in that New York Times, Sienna poll, especially white working class men. And he’s just hammering 0:39:11 that. And so it’ll be interesting to see if things like that come up as well. 0:39:16 So I believe that we’re a much more Luxus nation and that as individuals are much 0:39:24 more Luxus than we want to admit. And I think Luxus aesthetics, when people saw the Reagan-Carter 0:39:27 debate, when they watched on TV, they thought Reagan won. And when they listened to it, they thought 0:39:35 Carter won. And JFK let them put makeup on them. And anyone who watched it thought Kennedy won. 0:39:39 And anyone who listened to it thought Nixon won. I think Luxus are important. And I think 0:39:44 that plays huge advantage to her. She’s an attractive, non-white, young woman. I didn’t 0:39:47 know she was short. I’ve never met her. She actually, she looks kind of… 0:39:51 Yeah. I assume she’ll be wearing heels. But the fact that she also is wearing converse a lot, 0:39:54 she’s really like, she’s a little pistol. Yeah. 0:39:59 Really? I didn’t know that. I thought she was kind of average height, so to speak. 0:40:07 By the way, he claims he’s 6’3,215. John Elway is 6’3,215. And so John Elway and Donald Trump, 0:40:11 yeah, they’re mirror images of each other. Same diet I’ve heard, the Cheeseburgers diet. 0:40:12 Yeah, physically. Broken ice cream. Yeah. 0:40:23 Physically, yeah. So I think she wins just moment one on that count. I have a thesis here, and I 0:40:28 want you to, I want to get your reaction to it. And that is, and this plays into my bias that 0:40:32 young men are the only special interest group that have been totally ignored recently, 0:40:40 who are really struggling. And I think old men are going Trump, young women are going Harris. 0:40:44 I do think similar to just as the election will be won by a handful of states. I think the overlooked 0:40:51 crowd here that is sort of up for grabs is young men, because there’s a bit of a myth that young men 0:40:55 are all fucked up in the head, and their incels, and they’re angry, and they’re 0:40:59 attracted to the man of fear and Trump. And I think what some of the research shows 0:41:05 is that it’s not that they’re moving towards the Republican Party. Gen Z and millennial men 0:41:11 actually believe just as much in gender equality as their female counterparts. 0:41:15 They’re actually quite progressive around gender equality. I think what’s happening is they’re 0:41:19 not moving towards the Republican Party. I think they’re moving away from the Democratic Party. 0:41:23 And the thing that just blew my mind, Jess, was I went on the dnc.org website, 0:41:30 and it has this section that says who we serve. And it lists 16 demographic groups, 0:41:37 everyone from the disabled, to veterans, to immigrants, to the disabled, to Pacific Islanders, 0:41:44 to blacks, to women, rural Americans, farm, it just, by my calculations, they listed somewhere 0:41:53 between 70 and 80% of America. The only people they didn’t list were men. And when you are in this, 0:41:58 I think the Democratic Party is struggling with the same problem that the DEI apparatus at 0:42:05 universities is struggling with. And that is when you claim to be explicitly advocating and advancing 0:42:11 the interests of 75% of your population, you aren’t advantaging them, you’re discriminating 0:42:17 against the 25%. And I think that’s how a lot of young men feel. They just, quite frankly, 0:42:23 don’t feel seen by the Democratic Party. And I don’t think it would be hard to recapture them. 0:42:28 I think they are very much pro-life. A lot of them have more progressive inclinations, 0:42:32 a lot of them are turned off by Trump. But I think at a minimum, they need to say, all right, 0:42:37 what are you doing to help my community that is killing themselves at four times the rate, 0:42:43 is addicted at three times the rate, is less likely to go to college, is having trouble finding a 0:42:48 mate, because women are dating older, quite frankly, is it okay? I just feel like a little 0:42:55 bit of something, a recognition of the problem, vocational programming, expanded freshman seats, 0:43:01 national service, even taking a victory lap around the Infrastructure Act, which supposedly the 70% 0:43:04 of the jobs are going to be for men without college degrees, but they don’t want to talk 0:43:08 about it because they’re worried it’ll ruffle the feathers of the far left. What do you think 0:43:14 about the idea of young men being the swing voters up for grabs here? I like it. I mean, 0:43:19 it’s a great headline, and it’ll get you a lot of buzz, which we’re always looking for in life. 0:43:25 But I think it’s also, I think it’s true, and I actually think it’s even more 0:43:30 base than what you’re saying. I think that if you said, we don’t think that you’re bad, 0:43:35 that it would be enough. Yeah, we don’t think you’re toxic. 0:43:43 I don’t fundamentally think that you’re broken because you’re a white dude. And it’s been 0:43:52 interesting with my friends, we all have little kids, and a lot of them who had sons were worried 0:44:00 about what culture is going to be like for them. These are going to be kids who have enough who go 0:44:04 to great schools, either a good private school or a great public school that they’re zoned for 0:44:12 or are on their way to college. They’re going to be raised in loving households with dads that 0:44:16 support their moms, all the good things. They’re going to be pro-choice. They’re going to care 0:44:20 about the climate. They’re going to think that there are too many guns on the street and that 0:44:26 school shootings are one of the most important stains on American culture that there is, 0:44:32 but they’re not going to be spoken to as equals. They’re going to have to do double the work, 0:44:40 triple the work to be a “allye” in the right way. And I don’t know if you remember this t-shirt that 0:44:47 was going around that you would see the future as female. And I’ve seen less of it lately, but it 0:44:53 really did see- What about books called The End of Men? Yeah, well, that too, as the corollary 0:44:59 to the t-shirt, like buy my t-shirt and then buy this book. And I do think, I don’t know if you’re 0:45:08 following that horrendous trial in France about the 70-year-old woman whose husband led dozens of 0:45:16 men come and rape his wife, drug her. And I think it’s really interesting in context with the default 0:45:22 position that men are so bad. Obviously, that is the most extreme case in the entire world. But 0:45:27 when you hear about things like that, and you’re not going to hear about a woman that did something 0:45:35 like that, maybe there’s some apparition example of it, but you look at things like that and you see 0:45:39 it just being pumped into the culture that men are the ones that are capable of these kinds 0:45:45 of things, right? Like men are the ones that would be doing the bad things. I think it permeates 0:45:52 further than it should. Yeah, I think it’s a big opportunity. So just as we wrap up here, 0:45:59 who do you think, regarding the debate, who do you think wins and why? What do you think the 0:46:03 narrative will be? Make a prediction. Who wins and why? And then I’ll give you my thoughts. 0:46:09 I think Kamala wins, because I think that she has, since she’s taken over the nomination, 0:46:15 understood the task at hand, which is to message to these raging moderates, 0:46:23 these swing state voters, to make her somebody that is hopeful, joyful, and progressive in the 0:46:30 progress sense of the word, not in the liberal sense of the word, and that she will contextualize 0:46:35 a vision for America that’s more palatable to the widest swath of people. But for Trump supporters, 0:46:41 he will do fine, but she’s the one who has a ceiling that can continue to grow. And we know 0:46:46 that he caps out about where he is right now. I like it. I hope you’re right. My prediction 0:46:52 is that he wins by virtue of the fact that I think expectations have been set so high for her and so 0:46:59 low for him. And also, I think that coronation, not competition, I don’t think she’s battle tested. 0:47:05 I think when you have candidates go through the primary process, they are quick on their feet. 0:47:11 They know how to deflect criticism. They know how to see a weak point and go after it. I don’t 0:47:16 think she’s out of practice. Anyways, we shall see. Well, I hope you’re wrong in the nicest possible 0:47:22 way. I hope I’m wrong as well. I mean, that’s sincerely. Anyways, that’s all for the inaugural 0:47:28 episode of Raging Moderates. We’re raging, Jess. We’re raging. Raging. Our producer. Raging. Our 0:47:33 producer is Caroline Shagren and Drew Burroughs is our technical director. You can find Raging 0:47:39 Moderates on the ProfG pod every Tuesday. Please subscribe. We will see you next week. Thanks, 0:47:46 everybody, for tuning in. Have a great rest of the week, Jess. Thank you, you too. 0:47:56 [BLANK_AUDIO]
Get ready for the election with us! Every Tuesday, Scott and The Five co-host Jessica Tarlov break down everything we need to know about the latest politics all through a centrist lens.
Today, Scott and Jessica discuss the latest polling data, their thoughts on both candidates’ economic policies, and their predictions for the presidential debate.
0:00:03 >> Support for ProfG comes from 8Sleep. 0:00:05 8Sleep is revolutionizing the way we sleep with 0:00:08 their innovative sleep technology known as the POD. 0:00:10 They’ve just launched the newest generation of the POD, 0:00:13 POD4 Ultra, which can cool down each side of the bed by 0:00:15 20 degrees Fahrenheit below room temperature, 0:00:18 keeping you and your partner cool during the hottest nights. 0:00:21 The best part, it’s easy to add to any bed. 0:00:24 Just add the POD to your current mattress like a fitted sheet. 0:00:27 Go to 8sleep.com/profg and use code 0:00:30 ProfG to get $350 off POD4 Ultra. 0:00:32 Currently shipped to the United States, 0:00:35 Canada, United Kingdom, Europe, and Australia. 0:00:42 >> There’s over 500,000 small businesses in BC and no two are alike. 0:00:43 >> I’m a carpenter. 0:00:44 >> I’m a graphic designer. 0:00:46 >> I sell dog socks online. 0:00:50 >> That’s why BCAA created one size doesn’t fit all insurance. 0:00:53 It’s customizable based on your unique needs. 0:00:56 So whether you manage rental properties or paint pet portraits, 0:00:58 you can protect your small business with 0:01:01 BC’s most trusted insurance brand. 0:01:05 Visit bcaa.com/smallbusiness and use promo code radio to 0:01:07 receive $50 off. Conditions apply. 0:01:09 >> Today’s number, $10 million. 0:01:11 That’s how much the US Open Signature Grey Goose Drink, 0:01:13 The Honey Deuce, brought in last year. 0:01:15 True story, Ed, I’ve been having all these podcasters, 0:01:20 Huberman, Atia, on the pod talking about how alcohol is terrible for you. 0:01:24 So I’ve decided to take action and I am no longer listening to podcasts. 0:01:34 [MUSIC] 0:01:36 >> Welcome to PropG Markets. 0:01:42 Today, we’re discussing Golden Passports and podcasting mega deals. 0:01:43 Hello, daddy. 0:01:46 Someone’s about to get sexier. 0:01:49 That’s right, bring me the mega, bring me the deal. 0:01:53 But first, but first, here with the news, 0:01:56 is PropG analyst Ed Elson. 0:01:57 Ed, what’s the good word? 0:01:59 >> I’m doing very well. How are you, Scott? 0:02:01 >> I’m doing great. Is everyone really happy to have me back? 0:02:02 >> Elated. 0:02:04 >> Yeah, sounds it. 0:02:05 So I take August off and 0:02:09 I’m Catherine and I are actually getting some work done this weekend and she’s like, 0:02:11 all the kids are gone. 0:02:12 So what did you do this summer? 0:02:13 Where did you go? 0:02:14 >> I didn’t go anywhere this summer. 0:02:16 I was just in New York. 0:02:19 >> We talked about this, your grandfather passed away. 0:02:19 >> Yeah. 0:02:20 >> That’s a buzzkill. Fuck that. 0:02:24 >> All right, Claire, Claire, what did you do? 0:02:25 >> I went to Copenhagen. 0:02:26 >> It’s Copenhagen. 0:02:28 You clearly don’t smoke enough pot. 0:02:30 It’s Pocahagen. 0:02:32 >> Well, I have a Chicago accent, so. 0:02:33 >> It’s beautiful in the summer, isn’t it? 0:02:35 >> Yeah, it is. It’s gorgeous. 0:02:36 And I went to Maine as well. 0:02:38 >> That doesn’t sound that interesting. 0:02:40 Allison, what about Allison, our associate producer? 0:02:42 Allison, where did you go on August? 0:02:46 >> I went to San Francisco and then drove to Yosemite and did some hiking. 0:02:47 >> Oh, how millennial. 0:02:52 >> Would you do like some crazy, crazy new fangled, okay, what’s in Yosemite? 0:02:53 Who are you with? 0:02:55 >> It was just me and my boyfriend. 0:02:57 >> God, healthy relationship Yosemite, fuck that. 0:03:00 Let’s get back to the fucked up world of technology. 0:03:02 Ed, bring the dysfunction. 0:03:05 Let’s get back to the markets. 0:03:07 >> Let’s start with our weekly review of market vitals. 0:03:13 [MUSIC] 0:03:19 The S&P 500 declined, with Nvidia’s 10% single day drop dealing a blow to the larger market. 0:03:24 The dollar slumped, Bitcoin sank, and the yield on tenure treasuries fell. 0:03:25 Shifting to the headlines. 0:03:29 The UK’s Competition and Markets Authority decided not to launch an in-depth 0:03:33 investigation into Microsoft’s hiring of inflection employees. 0:03:36 The CMA said that while the hiring does count as a merger, 0:03:40 it didn’t find evidence the merger would substantially lessen competition. 0:03:45 President Biden is preparing to block Japanese-based Nippon Steel’s attempt 0:03:46 to acquire US Steel. 0:03:51 US Steel’s CEO said that if the nearly $15 billion deal doesn’t go through, 0:03:54 the company will likely have to move its headquarters out of Pittsburgh 0:03:56 and lay off thousands of employees. 0:04:00 And finally, Andreessen Horowitz has closed its Miami office 0:04:02 just two years after opening its doors. 0:04:05 While the company signed a five-year lease for the office, 0:04:09 the firm shut it down because employees weren’t utilizing the space enough. 0:04:14 Scott, your thoughts starting with this decision on Microsoft and inflection? 0:04:19 >> I move to minds here because it’s clearly, well, when it feels like, 0:04:23 it feels like Microsoft/OpenAI are just running away with it. 0:04:30 Both the decision by Apple, Nvidia, and I think it’s Microsoft to fund the most 0:04:34 recent round for OpenAI, and I read that it has about a 70% market share. 0:04:36 It feels as literally they’re just running away with it. 0:04:41 So it strikes me that Microsoft should be under a pretty well-lit microscope 0:04:44 right now in terms of acquisitions. 0:04:48 At the same time, I think it also buttresses the notion that OpenAI and 0:04:53 Microsoft are running away with it because inflection, I think their argument was, 0:04:54 we’re fucked, we don’t have the scale here. 0:04:58 So I don’t know what to do in a situation like this. 0:05:02 We have a company that probably couldn’t compete, but this is just an aqua hire. 0:05:05 And I had Reid Hoffman on the podcast, I guess he’s one of the founders of 0:05:07 inflection and he claimed that it was still a company. 0:05:11 But this feels, again, and you’ve sort of been out in front of this, 0:05:16 a bit uncomfortable that one company seems to be just, they came in and 0:05:20 basically took their heart and their lungs and their liver. 0:05:24 They took the top employees and then claimed that it was a legitimate deal. 0:05:26 It just felt so weird from the beginning. 0:05:27 What are your thoughts? 0:05:28 >> Yeah, I agree. 0:05:30 I mean, we should just go over the context again for 0:05:36 people who may not remember, inflection is this AI company that has been working on 0:05:40 a chatbot similar to chatGBT and the idea is that it’s going to be more kind of 0:05:42 human, more personal. 0:05:49 And a year ago, they raised $1.3 billion and that round was led by Microsoft. 0:05:51 So this was a big deal. 0:05:56 The CEO was this guy Mustafa Suleyman who started Google DeepMind, 0:06:00 which is one of the leading AI companies back in the day. 0:06:03 This was supposed to be a big company. 0:06:08 And then a few months ago, something strange happened where Mustafa announced 0:06:13 he was leaving the company and so was the co-founder and so were half of the employees. 0:06:16 And where did they say that they were going to go instead? 0:06:20 Microsoft and now Mustafa Suleyman who was the co-founder and CEO of this 0:06:23 AI startup is now the CEO of Microsoft AI. 0:06:26 So as you say, the whole thing is very weird. 0:06:28 We’ve talked about it on this podcast before. 0:06:33 I found it very suspicious and so did the regulators in the UK. 0:06:38 So they launched this investigation and they have decided this was fine. 0:06:42 So first of all, they said, quote, our investigation has found that the transfer 0:06:46 of employees coupled with other tactical arrangements mean that two enterprises 0:06:47 are no longer distinct. 0:06:52 As such, the transaction does qualify as a merger under UK law and the CMA has 0:06:53 the jurisdiction to review it. 0:06:56 So that’s the first thing you’re saying is this was a merger. 0:07:00 They may pretend it’s an investment or a partnership, but it was basically an acquisition. 0:07:05 Second thing they said, however, quote, inflection is not a strong competitor to 0:07:09 the consumer chatbots Microsoft has developed directly, i.e. co-pilot and 0:07:12 in partnership with open AI, i.e. chat to BT. 0:07:14 And on this basis, we cleared the transaction. 0:07:21 So the argument they’re making is that inflection is or was a weak company. 0:07:27 And therefore, by taking them out of the competitive landscape, competition wasn’t harmed. 0:07:33 My view on this and I’d like to get your perspective is that that’s ridiculous 0:07:36 because inflection barely even had a chance to try. 0:07:38 I mean, it was the company was two years old. 0:07:41 This thing was destined to succeed. 0:07:45 And it feels that what actually happens is that Microsoft has got in there super 0:07:47 early and they nipped it in the bud. 0:07:51 And it feels like the precedent we’re setting here is that big tech is actually 0:07:55 allowed to suppress competition, crush competition. 0:07:59 It can do that as much as it wants so long as the competition is small. 0:08:04 So long as they do it early enough, such that that competition can’t grow into something bigger. 0:08:04 It’s an interesting take. 0:08:08 My take ever, my guess was it was actually the opposite. 0:08:13 And that is Reed, who is the founder, I think Reed would, if Reed believed 0:08:19 inflection had a shot of becoming a real player in the AI space, that he would have, 0:08:24 for a lot of reasons, love to have another feather in his cap, more diversification. 0:08:28 He’s already making a bunch of money on the Microsoft board or involved there. 0:08:33 I don’t think my sense is, and this is more disturbing in my view, 0:08:38 is that he has real insight into Microsoft, their assets, and the power and 0:08:42 progress of open AI and Microsoft’s co-pilot. 0:08:47 And then he really understands very well the progress to date of inflection, and 0:08:53 basically went to the team at inflection and goes, I know the competition, 0:08:58 the number one player really well in their assets and the lead, and I know what we have, and guys, we’re fucked. 0:09:02 And because I’m on the board of Microsoft, I’m going to get us a golden parachute. 0:09:04 I’m going to find great jobs for you guys. 0:09:06 We’re going to pivot to something else. 0:09:08 You’re going to get a little bit of money. 0:09:14 But I have seen the enemy, and the enemy has 10 Panzer tanks, and we’re here with a squirt gun. 0:09:18 So my sense is, he basically, what this says to me is that Reed Halfman, 0:09:21 one of the most talented people in technology, one of the most insightful 0:09:27 people who has near perfect symmetry of information on a startup in this space, 0:09:30 that has all the assets that any startup could ask for. 0:09:34 And then the leading player has said, a startup with everything it needs, 0:09:40 has no fucking chance against the leader right now, that they’re just running away with it. 0:09:45 And the best we can do is to have peace with dignity or to have somewhat of an honorable death. 0:09:50 We need to euthanize this thing now, or it’s going to get embarrassing and awful for all of us. 0:09:52 So I can see why they didn’t block this deal. 0:09:55 This company, I believe, didn’t have any shot. 0:09:55 So what are you going to do? 0:09:57 Just let it die a slow death. 0:10:06 But what I think it should say to the DOJ is, okay, you have a monopoly player emerging 0:10:13 that is going to be the most powerful player very early in what is the emerging technology globally. 0:10:14 Is that a good idea? 0:10:18 So this, to me, was more disturbing, but for other reasons. 0:10:20 I don’t think these guys, I don’t think these guys had a shot. 0:10:23 I think that’s what Reed decided or discerned. 0:10:27 I think that’s a fair reading, but it’s interesting that both of those readings lead to the same place. 0:10:29 Which is there is not enough competition. 0:10:35 So whether or not you agree with this specific ruling, overall, the theme remains the same, 0:10:39 which is these other companies can’t really compete with the big dogs. 0:10:47 And in one way or another, Microsoft is finding a way to totally squeeze out the rest of the competition in this space. 0:10:56 Speaking of blocking deals, any thoughts on this US Steel story and Biden’s decision blocking that deal 0:10:59 where Nikon Steel wanted to buy US Steel? 0:11:03 This is a mix of xenophobia, ego, and pandering the unions. 0:11:04 This is stupid. 0:11:08 If they were making air filtration systems or airbags, they’d let the deal go through. 0:11:13 But because Steel, for some reason, is seen as Pittsburgh and the part of America, 0:11:14 we need Steel to build buildings. 0:11:15 They want to get in the way of it. 0:11:18 I’m sure unions are trying to convince them that this is a bad idea. 0:11:20 This deal should absolutely go through. 0:11:24 The Japanese have better technology. 0:11:27 This is an industry that is consolidating mostly around China, 0:11:29 who produces 54% of global steel output. 0:11:33 The US and Japan produce four and 5%, respectively. 0:11:35 They need their each small players. 0:11:36 They need to bulk up. 0:11:39 This gets shareholders not a great outcome, but a decent outcome. 0:11:42 It gets them additional capital. 0:11:44 This is the basis of trade comparative advantage. 0:11:47 I mean, you’re talking about an ally. 0:11:52 We have aircraft carriers stationed off the coast of Japan to provide defense for them. 0:12:00 They are about as, other than the UK and maybe Canada, I can’t think of a stronger ally. 0:12:00 Well, maybe Mexico. 0:12:01 We have a lot of strong allies. 0:12:03 It’s great to be American, Ed. 0:12:04 It’s great to be American. 0:12:06 But they’re a fantastic ally. 0:12:12 And if the shareholders here and the people who run the company think we need to be a 9% player 0:12:16 to compete against the 54% player, this makes all the sense in the world. 0:12:21 And if this were any other category that wasn’t machoed up or tightly associated with 0:12:24 brand US, it would sail through. 0:12:29 This is politically driven, ego driven and pure xenophobia. 0:12:33 I don’t like it, Ed. 0:12:33 I don’t like it. 0:12:36 Yeah, I 100% agree with you. 0:12:41 It feels like a lot of it is to do with the fact that this company is called US Steel as well. 0:12:46 It’s this old, iconic American industrial company. 0:12:52 By the way, it was founded by Andrew Carnegie, JP Morgan, Charles Schwab and a bunch of other 0:12:55 sort of iconic old American industrialists. 0:12:57 And I think you’re exactly right. 0:13:01 It’s one of these political stories where it just isn’t a good look for one of the 0:13:06 oldest industrial companies in America to be sold to the Japanese. 0:13:09 That’s the kind of story that a voter will observe. 0:13:12 And at first glance, they’re going to say, “Oh, our country’s going to shit.” 0:13:14 But you look at the business case for this. 0:13:17 US Steel is shutting down steel mills. 0:13:19 They are laying off thousands of workers. 0:13:22 According to the CEO, if this deal doesn’t go through, 0:13:24 they’re going to have to shut down even more plants. 0:13:28 So if you keep this company under the current management, 0:13:32 it doesn’t actually work out that well for the unions or for our economy. 0:13:37 There’s not really any rational business case that you could make that this deal should be 0:13:38 blocked. 0:13:41 But again, this is a fun political story to jump onto. 0:13:42 And I think you’re exactly right. 0:13:48 Finally, this Miami office update. 0:13:49 Why does this make me happy yet? 0:13:50 Yeah, exactly. 0:13:52 Why does this make me happy? 0:13:53 I love it. 0:13:56 California is unbearable. 0:13:58 We can’t stand it here. 0:14:00 We’re sick of government mismanagement. 0:14:02 We’re going to Miami, and they go to Miami, and they’re all coming back. 0:14:08 My favorite is, who’s the, I don’t know, what’s the best way to describe him? 0:14:09 Self-hating douchebag. 0:14:09 I forget his name. 0:14:11 I’m going to guess you’re talking about Keith. 0:14:11 Oh, that’s right. 0:14:14 This is a very prominent VC. 0:14:16 His name’s Keith Reboy, who is one of the leaders of this. 0:14:19 We’re moving to Miami movement in the tech community. 0:14:20 Oh, here’s a good quote from him. 0:14:22 He complained in 2020 after moving them. 0:14:25 They’re complaining that San Francisco was, quote, 0:14:27 just so massively improperly run and managed. 0:14:29 It’s impossible to stay. 0:14:31 It’s impossible to stay there, Ed. 0:14:37 And four years later, Rebois has moved back to SF part-time and is renovating his house there, 0:14:38 he supposedly said. 0:14:39 Now, this is what’s happened. 0:14:44 He moved down there to recognize a capital gain at a lower tax rate and established residency, 0:14:48 and he’s figured out that his consensual hallucination, that a state that doesn’t 0:14:51 have a world-class engineering department, can ever be a player in tech. 0:14:55 He has figured that out probably painfully and quickly. 0:14:58 And now he’s pretending to be back in San Francisco renovating his house. 0:14:59 How’s it going, Keith? 0:15:01 How are you picking out curtains right now? 0:15:02 How’s it going? 0:15:04 Maybe a little soapstone in the kitchen. 0:15:06 Yeah, I bet he’s renovating his house, 0:15:09 and that’s why he’s spending more time back in the Bay Area. 0:15:13 There is a bit of a boomerang that a lot of people went to these low-tax states. 0:15:14 I think it’s important that these states compete. 0:15:21 And just as New York has, if you live in the city of New York, as you do, 0:15:26 I’m sure you see it every day, you can pay up to 13% in additional state and city taxes. 0:15:28 And the thing about Manhattan is it’s worth it. 0:15:34 And I think Chicago or Illinois is really going to suffer because I’m not sure that’s 0:15:35 worth the additional taxation. 0:15:40 But I think Manhattan is definitely worth it, or I would offer that it is if you can afford it, 0:15:45 that all of these VCs who moved out, a lot of them are moving back because they realize, 0:15:51 to California’s credit, there’s something about the alchemy of innovation, capital. 0:15:55 I would say one in three kids from my class, and this is NYU, 0:15:59 just get on a plane and head to the Bay Area because I think that is where that is where 0:16:06 shit is happening. That’s where innovation, and it’s still happening. It’s not like all, 0:16:10 and California has its problems. A lot of people say it’s ungovernable, a lot of people are angry, 0:16:14 and I can see why, at the homeless problem and crime in San Francisco. 0:16:20 But despite all these issues, the positives continue to outweigh the negatives, and you’re 0:16:27 starting to see prominent people or very successful VCs and Keith Rebois move back to San Francisco. 0:16:31 Yeah. Just a great stat here. Startups in San Francisco in the second quarter of this year 0:16:39 raised $19 billion. Startups in Miami in the same quarter raised half a billion dollars. 0:16:43 So there is a giant, giant golf, and I’m trying to think about why, 0:16:49 because this makes me super happy as well. I’m trying to think about why that is, 0:16:56 because it’s not that I have a problem with people moving somewhere else, and I have an issue with 0:17:03 tech pros moving to Miami. That’s fine. I think the issue is just how loud they were about this 0:17:08 whole thing. It’s just the idea that they turned this whole thing into this political story about 0:17:13 how liberals are ruining the economy. They’re ruining our lives. They’re ruining our culture. 0:17:18 Everyone is moving to Miami. That’s where everything’s happening. That’s where the money is, 0:17:25 and it just wasn’t true at all. So it’s not surprising to me that Andreessen is 0:17:30 packing up the Miami office because it feels like it just reflects a reality that we all 0:17:35 kind of sensed and kind of knew, but we weren’t really allowed to say for some very strange 0:17:40 reason. We were kind of bullied out of saying, actually, I think California’s probably doing fine. 0:17:48 On a more meta level, so I’m a resident of Florida. I’ve participated in some roundtables 0:17:51 around, okay, what does Florida need to do to maintain economic growth other than being a tax 0:18:01 haven or a retirement home? And my view is if you want to tap into the economy that’s probably, 0:18:04 or the part of the economy that we don’t know about a year or two years, but in 10 years, 0:18:11 as Josh Brown said, there’s an optimal default setting of optimism. Is technology 0:18:16 is going to continue to eat the planet and account for a greater share of GDP? What is 0:18:24 ground zero for that? Is it good governance? Is it warmer weather? What is it? The ground zero 0:18:29 for any tech company that ever hopes to be worth more than $10 billion that I can see, 0:18:34 is that every one of them is started within a bike ride of a world-class engineering university. 0:18:42 And it’s just no accident that the valley is smack in between, in San Francisco, smack in 0:18:47 between Berkeley and Stanford, two of the finest technical universities on the planet. 0:18:54 And quite frankly, Florida just doesn’t have it. And if you were to really be focused on 0:18:58 sustaining the economic growth that Florida has registered over the last two decades, 0:19:03 I think the best thing they could do, and if you wanted to be a hero in Florida, I actually 0:19:07 spoke to one of these individuals who has the resources to do this, it would be to do what 0:19:11 Paul Allen did at the University of Washington. He funded with, I think, $300 million a world-class 0:19:17 engineering university at UW. I mean, this is how ecosystems get started in technology. 0:19:23 Also, I would argue Miami, I think probably it’s easy to play Monday morning quarterback, 0:19:29 but I think going kind of all in on crypto gave it a little bit of a sketchy feel. 0:19:33 You’re telling me the path to prosperity isn’t Miami coin? 0:19:36 Yeah, remember that? They had a coin. I love that. 0:19:40 A state-sponsored cryptocurrency won’t produce. 0:19:43 Enduring innovation. Florida is going to be fine, but it’s not, 0:19:49 it’s still an amazing state that offers a ton of, you know, it has a ton of upside. 0:19:53 But these individuals, I just wish they were more honest. I wish I’d say 0:19:57 I have an unrealized gain, so I’m going to move to Florida. I like it there. The people are hot. 0:20:01 It’s a great place to live. I’m going to move there just long enough to establish 0:20:07 residencies so I can be taxed a lower rate. And then I’m going to slink back to the Bay Area where 0:20:13 people make real cabbage and where there’s an ecosystem where every other foot, there’s a 0:20:18 really interesting startup trying to raise capital. And none of them want to say this. 0:20:22 They all want to blame, they all want to blame the primary reason that they’re successful 0:20:28 and have registered their blessings. And that is the US government and specifically 0:20:33 the ecosystem in California that continues to churn out these incredible companies. 0:20:37 Anyways, enough of that. I still love Miami though. Still love Miami. Oh, 0:20:41 you should see Daddy at the Faena. He goes into that place called the living room with the porcelain 0:20:50 cheetah and he buys drinks for everybody. Hola! Hola, yes. We’ll be right back after the break 0:20:58 with a look at Golden Visas. 0:21:06 Support for this podcast comes from Huntress. Keeping your data 0:21:10 safe is important. However, if you’re a small business owner, then protecting the information 0:21:16 of yourself, your company and your workers is vital. And comes Huntress. Huntress is where fully 0:21:20 managed cybersecurity meets human expertise. They offer a revolutionary approach to managed 0:21:26 security that isn’t all about tech. It’s about real people providing real defense. When threats 0:21:31 arise or issues occur, their team of seasoned cyber experts is ready 24 hours a day, 365 days a 0:21:37 year for support. Visit huntress.com/propg to start a free trial or learn more. 0:21:43 Support for the show comes from Aid Sleep. You ever wonder how people in Silicon Valley sleep 0:21:48 at night? Well, apparently very well on some of the most innovative sleep technology out there. 0:21:53 Aid Sleep is revolutionizing the way we sleep with what they call the pod. You can add the pod 0:21:57 to your current mattress like a fitted sheet to automatically cool down or warm up each side 0:22:02 of your bed. They’ve just launched the newest generation of the pod, the Pod 4 Ultra. It can 0:22:06 cool down each side of the bed by 20 degrees Fahrenheit below room temperature. It can also 0:22:11 track your sleep time, sleep phases, heart rate, and even your snoring. And you know who’s gotten 0:22:15 to try out the new pod? What do you think, Ed? Tell us about your experience with the pod. 0:22:24 I love it, Scott. It’s great. It tracks my sleep, my heart rate, and the best part is that it cools 0:22:30 down my bed for me, which is awesome. It’s a great little addition to your nighttime routine. 0:22:38 Go to aidsleep.com/propg to use code “propg” to get get this, $350 off your Pod 4 Ultra. 0:22:47 Currently, it shifts to the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Europe, and Australia. 0:22:53 This episode is brought to you by On Investing, an original podcast from Charles Schwab. 0:22:58 Each week, hosts Liz Ann Saunders, Schwab’s Chief Investment Strategist, 0:23:03 and Kathy Jones, Schwab’s Chief Fixed Income Strategist, analyze economic developments and 0:23:09 bring context to conversations around equities, fixed income, the economy, and more. Join Kathy, 0:23:14 Liz Ann, and their guests as they share insights on what might be moving the markets and why, 0:23:19 as well as what indicators they are watching for signs of change. They’ll also answer investor 0:23:24 questions on everything from how sectors are evolving to what the bond markets are telling us, 0:23:28 to where to look for opportunities and considerations for your portfolio. 0:23:33 You can download the latest episode of On Investing and subscribe so you never miss an episode 0:23:40 at Schwab.com/OnInvesting, or wherever you get your podcast. 0:23:51 We’re back with ProfG Markets. JP Morgan is deploying a private banking team 0:23:55 to Dubai to capture the wealth of an influx of millionaires moving to the Middle East. 0:23:59 The United Arab Emirates has become the country of choice for the ultra-wealthy, 0:24:04 with more millionaires expected to relocate there this year than anywhere else in the world. 0:24:08 Other wealth managers such as UBS, Deutsche Bank, and HSBC 0:24:13 have also identified the Gulf as a growth region. Scott, what is going on here? 0:24:19 Why are we seeing this influx of millionaires moving to Dubai and other areas in the Middle East? 0:24:26 I mean, essentially, it’s economic opportunity. I went to Riyadh to a conference. I’ve been to 0:24:32 Dubai several times. What’s inspiring about these places is you meet a lot of entrepreneurs from 0:24:37 Europe and Asia. Basically, there’s just more economic opportunity now in the Gulf. Then you 0:24:43 couple that with very low taxes, if not zero taxes. It’s actually more attractive, I think, 0:24:47 for European citizens because if they move there, US taxes will follow you wherever you 0:24:51 go the rest of your life. You’ll always pay US federal taxes unless you turn in your passport, 0:24:55 which I don’t recommend you do. But I think if you’re a German or a Spanish citizen and you go 0:25:00 to Dubai, you literally pay zero taxes. If you’re a small business entrepreneur building websites or 0:25:06 you have an interior decorating firm or whatever it is, the economy there is just booming. You 0:25:11 not only have more upside, you have much lower taxes, and they’re very straightforward. It’s 0:25:17 like you play by our rules. That’s the downside. You don’t want to get caught with edibles. 0:25:17 Drinking. 0:25:21 Speaking for a friend. Oh, no, you can drink in Dubai. Riyadh, it’s- 0:25:24 You can drink at the Chip Rihanna. You probably can’t drink anywhere else. I don’t know. 0:25:33 My friend, you can drink anywhere in Dubai and catch the eye of a lovely woman from Russia who 0:25:40 is very interested in you. Again, speaking for a friend. No, Dubai is actually quite liberal. 0:25:48 And well-run. It just represents opportunity and more economic security for young people, 0:25:52 so it doesn’t surprise me. What’s surprising is that people used to move to a different city or 0:25:57 whatever. The fact that there’s these international relocations now, I do have a couple friends 0:26:05 who’ve relocated to the Middle East, Dubai. So my friends who’ve already made it are relocating 0:26:09 to Portugal to become taxpats and just hang out in Keshkais and live nice lives with their kids. 0:26:13 My friends who are kind of in their 30s and on the upswing and have a small business 0:26:18 are moving to Dubai to try and make more money. Sort of similar. I mean, I kind of did the same 0:26:23 thing. I moved to Florida thinking, okay, it’ll be a better quality of life. I’m massively going to 0:26:29 cut my burn by 40% and I’m going to reinvest my 13% a year in my top line from tax savings and 0:26:34 investments. But what you see as young people are becoming bolder. More people have passports, 0:26:38 more people are less intimidated by moving and they feel like they can stay in better touch with 0:26:43 their family with FaceTime. They’re just not as intimidated. And Emirates has now kind of opened 0:26:48 up the region. I mean, flying 14 hours on Emirates is like flying two or three hours on American 0:26:54 Airlines, right? It’s just about the same level of trauma to your system. It’s such a pleasant way 0:27:00 to fly that I think it’s really interesting. I think these, there’s just some core investments, 0:27:04 just as we were talking about how powerful an investment in a university can be. I think one 0:27:10 of the best investments the UAE made was in Emirates Airlines. It just sets this tone that, 0:27:14 wow, this is an amazing country. And I don’t mind going there because getting there is just so easy 0:27:20 and so nice and the airport is so, by the way, one of the best meals I’ve ever had is at the Doha 0:27:27 Airport. You don’t usually think about, I got a facial and an amazing meal at the airport in Doha. 0:27:31 That’s not, that’s not typically, by the way, go to an airport if you really want to, 0:27:38 if you really want to be radiant and, you know, in, in, in help with the pores and look younger, 0:27:44 go to an airport for a great, a great cosmetic treatment. Anyways, I think it’s interesting 0:27:47 and I really, have you been to Dubai? No, I haven’t. Yeah, it’s sort of like Vegas 0:27:52 without the charm. I don’t, I don’t love Dubai, but it’s impressive what they have built there. 0:27:59 Also, the, it’s, it’s kind of part of a trend around passports to become the newest luxury item 0:28:06 where people are starting to buy passports, so they kind of have a go bag. I had to jump through 0:28:12 all sorts of hoops to get a tech visa here, a tech talent visa, which isn’t easy at my age, 0:28:18 given I don’t know how to turn on my phone. So I got a five-year visa, but these places, 0:28:24 you can basically, you know, buy, buy citizenship. Let me, let me ask you this, if you felt, 0:28:30 so you make a certain amount of money, if, if you felt you could make the same money, 0:28:35 have the same or lower cost of living as you do in New York, but save 30% of taxes, 0:28:38 would you consider moving to Dubai? I would certainly consider it, yeah, 0:28:42 but I think I’d need to be making a lot of money such that I can be kind of, 0:28:48 at the very, very tip top of the hierarchy in Dubai. I think it wouldn’t be very, when you say 0:28:52 it’s not, America is a terrible place to be, poor and a wonderful place to be rich. I’ll bet 0:28:59 that’s even more true in Dubai. So I would have to think about that. But like on this golden visa 0:29:07 point, you mentioned, this is similar to you establishing residency in Florida. 0:29:12 It’s different because anyone can do that. And the difference that we’re seeing here in the 0:29:16 trend that we’re seeing around the world, you mentioned Portugal. Portugal is one of the 0:29:22 biggest countries for this golden, these golden visas. And now it’s becoming the UAE. 0:29:29 And basically what a golden visa is, is it says if you pay, you get to come and live here. 0:29:37 So in the UAE, the rule is if you buy a property worth at least two million dirhams, 0:29:46 which is around half a million US dollars, you get a visa. And this is the case in many countries, 0:29:53 actually over 80 countries today offer golden visas. Some of them offer golden passports, 0:29:57 which means that you can literally just pay to become a citizen. And at the moment, 0:30:06 demand for golden visas is up 15% in 2024. So this is a new phenomenon. I mean, 0:30:13 I’m sure this has existed in various forms throughout history, governments trying to 0:30:18 adjust their policy to attract wealthy foreigners. We’ve talked a lot about how the UK has done that 0:30:24 for a really long time. But golden visas specifically and golden passports are on the rise. 0:30:31 And I look at this trend. And to me, it’s concerning, just the idea that we are moving 0:30:36 to like a pay to play citizenship model, where it doesn’t actually really matter what your 0:30:39 nationality is. It doesn’t really matter if you know anything about the culture, 0:30:44 you’re not taking like a nationality test, you’re literally just paying money. And there’s okay, 0:30:48 come in here and now if you live in the UAE, as you mentioned, you pay very little in taxes. No, 0:30:55 you pay zero in taxes in the UAE. There’s no income tax, no inheritance tax, no estate tax. 0:31:00 And now everyone’s moving there and they’re just paying for it. So are you concerned about this 0:31:05 in the same way that I am, that we are just letting people pay to live wherever they want? 0:31:10 I’m not. Just as I think it’s good that Texas competes with California and that California 0:31:15 will have to get a shit together and offer its taxpayers better value at some point. 0:31:21 So in 2024, the UAE will attract the most millionaires followed by the US, Singapore and Canada. 0:31:26 On the flip side, China, the UK and India will lose the most. I think that competition is really 0:31:32 important. I think that nations competing against each other to attract people is really important. 0:31:40 I think that China will probably have to keep a check on somewhat of a check on human rights or 0:31:44 the way they treat people because I read some crazy stuff that two thirds of millionaires in China 0:31:48 have either left or are planning to leave. Right. In China and Russia, all the rich people are 0:31:51 leaving. Yeah. Supposedly the thing that’s really going to fuck the Russian economy is just the 0:31:59 brain drain. And so ensuring that your citizens are happy, otherwise they’re just going to 0:32:04 peace out, I think that’s a good thing. I think that competition, I think it’ll inspire the UK 0:32:10 to try and figure out. And it’s not only low taxes. And we were talking about this before. 0:32:15 I don’t think New York has any plans to lower its tax rate and it doesn’t need to because it offers 0:32:23 an amalgamation or an alchemy of culture, grid and opportunity that’s worth it. And I think 0:32:28 companies and countries that don’t make it worth it, that have a mix of high taxes and low opportunity 0:32:34 and low human rights or low modest or mediocre freedoms, people are just going to leave and 0:32:39 go somewhere else. It is a bit disturbing that millionaires get to do whatever they want and 0:32:45 buy citizenship. But it’s the financialization of everything. Welcome to the real world that 0:32:51 everything is about money increasingly. And it’ll create a more competitive environment. 0:32:57 But I think on the whole, countries competing against each other for its quote unquote most 0:33:01 productive citizens or its wealthiest citizens, I think that is primarily a good thing. 0:33:09 But it’s competition to serve such a small amount of people. I’ll just give an example 0:33:16 of where this is happening, which is the UK. You mentioned the UK is at the bottom of that list. 0:33:23 It’s seeing the greatest outflows of millionaires. And the reason behind that is that as we’ve 0:33:29 discussed before, the UK used to be sort of a tax haven for wealthy foreigners because of this 0:33:36 thing that we talked about called the non-dom status. It’s a tax classification for wealthy 0:33:42 foreigners who are living in the UK. And it basically exempts them from a certain amount of 0:33:47 taxes. And we can go into the details on what exactly those exemptions are. But the point is 0:33:50 wealthy foreigners live in the UK and they love it there because they get to enjoy all the nice 0:33:57 things. And also they get to pay less in taxes than regular UK citizens as a percentage of their 0:34:04 income. So the UK government has recently decided to scrap that. So non-doms or wealthy foreigners 0:34:10 will now be taxed the same as everyone else. And when that happened, as I’m sure you heard 0:34:14 from a lot of people in London, a lot of wealthy foreigners were like, oh, this is terrible, 0:34:22 we’re moving. This doesn’t work for us anymore. My instinct when I heard those rumors was that 0:34:29 it was kind of similar to Miami. It’s kind of bullshit. They’re saying, oh, this is terrible 0:34:33 because they just want to put up a stink and maybe get that tax policy reversed. But ultimately, 0:34:39 they want to keep going to 5 Hartford Street and running into you at Maison Estelle, etc., etc. 0:34:46 But then I saw the data, which is that the UK is expected to lose 10,000 millionaires this year, 0:34:50 which is the highest number ever. And this new economic analysis came out, 0:34:54 saying that because of the amount of non-doms that are leaving, the Treasury is expected to 0:35:00 actually lose tax revenues, expected to lose one billion pounds. And this whole thing was 0:35:05 supposed to increase revenues, but everyone’s actually leaving. And apparently, if we look 0:35:11 at the data, they’re literally moving to the Middle East. So how are governments supposed to 0:35:17 thread the needle here? Because it’s not that Britain’s implementing unfair tax policy. It’s 0:35:23 very fair, very moderate tax policy. But it’s just that somewhere else, the tax policy is 0:35:30 just preferential to rich people. So is it just a race to the bottom of 0:35:35 who can cater to the rich as much as possible? So a lot there. The first is I want to acknowledge 0:35:40 that I like your mentality in the sense that, okay, when the data changes, I change my mind. 0:35:46 And I have the same view as you. I have a close friend here in the UK, total baller does really 0:35:51 well and has residency in a low tax domain. And then when you heard about the non-dom thing, 0:35:57 he started covectioning that I’m leaving. This is going to be a huge hit to me. And I’m like, 0:36:01 “Boss, your kids are in school here. You love it here. You’re not going anywhere.” 0:36:07 And I was right on this specific instance. But for people who don’t have kids, for people who it’s, 0:36:14 you know, savings of tens of millions of dollars, the data you just put forward is really stark. 0:36:19 And the fact of the matter is if this tax policy meant to increase the treasury is actually going 0:36:23 to diminish it, then it was the wrong policy regardless of what you think of the morals of 0:36:28 it. So what needs to happen? I think that in general, you need a few things to happen. The 0:36:34 first is I think there has to be a tax policy that is a multilateral trade agreement. And the US 0:36:39 has to lead it because the US is the only one that has kind of the firepower to say, unless you 0:36:43 cooperate, we’re not going to give you access to the dollar. We’re not going to give you access to 0:36:50 CFIUS or not CFIUS, whatever the credit card trade. I mean, the US can kind of impose a sanction on 0:36:56 anybody and it kicks the shit out of it. The US can put almost any country, if not out of business, 0:37:01 it can make them much less wealthy if it wants to. And they flex that same muscle. You had a lot 0:37:07 of US corporations doing reverse mergers and relocating the corporate headquarters such that 0:37:12 they could not pay American taxes. So Janet Yellen and the president said, “No, we’re going to 0:37:18 implement a 15% AMT minimum tax that regardless of where your ‘headquarters’ are, you need to pay at 0:37:22 least a 15% corporate tax.” And then they forced everyone else, including Ireland, that was saying, 0:37:27 we’ll do it for eight to do that. Otherwise, we’re going to put you out of business. We’re going to 0:37:31 start with a tariff order. And UAE. Right. So you’re going to have to have, I think, some sort of 0:37:38 intercontinental or multilateral agreement around taxation. In addition, as a general rule, 0:37:46 the philosophy I would implement around taxation is the following. If you’re Jeff Bezos and you’ve 0:37:52 aggregated $160 billion in wealth in Washington as a function of the great junior colleges there, 0:37:58 the great public schools, the University of Washington, the Seattle Tacoma airport, the 0:38:04 unique culture of innovation there, and then you decide to peace out for Florida to “spend more 0:38:10 time with dad.” And you’re not going to give back to the infrastructure you’ve leveraged to become 0:38:16 one of the wealthiest men in the world. Boss, that dog just won’t hunt. The amount, the accretion 0:38:22 of wealth needs to be the taxes you pay on it, need to be based on where you accreted and built 0:38:27 that wealth. It’s the same bullshit all these VCs who claim that they hate San Francisco is pulling 0:38:32 but on an international scale. Galloway 2024, new tax policy. You heard it here first. Now, 0:38:36 but I need to be president of the world. Yeah, exactly. General consulate of the solar system. 0:38:48 We’ll be right back after the break with a look at a few mega deals in podcasting. 0:38:58 When Kamala Harris and Donald Trump met on the debate stage, it was 0:39:03 obvious that these were two very different people. But JD Vance and Tim Walls actually 0:39:08 have a lot in common. They’re both white men from the Midwest, they’re both family men, 0:39:12 and they were both in the service. But they disagree on what it means to be a man. 0:39:17 I heard my light pack. Surround yourself with smart women and listen to them and you’ll do just 0:39:21 fine. Today explained. Every weekday, wherever you get your podcasts. 0:39:30 This week on ProfG Markets, we speak with Lena Khan, chair of the Federal Trade Commission. 0:39:34 We discuss ongoing antitrust cases, how to measure consumer harm, 0:39:40 and her take on monopolies in big tech. We went through, you know, a 20-year period where the 0:39:47 Big Five technology companies, Apple, Facebook, Google, Microsoft, and Amazon collectively made 0:39:53 over 800 acquisitions and not a single one of which was challenged at the time. And now there are 0:39:59 lawsuits kind of retroactively identifying that some of those were missed opportunities and 0:40:03 failing to stop those deals had a really negative impact on the market. 0:40:08 You can find that conversation and many others exclusively on the ProfG Markets podcast. 0:40:19 We’re back with ProfG Markets. Podcasting deals are back and bigger than ever. Over the summer, 0:40:24 Alex Cooper of the Cole Her Daddy podcast signed a three-year contract with SiriusXM 0:40:31 for $125 million, jumping ship from Spotify. Meanwhile, Travis Kelsey and Dax Shepard 0:40:36 struck deals with Wundry for $100 million and $80 million, respectively, 0:40:47 and Joe Rogan renewed his contract for $250 million. Scott, 2024 might be the year of the podcast. 0:40:51 What are your reactions to these new podcast deals? 0:40:55 My reaction is fourfold. The first is Shama. The second is Lama. The third and fourth are 0:41:03 Ding and Dong. We’re rich, Ed. We’re rich. Boom. We’re each going to have a Ferrari or more likely. 0:41:05 I’m going to have two Ferraris. Yeah. 0:41:10 Then I’m going to buy you a Toyota with leather seats. 0:41:12 I’m going to be renting a Ferrari from you. There you go. 0:41:20 I think a lot about this. This is super exciting. A few things are going on here. One, 0:41:26 podcasting is one of the few growing ad-supported mediums. The key there is ad-supported because 0:41:32 the trend around all media has been to go behind a wall, whether it’s New York Times or Netflix or 0:41:40 HBO or the Financial Times. The best content is basically going subscription and ad-free. 0:41:46 Now, what does that mean? It means that if you’re Pepsi or Lexus, you’re becoming increasingly 0:41:51 desperate to find content that people will endure while they pelt you with the Lexus 0:41:55 September to Remember event. By the way, eating the clam chowder at the Lexus 0:41:59 September to Remember event wasn’t a good idea, Ed. It wasn’t a good idea. 0:42:10 Anyways, that makes me happy. Back to our program. If you have a vehicle, a media vehicle, 0:42:15 such as the one that the two of us are on right now, that people are willing to endure ads on, 0:42:21 that asset becomes more and more valuable because there are few and few of them. This is why you’ve 0:42:26 seen an explosion in the value of sports franchises because they can garner TV rights or sell their 0:42:32 TV rights and people are still willing to endure ads in live sports. They’re not willing to endure 0:42:38 ads in original scripted drama anymore, but they are willing to endure ads so far in audio, 0:42:45 specifically podcasts. You have seen a dramatic uptick this year. We’ve seen it in our numbers 0:42:54 in advertising. What you see is a few of the bigger players, Sirius, Spotify, Wondry, who has 0:43:02 Amazon, iHeartRadio, Vox, who we distribute our podcasts through, they are paying up because 0:43:09 their valuations, if they can show growth in an ad-supported medium, that creates a lot of 0:43:15 shareholder value. Podcasting has also evolved. It used to be celebrities. The era of sign up the 0:43:23 Obamas and Prince Harry and Meghan and pay them $10 million for them to do nothing, that’s over. 0:43:28 But these folks who are proven commodities, who have big audiences that are growing, 0:43:34 that ring the register with advertisers, they’re getting bigger and bigger deals. Now, 0:43:38 these deals are probably a bit misleading because let’s break it down. 0:43:42 Armchair Expert, $80 million. That’s Dax Shepherd’s podcast. 0:43:47 That’s Dax, yeah. But let’s assume it’s four years. That’s $20 million a year. I bet there are revenue 0:43:58 guarantees in there. They all want a headline number that’s really big, but I would bet that 0:44:03 the folks at Armchair Expert gave Wondery a business plan and they said, “Fine, we believe you, 0:44:08 and you need to hit these numbers. And if you do and you continue to grow 20 or 30% a year, 0:44:12 you’re going to get $80 million total over four years.” This is, I got to be honest, 0:44:17 this is really exciting for us. We’re peaking at the right moment. The property enterprise, 0:44:24 markets, conversations, this pod is growing in 20, 30% quarter on quarter. The other pod pivot 0:44:32 is a juggernaut, and our deal with Vox is up in May. So we’re out there positioning ourselves, 0:44:35 and my guess is we’ll probably end up staying with Vox because we like working with them so much. 0:44:40 But oh my gosh, it’s going to cost you, folks. It’s going to cost you. 0:44:46 Yeah. So this is the ultimate question. What is a multi-year contract with Scott Galloway 0:44:49 and Ed Elson? What is that going to be worth in 2024? 0:44:57 All the chickens ale and sea alice that daddy wants. I don’t know. I’ve done a bunch of deals 0:45:02 directly with firms. Money’s meaningful to me right now. It’s not profound. 0:45:04 I’m going to call it profound for me, but let’s keep going. 0:45:10 And in terms of a number, I haven’t thought about a number. 0:45:11 Yeah, you have. 0:45:12 I haven’t thought about a number I’m willing to share. 0:45:18 I basically like to just, I’m building a pool at my new house. I’d like to fill it with cocaine. 0:45:24 And I don’t know how much that would cost. I don’t know how much that would cost. 0:45:27 And I also want to be married under the four or five times to people from Eastern Europe. 0:45:29 I’m curious what that would cost. 0:45:32 Yeah, you got to factor all of this in. 0:45:36 No, this is going to take some real money. Plus, I need a scrotum lift. 0:45:38 I’m getting more and more Botox all the time. 0:45:42 I have it. Look, it’s not cheap. It ain’t me. 0:45:43 It’s not cheap. 0:45:45 It’s not cheap. I got to pay you guys. 0:45:48 You got to get a scrotum lift at the Doha airport. 0:45:50 Yeah, best facial I’ve had. 0:45:54 Well, just on this point of subscriptions versus ads. 0:46:00 So you’re pointing out that ad spend is increasing on podcasts and here’s some data. 0:46:05 Ad spend increased 22% this year according to one research report on all podcasts. 0:46:10 Spotify says 2024 will be the company’s biggest year for podcasting. 0:46:16 And on a separate note regarding subscriptions, 62% of consumers who use streaming services 0:46:21 report subscription fatigue and that’s up from 46% in 2020. 0:46:26 So ads are kind of becoming king again, certainly the podcast world. 0:46:31 And you made this point that listeners are willing to endure them. 0:46:39 And that is something that we should zero in on because ads are increasingly dominating 0:46:48 this space in 2021 ads took up an average of 7.5% of total podcast show minutes across all podcasts. 0:46:49 And today that number is 11%. 0:46:52 So it’s grown very significantly. 0:46:56 We are hearing more and more ads in our podcasts. 0:47:00 Our listeners, I’m sure will be feeling this too. 0:47:03 We are definitely not bucking that trend. 0:47:09 And there might be a concern soon that podcasts similar to TV are just too ad heavy. 0:47:11 It just becomes insufferable. 0:47:13 So where do you stand on that issue? 0:47:16 Are you concerned at all about just ad fatigue? 0:47:19 So about four years ago, every three months, we would have a conversation, 0:47:23 a serious conversation around taking property and pivot behind a paywall 0:47:27 and putting the no mercy, no mouse newsletter there and just saying a hundred bucks a year 0:47:27 for all of it. 0:47:29 And there’s something that’s very attractive about it. 0:47:35 No ads, focus on the content, have a customer base that is really into it. 0:47:37 Sam Harris is sort of forged this model. 0:47:43 I think Sam Harris probably has three or 400,000 subscribers paying a hundred bucks 0:47:44 to the math. 0:47:45 He’s making a shit ton of money. 0:47:46 He’s very happy. 0:47:51 He doesn’t have to go to the lowest common denominator or read an ad about for some 0:47:53 crypto platform or whatever. 0:47:56 So it was really attractive. 0:47:59 But we were smart enough to figure out, I thought, you know what? 0:48:03 I do think that these advertisers are going to need places and everything is, 0:48:08 we’re going to go, the market is never, the market never finds a balance. 0:48:11 And my subscription is just was the right move 10 years ago. 0:48:14 It’s not any longer because there’s still too many advertisers that need to reach people. 0:48:16 And that number, 23% growth. 0:48:19 I think that means podcasts are growing faster than Alphabet right now. 0:48:24 I mean, that is 23% other than Metta and TikTok. 0:48:28 I think that means podcasts are the fastest growing ad supported medium in the world right now. 0:48:32 And so everyone has their greed glands going and their checkbooks out. 0:48:36 At some point, we’ll hit a limit in terms of ad fatigue. 0:48:40 The thing that’ll happen, that’ll ruin it, if you will, or not ruin it, but change it, 0:48:42 is right now, it’s pretty easy to skip an ad. 0:48:47 At some point, advertisers are going to start tracking ads listened to. 0:48:53 And that that will probably change or force podcasts to reduce the number of ads, 0:48:56 such that people don’t immediately get fatigued and start skipping everything. 0:49:00 Also, what’s different or unique about this medium is the host readover. 0:49:02 We read all our ads. 0:49:08 And it’s been shown that when I say I have a Hastens bed, is that what it’s called? 0:49:08 Hastens? 0:49:09 Hastens. 0:49:09 Hastens. 0:49:10 Anyways. 0:49:10 Hastens. 0:49:12 Hastens, Hastens. 0:49:13 Hastens, Hostens. 0:49:13 Hostens, Hastens. 0:49:15 They’re nice expensive beds. 0:49:16 Yeah, it’s a $12,000 mattress. 0:49:20 Anyways, they’re an advertiser and they were kind enough to invite this into their store 0:49:22 to try a mattress. 0:49:24 And I’m like, I’m not going to go into some strange store and lay down. 0:49:26 Like, that’s supposed to be a feature. 0:49:29 Anyways, it ends up, which I never do. 0:49:32 I think I spilled some rum in my bed or something. 0:49:37 And for the first time, I took the cover sheet off and I see a Hastens logo. 0:49:41 And I’m like, oh my God, I buy this Swiss bitch of a mattress or whatever. 0:49:44 It’s a Northern European mattress that has like– 0:49:45 Swedish. 0:49:47 Gnomes with freakishly small hands sewing this thing. 0:49:49 And it is a great mattress. 0:49:54 But in the next ad read, I will say I have this mattress and I love it. 0:49:55 And the advertiser loves that. 0:49:57 And so do listeners. 0:50:02 The host readover is much more effective because people, when they hear the continuity of your 0:50:06 voice, if they’re on your pod, it means they sort of trust you and they’re sort of interested. 0:50:08 But this is a medium. 0:50:11 The ad market needs a place to find consumers. 0:50:16 This medium is going faster than anything but all but the strongest digital platforms right now. 0:50:18 And people are breaking out their checkbooks. 0:50:21 It’s a great time to be in podcasting. 0:50:25 I’m manifesting a $60 million deal next year. 0:50:26 That’s what I want. 0:50:27 You know what’s funny you said this? 0:50:28 Yep. 0:50:33 I went on, I’m fascinated by ChatGBT and Claude and AI in general. 0:50:36 I went on and I uploaded our numbers. 0:50:39 I uploaded our downloads, our numbers, our revenues. 0:50:42 This is the guy who said, I haven’t thought about it. 0:50:45 I just want to be happy, Ed. 0:50:45 Go ahead. 0:50:47 I just want to make other people happy. 0:50:48 I just want to be healthy. 0:50:51 You know, I’m rich in terms of the number of people who love me, Ed. 0:50:53 That’s how I count well, Ed. 0:50:56 Three different AI assistants to help them think about it even more. 0:50:57 Shut the fuck up. 0:51:03 Anyway, so I uploaded all the data I had on our pods and I said, 0:51:04 please look at all these different deals. 0:51:07 These are the potential partners. 0:51:08 This is when our deal is up. 0:51:10 Please provide me a range of a likely size of a deal. 0:51:15 And both of them came back with nearly the same number, 0:51:16 which I thought was really interesting. 0:51:22 And after the deal is done, I will disclose what AI projected we were going to get 0:51:23 and what we actually got. 0:51:24 But it’s going to be very interesting. 0:51:25 I hope it’s big. 0:51:26 I really hope it’s big. 0:51:27 Let’s take a look at the week ahead. 0:51:31 We’ll see the consumer price and producer price indices for August. 0:51:35 And we’ll also see earnings from Oracle, Adobe and Kroger. 0:51:36 Do you have any predictions for us, Scott? 0:51:39 So it feels as if the worm has turned against big tech. 0:51:42 The CEO of Telegram being arrested in France, 0:51:45 Twitter being banned in Brazil, 0:51:49 Google being found guilty by a court of monopoly maintenance, 0:51:55 the DOJ sending a warning letter or firing a flare across the bow of NVIDIA. 0:51:58 Apparently that wasn’t true, by the way, the NVIDIA subpoena. 0:52:00 That’s what NVIDIA said. 0:52:03 NVIDIA saying they didn’t hear from them. 0:52:06 And then later today, though, didn’t they say that they’ve been in touch or something? 0:52:08 I know they initiated an investigation. 0:52:10 The whole thing is very weird. 0:52:12 But I mean, they’re certainly investigating NVIDIA. 0:52:14 So I think what you’re saying still remains true. 0:52:17 Look, don’t get in the way of my narrative with data and truth, all right? 0:52:20 Anyways, I think the worm has turned against big tech. 0:52:24 And this bullshit that, oh, the screams of free speech. 0:52:27 So news alert, crime is not speech. 0:52:34 If Ed, if you and me owned a hotel and we knew that there was trafficking 0:52:38 and there was child abuse taking place and illegal drugs being sold, 0:52:40 and the authorities contacted us and said, 0:52:42 “We know this is going on there and we need your help.” 0:52:44 And we stuck up the middle finger and said, 0:52:47 “No, it’s free speech. We would be in a world of hurt.” 0:52:49 Crime is not speech. 0:52:53 And people have had it with these folks believing what everyone has been telling them, 0:52:59 from the stock market to a fawning media to bought-off senators and commerce people, 0:53:02 that somehow they are not subject to the same standards of decency 0:53:06 or care for the commonwealth as every other company and every other individual. 0:53:07 So my prediction is the following. 0:53:11 In the next six months, you are going to see a high-profile tech executive 0:53:15 when he or she lands in their favorite vacation spot, cuffed. 0:53:18 The world has had it with these guys. 0:53:22 And we’re going to start to see more local enforcement agencies say, 0:53:24 “Well, if you’re in any other industry, we’re going to arrest you. 0:53:26 So guess what? We’re arresting you.” 0:53:32 This episode was produced by Claire Miller and engineered by Benjamin Spencer. 0:53:33 Our associate producer is Alison Weiss. 0:53:35 Our executive producer is Catherine Dillon. 0:53:37 Mia Silverio is our research lead. 0:53:39 And Drew Burroughs is our technical director. 0:53:42 Thank you for listening to Prof2Markets from the Vox Media Podcast Network. 0:53:46 Join us on Thursday for our conversation with Lynn Alden, only on Prof2Markets. 0:53:55 [MUSIC] 0:54:11 You held me in kind, reunion, as the wall turns 0:54:19 and the dark lights in love. 0:54:29 [MUSIC]
Scott and Ed open the show by discussing the UK’s investigation into Microsoft’s Inflection acquihire, as well as Nippon Steel’s potential acquisition of US Steel and Andreesen Horowitz’s decision to close its Miami office. Then Scott shares his thoughts on why millionaires are flocking to the Middle East and why he’s not concerned about the rising popularity of golden passports. He also explains how he thinks countries should handle taxation in order to attract citizens. Finally, Scott and Ed discuss why the podcast industry is booming right now, and what it could mean for Prof G Media.
0:00:04 There’s over 500,000 small businesses in B.C. and no two are alike. 0:00:05 I’m a carpenter. 0:00:06 I’m a graphic designer. 0:00:09 I sell dog socks online. 0:00:12 That’s why B.C.A.A. created one size doesn’t fit all insurance. 0:00:15 It’s customizable, based on your unique needs. 0:00:19 So whether you manage rental properties or paint pet portraits, 0:00:23 you can protect your small business with B.C.’s most trusted insurance brand. 0:00:29 Visit bcaa.com/smallbusiness and use promo code radio to receive $50 off. 0:00:30 Conditions apply. 0:00:37 Hey, I’m Jon Collin Hill, host of a brand new show from Vox called Explain It To Me. 0:00:40 This week, the ethical murkiness of zoos. 0:00:46 Do we as humans feel like we deserve to just be able to walk around and see these animals? 0:00:48 Maybe we don’t deserve that. 0:00:51 Maybe there’s just some animals we don’t get to see. 0:00:53 To zoo or not to zoo? 0:00:55 That’s this week on Explain It To Me. 0:01:02 Listen wherever you get your podcasts. 0:01:07 Scott, what would be your advice to someone who wanted to start a company with a family member? 0:01:12 First, first word that came into my mind was don’t. 0:01:17 Look, I just think it’s situational. 0:01:21 It’s it’s so much of resting on the family dynamic. 0:01:28 I mean, I always thought I would never want to leave my kids a lot of money and I wouldn’t 0:01:31 want to work with my kids because I enjoy my relationship so much with them that I’d 0:01:36 hate if we didn’t get along professionally that it could put strain on the relationship 0:01:37 itself. 0:01:40 But at the same time, I also love the idea of building something that I could give to my 0:01:46 kids that they could that they could enjoy and build and family businesses. 0:01:50 A lot of people, you know, there’s a lot of family businesses and for a lot of people, 0:01:52 I think they’re very rewarding. 0:01:53 I just think it’s situational. 0:01:58 If two brothers get together and they have an idea for something, I get it. 0:02:03 I would think, and maybe this is because I’m not very close with my family, I was close 0:02:08 with my mother, but I hate having that many eggs in one basket. 0:02:13 It’s just the idea of adding another potential point of dysfunction where you start a business 0:02:15 together and it doesn’t work. 0:02:16 I just think it’d be devastating. 0:02:22 Like, if I started a business with my son and it didn’t work, right, and it put tension 0:02:26 on the relationship, that would be heartbreaking for me. 0:02:31 So what I would suggest is that if you are thinking about a business with a family member 0:02:36 that you immediately have an informal board of directors and that is someone outside of 0:02:42 the family that you both trust that can serve as a fiduciary for kind of coaching you around 0:02:48 issues, because it’s one thing if your business goes bad, but to strain a relationship in 0:02:51 a family, I think it would just be devastating. 0:02:56 I knew one of the nephews and nieces, one of the privileged jerks of the Bronfman family, 0:03:01 and I remember I had to share with them in the Hamptons, and this person was shitposting 0:03:03 Edgar because he’d lost so much money. 0:03:06 I’m confused why a Bronfman was in a sharehouse. 0:03:07 Yeah. 0:03:08 Sorry, go ahead. 0:03:09 He was in a sharehouse. 0:03:10 Yeah. 0:03:11 Yeah. 0:03:12 He had hot friends. 0:03:17 Anyways, but I remember her just talking so much shit about Edgar because he bought 0:03:21 some company and turned $8 billion of their fortune into a billion. 0:03:22 I don’t know. 0:03:26 It just feels, and then, you know, my entire insight into a family business is succession 0:03:31 and they all look fucked up and like they hate each other, so my general instinct is 0:03:38 I don’t want to say never, but I think you’re better off doing it with friends because I’m 0:03:41 still close with my initial business partner. 0:03:42 No, it’s not true. 0:03:44 We’re still friends, but we’re not close. 0:03:47 We just had a different approach to business over time, and while we’re still friends, 0:03:49 I invest in his companies. 0:03:53 I know I could count on him for anything, and he knows he could count on me. 0:03:57 But if we were like brothers, and there was sort of that what I’ll call easing back from 0:04:03 the relationship, I think it would put a strain on our brotherhood, and I just, I think family’s 0:04:04 so precious. 0:04:13 My initial inclination is tread carefully around that. 0:04:15 Welcome to First Time Founders. 0:04:20 Since COVID-19, the dynamics of the workplace have significantly shifted. 0:04:24 Nearly half of Americans today feel unsatisfied with their jobs, and more than half feel they 0:04:27 are lacking in professional growth. 0:04:29 Companies meanwhile have done little to address this. 0:04:35 83% of companies say developing leaders is important, but only 5% have actually developed 0:04:37 leadership programs. 0:04:41 My next guest, while at business school, came up with an idea to address the problem, an 0:04:45 online platform for group-based leadership development and coaching. 0:04:49 And to get this idea off the ground, she tapped a veteran, her co-founder as a former partner 0:04:54 at Goldman Sachs, a current board member of Amazon and PepsiCo, and also happens to be 0:04:56 her mother. 0:05:01 After launching in 2020, the mother daughter duo went on to raise $4 million in funding 0:05:05 from investors, including Andreessen Horowitz, and now works with over a dozen Fortune 500 0:05:08 companies to support their emerging leaders. 0:05:15 This is my conversation with Jordan Taylor and Edith Cooper, the co-founders of Medley. 0:05:17 Jordan and Edith, thank you for joining. 0:05:19 Thanks for having us. 0:05:24 So you are definitely the first mother daughter duo that we’ve had on the program. 0:05:29 We’ll get into that relationship in a bit, but let’s just start with the company. 0:05:33 Jordan, what is Medley and what inspired you to start this company? 0:05:36 Medley is an enterprise group coaching platform. 0:05:37 So what does that mean? 0:05:43 We work with large companies to design, launch, and scale group-based coaching programs, solving 0:05:47 for connectivity in addition to leadership development. 0:05:52 And our participants are usually people in their 20s, 30s who are really looking to figure 0:05:57 out their careers and how they want to lead and influence others. 0:06:02 The idea for Medley was actually inspired by a course that I took in my last semester 0:06:03 at Harvard Business School. 0:06:09 It was called Authentic Leadership Development, and the class took place in small groups. 0:06:14 So you’re sitting with six people in a room for two hours every single week. 0:06:16 It was completely transformative. 0:06:21 I learned so much about myself, about other people, how to engage with them. 0:06:24 My perspective was expanding. 0:06:29 And after I did some digging, I realized that these small groups were actually everywhere. 0:06:34 They were in a lot of different spaces, whether it was AA or Weight Watchers or religious 0:06:40 constructs, even with executives, organizations like YPO existed and had a huge success. 0:06:45 And so as I was thinking, okay, how could we build something where more people can access 0:06:53 this meaningful growth experience? I had been keeping my mother in the loop and from the 0:06:58 lens of thinking about exploring this idea, I think there’s something in groups. 0:07:00 Not sure what the business is. 0:07:08 She had retired from Goldman Sachs about six months prior to one of these pivotal conversations. 0:07:13 And she thought she was going to retire, join a couple of boards, spend a lot of time outside 0:07:16 and with friends. 0:07:20 And she actually called me after one of those updates and said, “Jordan, I think we should 0:07:22 be building Medley together.” 0:07:23 Oh, wow. 0:07:24 Yeah. 0:07:25 Okay. 0:07:29 So I think, did she know what it would be like to build a startup from scratch? 0:07:30 No. 0:07:34 To be fair, neither did I. 0:07:38 But I think that’s just been a highlight of the experience that I’m sure we’ll delve 0:07:39 more into. 0:07:40 Yeah. 0:07:44 We’ve been really working on the business together for the past five years. 0:07:48 My next question for you, Edith, was going to be how did Jordan convince you, but it 0:07:50 sounds like you didn’t need much convincing. 0:07:56 No, I really didn’t because what she was focused on was something that had always mattered 0:08:01 deeply to me as a business person, as a leader, and quite frankly, as a human. 0:08:09 I had the good fortune and shall we say, persistence to have worked in financial services for more 0:08:11 than three decades. 0:08:16 And my last job at Goldman Sachs was running human capital management, otherwise known 0:08:17 as HR. 0:08:20 That was an interesting time at Goldman. 0:08:26 And it became very clear to me then, probably because it was my full-time gig, but it always 0:08:34 been clear that my job, our job as colleagues, as leaders, as people were to create an environment 0:08:38 where people can really thrive, not just a certain type of person who can morph themselves 0:08:43 into the mold of what had been successful before, but for a broad group of people who 0:08:46 brought many talents to the organization. 0:08:51 And so as Jordan and I were talking about the significance of learning how to show up 0:08:57 for yourself in the context of others, that’s how I think about groups and groups performance. 0:09:01 It seemed like it was something that was so important and I wanted to join. 0:09:07 And I also wanted an opportunity to work closely with Jordan. 0:09:15 I’d been her mom since day one, but I saw the evolution of her approach to business 0:09:19 and to commerce, and I thought I could learn a lot. 0:09:21 And I certainly have. 0:09:24 How do these group lessons work? 0:09:25 Is there a leader? 0:09:28 Do people, is it sort of like a seminar? 0:09:29 How does it work? 0:09:33 So your methodology works, it is pretty far from a seminar. 0:09:36 So we have coaches who lead every group session. 0:09:40 So from a participant standpoint, the first thing you do is you fill out our matching 0:09:44 questionnaire and we match you to a group of other leaders who are experiencing similar 0:09:49 challenges and are in a similar place in their careers and leadership journeys. 0:09:54 The groups meet over the course of eight sessions, over the course of four to eight months. 0:10:01 So they’re working with the same coach throughout, but it is very different and far from a typical 0:10:02 training. 0:10:06 You know, when you think about the training that you might have at your company, you might 0:10:10 think of sitting in a big room, watching a big screen or watching a Zoom lesson. 0:10:11 Yeah, a presentation. 0:10:12 Yeah. 0:10:14 No, this is incredibly interactive. 0:10:19 Our coaches are really going deep with people and our style really does incorporate the 0:10:23 personal and the professional because it’s so clear now that there’s just a blending 0:10:28 that is a result of the world that we live in. 0:10:34 Edith, do you think that what you’re providing now is missing based on your experience, you 0:10:39 know, you’ve worked at Goldman Sachs, you’ve also been on the boards of Etsy and Slack, 0:10:44 you now sit on the boards of Amazon and PepsiCo, do you feel like what you’re providing with 0:10:49 Medley is missing from large enterprises such as the ones you’ve worked at? 0:10:53 I think that if you were to talk to most organizations, certainly the ones I’ve been 0:10:58 involved in, and you asked what really makes a difference to the culture, at some point 0:11:02 they would say cultural values and they could name them and they would say managers are 0:11:05 important, leadership is important. 0:11:10 But I would say historically, when you said, okay, what does that mean? 0:11:14 You’d get a lot of different types of answers. 0:11:16 Some people would say, oh, there’s a lot of soft skills. 0:11:22 You have to, you know, be approachable, accessible, et cetera, but what I’m seeing now, what we’re 0:11:29 seeing is that what we used to think about as soft skills, listening, reacting, interpreting, 0:11:32 understanding, are not actually soft at all. 0:11:36 They are actually quite challenging. 0:11:37 They’re hard. 0:11:42 And so what Medley does is it creates opportunities for people to show up in these small groups 0:11:47 of six to eight people with a professional coach to really put to practice how they show 0:11:53 up as individual for the benefit of themselves, but also the benefit of the group. 0:11:54 What is a group? 0:11:55 A group is a team. 0:11:57 What is an organization? 0:11:59 A bunch of different teams. 0:12:05 And so it’s been very, very exciting and rewarding to see the impact that we’ve made on the 0:12:07 employees experience. 0:12:12 We’ve worked very hard to make sure that Medley is integrated into the overall talent framework 0:12:15 and we’re excited about the forward. 0:12:17 And by the way, I totally agree with that. 0:12:22 My experience, my professional experience so far is that most of work is soft skills. 0:12:26 Granted, I’m in a kind of niche industry, but it’s all you’re just working with people. 0:12:28 So you’ve got to get along with people. 0:12:31 And if you do that, my view is that you will succeed. 0:12:37 But I’m wondering, you know, having been basically global head of HR at Goldman, do you think 0:12:43 that soft skills have historically been undervalued or underrated or soft skills kind of making 0:12:45 a comeback at this point? 0:12:49 People are showing up at work today as humans. 0:12:54 They are not as excited about leaving who they are behind. 0:13:01 They want to be able to see leadership and be themselves authentic. 0:13:08 And they want to be able to talk about not just what’s going on in the day-to-day workplace, 0:13:11 but what’s going on everywhere else. 0:13:17 And that’s hard if you don’t actually take the time to be intentional to learn how to 0:13:24 listen to people, to figure out who is talking and who’s not talking, to think about how 0:13:28 to respond when you disagree with someone. 0:13:32 And an environment like this where the pace of change is extraordinary, there’s a lot 0:13:37 going on in the world that presents interesting opportunities, but there are a lot of challenges. 0:13:39 You’ve got to be able to do that. 0:13:40 Those are not soft skills. 0:13:47 Historically, if you are a deep subject matter expert, and it is probably still true in certain 0:13:48 organizations, you can get a long way. 0:13:54 You really can, deep, deep, deep understanding of your craft, whatever organization you work 0:13:55 in. 0:14:00 But what happens is over time, as you get better and better and better, what do you get? 0:14:06 More responsibility, and it’s more responsibility for other human beings. 0:14:12 And so medley is an opportunity to give people the space to learn what that should feel like 0:14:14 and how you should action it. 0:14:16 And it’s a completely different job, right? 0:14:22 When you’re a manager of a team, that’s not the same as just being really good at being 0:14:23 a great programmer. 0:14:28 But it’s strange that we have this system where if you get better at your vertical in 0:14:31 a way, then you get more responsibility of the people, but I guess you don’t get taught 0:14:34 how to manage people. 0:14:37 I mean, if you could solve this problem, I would love this. 0:14:44 I would love it if I could myself be an incredibly good listener, work well with people, and 0:14:46 I could make everyone at my company be the same way. 0:14:49 That would be a dream. 0:14:52 But it seems very difficult to do. 0:15:00 And I could imagine walking into one of these group coaching sessions, and you know, someone 0:15:05 tells me you got to get better at listening, and I’m like, okay, sure, how do you actually 0:15:06 implement this? 0:15:12 How do you actually coach this stuff, which to me feels like more of an inherent trait 0:15:13 in people? 0:15:18 You know, I think certainly if the session was designed and you showed up and it said, 0:15:23 all right, your growth area is listening, just listen better, would not be incredibly 0:15:25 effective. 0:15:31 That said, if you shift the frame and really do accept that listening can be a skill you 0:15:35 can practice, a group is an incredibly powerful space to practice that. 0:15:40 Because imagine if you’re working with a coach one-on-one, the coach can relay back, 0:15:44 you know, I’ve heard in your feedback that sometimes you come across like you’re not 0:15:45 paying attention. 0:15:46 Great. 0:15:52 If you’re in a group of eight other people, and the coach is actually saying, Edith, how 0:15:56 do you respond to what Ed just shared, it’s putting you on the spot. 0:16:01 It’s creating that space for you in a pretty low-risk environment to actively listen and 0:16:02 to practice. 0:16:07 And so, you know, in a group session, there is active role-playing where we will do and 0:16:14 practice listening or communicating, navigating conflict, those types of skills that are incredibly, 0:16:16 incredibly difficult. 0:16:21 I will also add that where we are from a technology standpoint presents a pretty exciting opportunity 0:16:26 to make these skills much more tangible for people and actually build upon them in a way 0:16:28 that people can measure and understand. 0:16:32 And that’s something that we’re spending a lot of time on now, is how do we take these 0:16:39 skills like listening, giving feedback, influential communication, inclusive leadership, how do 0:16:45 we take these skills and really make them measurable and understandable for both individuals 0:16:47 and for companies? 0:17:10 I’ll be right back. 0:17:14 When Kamala Harris and Donald Trump met on the debate stage, it was obvious that these 0:17:16 were two very different people. 0:17:19 But JD Vance and Tim Walls actually have a lot in common. 0:17:21 They’re both white men from the Midwest. 0:17:24 They’re both family men, and they were both in the service. 0:17:27 But they disagree on what it means to be a man. 0:17:28 Here’s my light pack. 0:17:32 Surround yourself with smart women and listen to them, and you’ll do just fine. 0:17:35 Today Explained, every weekday, wherever you get your podcasts. 0:17:50 We’re back with First Time Founders. 0:17:55 When I look at your resume, so you worked in consulting, you worked at Boston Consulting 0:17:56 Group. 0:17:58 You were a chief of staff and a successful startup. 0:18:00 You went to Harvard Business School. 0:18:03 You have kind of the perfect founder resume. 0:18:05 Did you always know you wanted to start a company? 0:18:06 I did not. 0:18:13 I think my experience at Mike, which is the startup that I worked at prior to business 0:18:18 school, really started to spark that interest. 0:18:24 I was excited by the amount of ownership that you can have in building a business. 0:18:28 I was excited by the genuine and authentic sense of teaming that you have with people 0:18:32 who are all in it, trying to do something crazy with each other. 0:18:39 After I’d graduated, I did have a strong instinct of wanting to build a company, but I do want 0:18:41 to go back to something you said. 0:18:47 On paper, I think I do have a resume that can scream entrepreneur, but Edith and I are 0:18:50 a very atypical founding team. 0:18:56 Firstly, we’re mother-daughter, secondly, we’re both black women, third, we don’t come 0:18:58 from a technical background. 0:19:04 Although, for the business that we’re in, I will say our technical skills are quite 0:19:07 relevant, just different. 0:19:12 It’s been interesting for us as we’ve built the business, grown the business, built a 0:19:17 team, engaged with investors, engaged with enterprise-level customers, figuring out our 0:19:23 own style, and actually figuring out how we can use our difference to our advantage. 0:19:30 You launched in 2020, as I mentioned, you raised this $4 million round, you’re partnering 0:19:32 with Fortune 500 companies. 0:19:36 Take us through just the trajectory of the company so far. 0:19:39 What have been some of the highlights, maybe some of the challenges? 0:19:42 How has the company changed over the last four years? 0:19:44 We’ve had two big pivots. 0:19:51 The first pivot was our original plan was to launch in April of 2020 as an in-person 0:19:55 membership community for people looking to invest in their personal and professional 0:19:56 growth. 0:20:01 If you can imagine a worse business to launch in April of 2020, where you bring people together 0:20:08 in small groups, in small groups, closed environment, in a physical space, Medley’s 0:20:11 pretty much it, the first iteration. 0:20:17 We remember vividly in March, we had the coaches lined up, we were putting finishing touches 0:20:23 on the office space for the space that we just signed, and we had to completely pivot 0:20:25 to an online model. 0:20:31 We had no idea if we could replicate that sense of connection, that impact, the dynamics 0:20:33 with the coaches. 0:20:34 We had no idea. 0:20:41 And so we ended up regrouping, doing some online testing, and launching Medley as a primarily 0:20:45 online community in August of 2020. 0:20:51 We then spent a couple of years building with individuals who recognized the need and who 0:20:55 were excited to invest in their own leadership development. 0:20:59 We had members from, I believe, 20 different countries around the world. 0:21:02 We got a great amount of traction. 0:21:08 And then towards the end of ’22, we actually were getting market pull from organizations. 0:21:11 So people were going back to their companies saying, “I participated in this thing called 0:21:12 Medley.” 0:21:15 I think other people here could benefit from it. 0:21:20 And then we’d get emails from people in the talent side of organizations saying, “Hey, 0:21:22 we’d like to learn more.” 0:21:28 And so it became really obvious at the beginning of last year that this was the huge opportunity 0:21:29 for Medley. 0:21:36 It was in helping large organizations connect and grow their emerging leaders, and help 0:21:41 solve for a few combining challenges that they’re experiencing right now. 0:21:49 It’s been very exciting, although a challenging time to build a company, most definitely, 0:21:51 but we definitely have enjoyed it. 0:21:54 So why don’t I add a couple of challenges? 0:22:01 Pivoting is exciting, but it’s also hard because you’ve invested in building the apparatus 0:22:04 to support an in-person model. 0:22:10 You incur the expenses associated with that, and then you don’t need it anymore. 0:22:19 This challenge, the fundraising environment can be challenging. 0:22:27 We were well-positioned in our seed round with a terrific group of investors. 0:22:40 We were marching towards the next raise in, was it the spring of last year, SVB, problematic. 0:22:46 Just say some of the people that we were in serious conversations with were very distracted. 0:22:48 That’s challenging. 0:22:57 Fitting your business into the expectations of a certain type of funding can work, but 0:23:02 it could also be challenging when the expectations shift. 0:23:10 So when you move from growth at any cost with profitability not being important to an environment 0:23:19 where people are focused on profitable growth and positive cash flow, could be a challenge 0:23:20 for us. 0:23:27 It’s been a real opportunity because our business has really grown as we’ve bought on more companies. 0:23:32 So therefore, that has swung back the other way, but I think the lesson that we’ve learned 0:23:39 throughout all of this is that you have to be very focused on your customer. 0:23:46 Make sure that you understand the value proposition that you’re offering, and then be prepared 0:23:52 to take in all that you learn from testing to adapt along the way. 0:23:57 You often say we’re flying the plane and we’re changing the windows at the same time. 0:24:05 Maybe that’s not a very nice analogy, but nevertheless, you’ve got to be able to adapt. 0:24:10 I have to say, that’s one of the things that I’ve had to really get used to because when 0:24:15 you work in a large enterprise in financial services historically, you have quarter to 0:24:18 quarter earnings. 0:24:23 These are tremendous amount of focus on risk and risk management, and just give it a go 0:24:25 and hopefully it works out. 0:24:31 But when you’re building something in a new category, you have to be willing to try things 0:24:34 and some of those things will not work. 0:24:35 Very different. 0:24:38 Yeah, I’m sure a huge mindset shift for you. 0:24:43 I do want to shift to the mother-daughter dynamic. 0:24:45 We’ll start with you, Edith. 0:24:50 What is it like starting a company and running a company with your daughter? 0:24:53 What have been some of your main takeaways? 0:24:58 I think that in the first instance, I got what I signed up for. 0:25:07 I have always, always believed that the future is in the hands and in the minds of those 0:25:13 that are coming up through schools, arriving in the workplace, et cetera, and I’ve gotten 0:25:14 all of that. 0:25:19 We had a different way of thinking through opportunities. 0:25:26 Our team is in the same genre and it’s just been an incredible experience. 0:25:34 It’s a very trusting experience because we’re related and I therefore don’t have the, “Okay, 0:25:37 well, what’s happening with this person and is she thinking this and the other?” 0:25:40 There’s that inherent trust. 0:25:50 I think that the challenges, though, are that in some ways, it feels like work is getting 0:25:54 put before our life. 0:26:00 For example, Jordan calls me Edith and every now and then, outside of the workplace, she’ll 0:26:01 say, “Hey, Edith.” 0:26:02 I’m like, “Oh, no, no, no, no, no. 0:26:03 This is a mom moment.” 0:26:04 Oh, so you switch. 0:26:05 She switches. 0:26:10 And that’s important from our colleagues’ perspective. 0:26:16 So that’s been kind of interesting and then the only other thing that I would add is that 0:26:23 I have worked in large organizations and been responsible with incredible colleagues for 0:26:29 many, many people, big budgets, big opportunities, big challenges. 0:26:34 Although I always prided myself in not being the decision maker, I always wanted everyone 0:26:39 to own it and would step in when I needed to. 0:26:45 At the end of the day, people knew that I was the decision maker and I was accountable, 0:26:46 too. 0:26:51 But working with Jordan, when we first got started, I didn’t want that dynamic. 0:26:52 She’s the CEO. 0:26:56 Jordan is the CEO of Medley and I am the co-founder. 0:27:01 And so there were many circumstances in the first months where we would be in meetings 0:27:04 and I wouldn’t really say much. 0:27:07 And I remember that meeting, Jordan, when we walked out and you’re like, “Why didn’t 0:27:08 you say anything?” 0:27:09 I was like, “Well, you’re the CEO.” 0:27:11 I was like, “Yeah, but you know the topic.” 0:27:13 Can you just jump on in there? 0:27:19 And so it’s been really great because I didn’t want to be the over-the-top boss lady. 0:27:22 We’re peers in this context. 0:27:25 We’re running this business and building this business together with our colleagues 0:27:26 at Medley. 0:27:31 And so that’s been a bit of an adjustment to know that we are coming at things. 0:27:34 There are some different angles and there are going to be moments where I’m going to 0:27:36 take the lead and that is the right way. 0:27:39 It’s kind of like what it’s like in any organization actually. 0:27:44 But here, I was more sensitive to it than I had been if she were not my daughter. 0:27:47 I can imagine it’s way more sensitive. 0:27:49 I would imagine it’s more difficult. 0:27:51 What’s the experience been like for you, Jordan, as the daughter? 0:27:54 It’s been incredibly meaningful. 0:27:59 Even just from the standpoint of growing up, my mom worked a ton. 0:28:06 She had very high-powered jobs and 10 a.m. on Tuesday, I was at school. 0:28:10 She was at work and we would reconnect when she came home from the office. 0:28:15 Now we start most of our days talking to each other. 0:28:21 And it is a highlight when at 7.30 a.m., 7 a.m., 8 a.m., I get a call. 0:28:22 Are you awake? 0:28:23 How are you doing? 0:28:24 I still have bad habits. 0:28:31 I start super early and I still kid myself and say, “You don’t have to answer me right 0:28:36 away at 6.30 a.m.,” so I work it on that, but that’s a hard one to break. 0:28:41 But I will say sometimes it’s work and sometimes it’s not. 0:28:47 And I have learned so much from getting to work with her. 0:28:50 How to engage with people, how to listen to people. 0:28:53 A lot of the skills we’ve been talking about earlier. 0:28:58 My mind is often blown and sometimes I leave the meeting and I’m like, “How did you even 0:28:59 see that? 0:29:03 How did you know that this person was thinking X, Y, Z to tee this up?” 0:29:05 It’s absolutely incredible. 0:29:09 So from a professional standpoint, I’ve learned a lot. 0:29:14 And I will say also from a personal standpoint, I’ve learned a lot by getting to see my mother 0:29:21 in a working environment and see how she handles stress from work that I’m very, very close 0:29:27 to and juggles it from priorities and it’s constantly prioritizing. 0:29:34 And I think I will echo the challenge that she shared around creating space for work 0:29:37 and life. 0:29:41 That is always difficult. 0:29:49 We have built up enough trust now that if I say, “I need mom mode or I need work mode,” 0:29:50 we’re able to switch between them. 0:29:51 Is that what you say? 0:29:52 Mom mode, please? 0:29:53 Yeah. 0:29:58 Can we just put Medley on pause for a second and talk about X, Y, Z? 0:30:03 So all in all, it’s really enhanced our ability to communicate and we’ve gotten to know each 0:30:06 other in a very different way. 0:30:12 It’s a very unique experience and I’m excited for the future as we continue to grow the 0:30:17 business and both of our roles continue to evolve to continue to learn. 0:30:21 The co-founder relationship is a very stressful and fraught one. 0:30:29 I’m very close and then the mother and child relationship is very close, trusting, loving 0:30:32 and also pretty fraught and stressful. 0:30:38 Has there ever been a moment where the pressure of work has put a strain on your personal 0:30:41 relationship in a negative way at all? 0:30:42 No. 0:30:43 I’m getting a shaking of the head. 0:30:44 Do you agree, Jordan? 0:30:45 No, no, yeah. 0:30:46 I don’t think so. 0:30:47 It’s not great. 0:30:48 She’s like no. 0:30:49 She’s aggressively saying no. 0:30:50 No, it’s perfect. 0:30:51 Go, Jordan. 0:30:52 Exactly. 0:30:53 Sorry. 0:30:54 Go ahead, Edith. 0:30:55 Your own’s with no. 0:30:56 No. 0:31:00 I just, first of all, we want to let it go there. 0:31:02 And it’s not that we agree on everything. 0:31:13 I think we’re very conscious of being respectful of each other’s opinions, taking into consideration 0:31:20 the opinions of other people on the medley team, and I honestly cannot think of a single 0:31:27 time where it’s gotten so challenging that I would sit and talk to my other two children 0:31:32 or my husband about, you know, oh my gosh, you know, this is just out of control because 0:31:33 we talk about it. 0:31:40 See, that’s the thing about being a related mother, daughter team is that we really do 0:31:45 even when we’re not agreeing on something, believe that we have the same goal. 0:31:49 Yeah, I think that we work it through. 0:31:50 What do you think? 0:31:52 I would absolutely agree with that. 0:31:56 And it doesn’t mean, as Edith said, that we don’t disagree about things, that there 0:32:02 aren’t moments of challenge or tension in any healthy relationship, you’re encountering 0:32:03 all those things, right? 0:32:10 You’re encountering joy, you’re encountering affection, you’re encountering disagreement. 0:32:15 But we do really have each other’s best interests at heart, and I think that’s important for 0:32:19 any relationship period, but especially a co-founder relationship, if you have that 0:32:26 level of trust, and you know the other person is, you don’t have any worries about the other 0:32:33 person’s intentions, you’re able to communicate and navigate three different challenges, and 0:32:37 it’s really been a highlight of building the company, has been getting to work, to work 0:32:39 with Edith, work with my mom. 0:32:47 So it hasn’t all been sunshine and roses, but we know each other so much better. 0:32:52 We know like a third dimension of how we exist and how we operate, which is really fun. 0:32:59 It sounds like you both went into this kind of unusually skilled at the separation of 0:33:07 work and life and making strategic decisions and separating that from your emotions and 0:33:14 you describe, you call Edith in certain situations, mom in certain situations. 0:33:17 Did you know this going into, or has this been a training program? 0:33:18 How did you figure this all out? 0:33:19 There’s a playbook. 0:33:20 There’s no playbook. 0:33:25 There’s no playbook for someone like myself who worked in large institutions previously 0:33:33 for 35 years to roll up into an organization where it’s Jordan and myself sitting in a 0:33:38 two-seater because we didn’t want to spend the money on a three-seater in a shared workspace, 0:33:40 but you pay attention and you learn as you go. 0:33:46 We were looking for our first analyst as an example, and there were so many things going 0:33:47 on. 0:33:51 It was really super early days, and Jordan looked at me, she said, “This was calling 0:33:52 me mom. 0:33:53 There’s only the two of us.” 0:33:59 And she says, “Mom, you ran HR for 35,000 person organization. 0:34:02 You must know how to find candidates on LinkedIn.” 0:34:05 And I’m like, “Uh, that would be a no.” 0:34:10 I said, “I could call somebody who can help me figure out candidates on LinkedIn. 0:34:17 I’m willing to give it a go,” but there were those moments of, “Oh, oh, yeah. 0:34:24 You actually weren’t operating yourself personally every aspect of all of the roles for the last, 0:34:31 I don’t know, 15, 20 years,” but we moved forward and we sit together and we figure 0:34:37 out how to leverage the platform or any other platforms and et cetera, et cetera, but there’s 0:34:40 a lot of that because what do I know? 0:34:48 I know a lot about the things that I’ve experienced, as does Jordan, but I really respect that 0:34:56 there’s much in this construct of standing up medley from ground zero in a new category, 0:35:01 working together as a mother, daughter, co-founder team. 0:35:07 There’s as much that we have to learn and there is no playbook for that. 0:35:10 There’s no playbook. 0:35:17 That’s one of the things we have most in common is our voracious need to try to learn as much 0:35:19 as we can in every context. 0:35:26 We both fundamentally believe we can learn from any situation and from any person. 0:35:31 That shared value has enabled us to work through these types of things and build up that muscle 0:35:33 of communicating with each other. 0:35:38 For myself, I take my growth as a founder, as a CEO, really seriously. 0:35:45 I have had a coach, I’ve been in a group, a group of other founders, I have a therapist, 0:35:50 I take my exercise, sleep, all that stuff pretty seriously and so does Edith. 0:35:57 She does not miss a workout, let me tell you, every day, she doesn’t mess around. 0:36:02 I think that has been a huge enabler for us because it’s not as though we showed up on 0:36:06 day one and then just said, “Okay, let’s see what happens.” 0:36:11 It actually was a super intentional process for both of us to always be trying to learn, 0:36:15 to share feedback with each other, to invest in ourselves and invest in each other. 0:36:22 But this concept of there is no playbook is, I think, becoming the norm, not just for founders, 0:36:27 but for any organization that wants to be relevant today and into the future. 0:36:29 What is the playbook? 0:36:33 What is the playbook when a new drug changes the consumer appetite? 0:36:39 What is the playbook when technology that has been around for decades explodes into this 0:36:43 new incredible world of machine learning and AI? 0:36:49 What is the playbook for next year, let alone for the next 10 years? 0:36:57 And so I think that much of our experiences are similar to what we are talking with the 0:37:02 organizations that we’re working with about. 0:37:08 When you think about what it takes to really build sustainably important organizations, 0:37:13 you’ve got to really have a culture that enables people to connect how they operate, 0:37:17 how they interact, all those things that we were talking about with respect to listening, 0:37:21 communicating, et cetera, to the ultimate goal. 0:37:28 So if everybody walked out of the room and says, “I feel really heard and I feel included,” 0:37:32 but you have no idea what you’re supposed to be delivering and how you’re supposed 0:37:35 to deliver it, that’s not the point of all of this. 0:37:41 The point of all of this is to really appreciate the fact that in any kind of a business environment 0:37:48 where the playbook may be known today and not, you’ve got to have intellectual versatility 0:37:55 to operate and to engage in a very meaningful and steady, quick way. 0:38:01 And that’s what’s super exciting for me about sort of reinventing myself into a founder. 0:38:16 We’ll be right back. 0:38:18 Support for PropG comes from Indeed. 0:38:21 Hunting for the best has become a time-consuming part of daily life. 0:38:25 Maybe you’ve gone down a rabbit hole of comparing five different plumbers, or maybe you’ve spent 0:38:30 hours trying to pick a restaurant based on badly lit photos of pasta primavera. 0:38:35 That works, but when it comes to hiring, searching for quality candidates can be a lot harder. 0:38:38 Matching with Indeed can save you energy and time. 0:38:42 When you post your job opening on Indeed, you just don’t gain access to the site’s 0:38:44 350 million global monthly visitors. 0:38:48 You actually start getting suggested matches for qualified candidates. 0:38:53 You can also take care of screening, messaging, and scheduling without ever leaving the platform, 0:38:55 which makes the hiring process seamless. 0:39:00 The listeners of this show can get a $75 sponsored job credit to get your job’s more visibility 0:39:03 at Indeed.com/PROF. 0:39:07 You can go to Indeed.com/PROF right now and support our show by saying you heard about 0:39:11 Indeed on this podcast, Indeed.com/PROF. 0:39:13 Terms and conditions apply. 0:39:32 To hire, you need Indeed. 0:39:54 This is an unexpected question. 0:39:56 So good job. 0:40:06 I think it’s something that I knew, but I would say it’s been accelerated to the top 0:40:14 of my consciousness, and that is, you have to be present. 0:40:18 I think throughout the years, I have three children, Jordan’s the oldest, I have two 0:40:19 boys. 0:40:28 As Jordan described, a pretty intense professional existence, and as time went by and I got more 0:40:35 ownership of my schedule, et cetera, I would show up from Mars, it seems, sometimes. 0:40:43 My longest trip was from New Zealand to Providence, Rhode Island to see my Sunplay soccer. 0:40:53 But I would say that sometimes I was there, and I could have been more present. 0:40:56 But I was doing the best I could, and I was giving myself high marks. 0:40:57 I just shared this story. 0:40:58 It wasn’t that incredible. 0:41:00 I traveled all the way around the world. 0:41:06 But I do think that I’ve learned, particularly because we have to be very deliberate about 0:41:14 the separation of work and our lives, that when Jordan says, “Oh, can I just talk to 0:41:19 you about a few things that are not …” That is focused time. 0:41:21 That is really focused time. 0:41:32 And when I hear, “I’m not having a good morning,” I have to really respect that in a different 0:41:33 way. 0:41:35 I’m kind of a, “Let’s go. 0:41:37 Let’s push through.” 0:41:43 And I think that’s a good lesson for motherhood, that you want to have that relationship where 0:41:52 when someone, when your child says, “I’m struggling with something that you don’t try to fix it, 0:41:55 because I’m a fixer.” 0:42:02 And so that I’ve learned a lot with working with Jordan in Medley, that when she asks 0:42:11 me a question about life or work, she’s actually most of the time not asking me for the answer. 0:42:14 She’s asking for an opportunity to talk it through. 0:42:19 In fact, just the other day, you’re like, “Listen, listen, I just want to talk it through. 0:42:20 I’m not asking you to do it. 0:42:23 I just want to …” Because I’m like, “Okay, I got this.” 0:42:24 She’s like, “No, you don’t. 0:42:25 I need to talk.” 0:42:29 I’ve been studying this for a long time. 0:42:31 So that was a really interesting question. 0:42:37 And I’ll add, we’re expecting our first child in the fall, and we’re having a girl. 0:42:39 So this will be really funny. 0:42:42 I don’t think she can work in the business quite yet, but just give her a couple of years 0:42:44 and it’ll be a three-generation business. 0:42:51 And I will say the thing that I’m trying to embrace entering this huge life transition 0:42:55 is just the unpredictability of everything. 0:43:02 I mean, I have gotten so much more comfortable with both ambiguity, so looking into the 0:43:06 future and not knowing exactly what it’s going to look like. 0:43:12 And also just the lack of control that we really have over things. 0:43:15 You don’t think that you start a fundraised process and then Silicon Valley Bank is going 0:43:16 to collapse. 0:43:20 You don’t think you’re going to launch an in-person community and then COVID-19 happens. 0:43:24 You just don’t think that’s going to happen, but that’s life, right? 0:43:26 Life is pretty unpredictable. 0:43:32 And I’ve built up a lot of confidence, my ability to just navigate unexpected situations. 0:43:38 And I think that will help me in parenting because from what I can tell and seeing my 0:43:43 friends and even seeing, you know, in my family with my siblings and my cousins, you don’t 0:43:47 know what the child’s going to be like, you don’t know what life’s going to give you. 0:43:52 And part of that is part of the fun, I would say. 0:43:53 So I’m looking forward to that. 0:43:57 Do you have any like hold boundaries, like, you know, don’t text me at this time or anything 0:43:59 like that? 0:44:10 I try not to engage and in fact, I don’t actually engage with Jordan about work on Sunday afternoon 0:44:11 at four o’clock. 0:44:18 That was a really bad habit I had because the cadence of the week gets started, I get 0:44:22 myself organized and, you know, I’ve done that for 35 years. 0:44:24 So it was a hard thing to break. 0:44:29 And it was very disruptive actually to Jordan and her husband and, and quite frankly, everyone 0:44:30 around me. 0:44:34 So, you know, and for me, that’s a hard rule. 0:44:39 We were choking earlier about the 630 text. 0:44:40 I don’t really do that that often. 0:44:42 I get up sometimes at five o’clock in the morning. 0:44:47 I don’t do that because that’s a drag, you know, you get up whatever time you get up, 0:44:50 you see this text, you’re like, don’t even have your mind, right? 0:44:57 You got to like, you know, so that’s a pretty hard rule to look if I’ve got something that 0:45:00 really needs to have a conversation. 0:45:05 I don’t put it in a text at seven in the morning, you know, say, Hey, give me a call when you 0:45:06 can. 0:45:11 And the other thing I think is very important in this conversation about first time founders 0:45:16 is that people are watching you, whether you have three people, 10 people, 20 people, 0:45:22 whatever the number is, people do care about the balance that they have in their lives 0:45:27 more every, every year. 0:45:30 And I think that’s really important and it matters. 0:45:37 And so therefore, you know, I, I can get pretty intense, Jordan can get pretty intense and 0:45:43 quite frankly, most of the people on our team can, but I really have watched very closely 0:45:50 how Jordan has been very clear and respectful of people and their lives. 0:45:55 And so that when someone is on holiday and hasn’t been on holiday and is really delivered, 0:46:02 she will literally say, okay, anything that’s going, you know, to this person, you know, 0:46:06 is going to go into an inbox, I’ll be watching the inbox just so you know. 0:46:08 And that’s different from the Goldman style. 0:46:14 Oh, perhaps. Yes. But you know, the interesting question is, what is it like? 0:46:18 I haven’t been in Goldman for, you know, six years now almost. 0:46:20 What is it like now, perhaps? 0:46:26 And there were moments then where, you know, there was no working for investment banking 0:46:31 on Saturdays and whatever the case may be, but all of this is in response to the reality 0:46:38 of who’s showing up and people show up wanting to be human beings with work being part of 0:46:40 their existence, not their only existence. 0:46:46 I’m going to shift to a quick lightning round here about organizational management, which 0:46:47 I feel like you both are experts here. 0:46:52 I’m just going to throw you some questions and we’ll get your hot takes on some of these. 0:46:54 So we’ll start with Edith. 0:46:57 How can companies make meetings more productive? 0:47:00 Make sure there’s a clear agenda. 0:47:04 Hope people accountable for doing the work before they come to the meeting. 0:47:11 And as participants in the meeting, keep it concise, not my specialty. 0:47:18 So I’ll work on that and pay attention to who talks and who doesn’t talk. 0:47:20 Clear follow-ups to conclude. 0:47:24 Jordan, is remote work overrated or underrated? 0:47:26 Personally overrated. 0:47:32 But flexibility, I will say, is really what’s valued from what we’re seeing in terms of 0:47:33 remote work. 0:47:34 That’s a really concise answer. 0:47:35 That’s good. 0:47:37 Let me see what I can do. 0:47:38 Let’s go. 0:47:39 She’s learning from the master, right? 0:47:45 Edith, what is the best way to measure employee success at a company? 0:47:51 The productivity of the company, not just in terms of the bottom line, but in terms of 0:47:58 what the reputation of the company is and how they deliver that profitability. 0:48:00 That’s employee success, right? 0:48:03 That doesn’t happen without employees being successful. 0:48:08 Jordan, when it comes to decision-making, do you prefer using your instincts or data? 0:48:09 Data. 0:48:15 But Edith prefers instincts, so we are a great match in that regard. 0:48:16 Okay. 0:48:17 Why are you pro-data? 0:48:19 Why is Edith pro-instincts? 0:48:28 I think for me, data is more my natural approach, although at this point, I’ve really been working 0:48:29 on this. 0:48:34 I do try to make decisions based off of instinct more. 0:48:40 The way I describe instinct is that it’s actually a cumulation of your experiences. 0:48:46 Instincts are informed by data, but I think to start, my natural inclination is, well, 0:48:50 I want to understand and get all the information, but when you’re running a startup and over 0:48:54 the past five years I’ve learned, you really can get all the information, so you have to 0:48:55 use both. 0:49:00 Edith, how important is DEI, and do you think it’s something that every company should 0:49:02 be implementing? 0:49:10 Every company that wants to be a relevant company needs to invest in their people and 0:49:16 create environments where everyone can thrive, and that’s everyone. 0:49:22 That’s people who are part of the majority, people who are from different schools, from 0:49:25 different languages, cultures, etc. 0:49:29 Many people have asked me, particularly in the last year, what’s going to happen with 0:49:30 DEI? 0:49:31 Is it going to be over forever? 0:49:32 I don’t know. 0:49:33 Do you want to be an excellent company? 0:49:37 If you want to be an excellent company, you continue to do the work. 0:49:39 You can call it what you want. 0:49:40 You have to do the work. 0:49:46 Do you think it’s been politicized in a way that’s been destructive to organizations? 0:49:56 I think that it has certainly been politicized, and I don’t think it has been particularly 0:49:59 productive. 0:50:07 I don’t think it’s been as disruptive as people might think, because strong organizations 0:50:13 with strong cultures understand how important it is to extract excellence. 0:50:15 People ask me, “What should we call it?” 0:50:21 I said, “Why don’t you just call it excellence,” because that’s what it means to have a truly 0:50:26 diverse organization from a number of different perspectives. 0:50:33 All the organizations that I’ve worked with and continue to talk to, they’re moving forward 0:50:36 because they want to be great. 0:50:42 To be great, you have to have the diversity of experience, perspectives, culture, sexual 0:50:43 orientation. 0:50:47 The list will just continue to get longer and longer. 0:50:49 What an exciting opportunity. 0:50:55 Jordan, this one came to me because we were discussing the idea of bringing a full self 0:50:58 to work. 0:51:04 Is there space for political opinions in the workplace, and should leaders be taking 0:51:07 up political opinions if they choose? 0:51:11 It really depends on the company and their culture and their values. 0:51:16 For some companies who have made statements that they do not want to engage in the political 0:51:21 dynamic, those companies are going to attract people who want to work in those environments. 0:51:25 On the flip side, companies where leaders really are taking a stand or voicing their 0:51:31 opinion in whichever direction, the same thing is happening. 0:51:34 People are going to be drawn to working at those companies because that’s a value that 0:51:37 they care about. 0:51:43 Finally, I think that there needs to be a way for leaders to acknowledge what’s happening 0:51:48 in the world and give space for employees who are probably processing in some way or 0:51:49 the other. 0:51:54 That’s what we try to do internally at Medley is really just giving space for people. 0:52:00 I do think that we’re just going to see some real self-selection in terms of employees, 0:52:03 and they’ll vote by going where they want to work. 0:52:08 Real questions from me, and thank you both for being generous with your time. 0:52:11 Edith, actually, we’ll start with Jordan. 0:52:13 Some advice to our listeners. 0:52:18 We have a lot of female listeners on the show. 0:52:21 Scott seems to think we don’t, but we do. 0:52:25 Do you have any advice on how to be a good daughter? 0:52:31 I will say as you grow up and as you encounter different experiences, embrace the fact that 0:52:34 your relationship with your mom might change. 0:52:35 That can be exciting. 0:52:36 It can be a good opportunity. 0:52:37 Are you a dad? 0:52:38 Yes. 0:52:39 You’re right. 0:52:43 Or you’re a dad with your parents. 0:52:49 Embrace this fact that your relationship with your parents likely will change over time. 0:52:53 I think accepting that can really enable new types of relationships to build with your 0:52:54 parents. 0:52:56 Edith, any advice on how to be a good mother? 0:53:06 Not to get a little syrupy here, but love unconditionally because it’s a ride. 0:53:14 If you make that the core of your relationship, it becomes multi-dimensional. 0:53:23 It becomes positive reinforcement, feedback, direction, and just some good hugs from time 0:53:24 to time. 0:53:26 It’ll all be okay. 0:53:33 But if you start with that center and you develop trust of caring, anything that comes 0:53:39 your way, you’ll be able to navigate and things will come your way. 0:53:40 I love that. 0:53:44 Jordan Taylor and Edith Cooper are the co-founders of Medley, a group coaching platform. 0:53:45 Thank you very much both for joining me. 0:53:48 Thanks for having us. 0:53:55 Our producer is Claire Miller, our associate producer is Alison Weiss, and our engineer 0:53:56 is Benjamin Spencer. 0:53:59 Catherine Dillon is our executive producer. 0:54:02 Thank you for listening to First Time Founders from the Vox Media Podcast Network. 0:54:05 Tune in tomorrow for Prodigy Markets. 0:54:15 [Music] 0:54:22 [Music] 0:54:32 [BLANK_AUDIO]
Ed speaks with Jordan Taylor and Edith Cooper from Medley, an online platform for group-based leadership development and coaching. They discuss how they dealt with funding challenges and pivoted their business, the importance of mastering “soft skills”, and the struggles and joys of being a mother-daughter team.